10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ___to___.

Commission file number: 1-34167

ePlus inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	54-1817218
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

13595 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, VA 20171-3413

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (703) 984-8400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $.01 par value	PLUS	NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes ☐  No ☒

 Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

Large accelerated filer ☒	Accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☐	Smaller reporting company ☐
Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262 (b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes ☐  No ☒

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of ePlus, computed by reference to the closing price at which the stock was sold as of September 30, 2023, was $1,674,712,613. The outstanding number of shares of common stock of ePlus as of May 20, 2024, was 26,951,935.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The following documents are incorporated by reference into the indicated parts of this Form 10-K:

Portions of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2024 annual meeting of stockholders (the “2024 Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. The 2024 Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the Company’s fiscal year end to which this report relates.

Table of Contents

		Page
Cautionary Language About Forward-Looking Statements		1
Part I
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	13
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	26
Item 1C.	Cybersecurity	26
Item 2.	Properties	27
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	27
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	27
Part II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	28
Item 6.	[RESERVED]	28
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	29
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	45
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	46
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	46
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	46
Item 9B.	Other Information	47
Item 9C.	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	47
Part III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance	48
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	48
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	48
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	48
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	48
Part IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	48
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	51
Signatures		52

CAUTIONARY LANGUAGE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain statements that are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or “Exchange Act,” and are made in reliance upon the protections provided by such acts for forward-looking statements. Such statements are not based on historical fact but are based upon numerous assumptions about future conditions that may not occur. Forward-looking statements are generally identifiable by use of forward-looking words such as “may,” “should,” “would,” “intend,” “estimate,” “will,” “potential,” “possible,” “could,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “project,” and similar expressions. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. Forward-looking statements are made based upon information that is currently available or management’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects upon us, speak only as of the date hereof, and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or correct any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that subsequently occur, or of which we hereafter become aware. Actual events, transactions and results may materially differ from the anticipated events, transactions, or results described in such statements. Our ability to consummate such transactions and achieve such events or results is subject to certain risks and uncertainties. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the matters set forth below:

• national and international political instability fostering uncertainty and volatility in the global economy including exposure to fluctuation in foreign currency rates, interest rates, and inflation, including increases in our costs and our ability to increase prices to our customers, which may result in adverse changes in our gross profit;

• significant adverse changes in, reductions in, or loss of one or more of our larger volume customers or vendors;

• a possible decrease in the capital spending budgets of our customers or a decrease in purchases from us;

• reliance on third-parties to perform some of our service obligations to our customers, and the reliance on a small number of key vendors in our supply chain with whom we do not have long-term supply agreements, guaranteed price agreements, or assurance of stock availability;

• our ability to remain secure during a cybersecurity attack, including both disruptions in our or our vendors’ Information Technology (“IT”) systems and data and audio communication networks;

• our ability to secure our own and our customers’ electronic and other confidential information, while maintaining compliance with evolving data privacy and regulatory laws and regulations;

• ongoing remote work trends, and the increase in cybersecurity attacks that have occurred while employees work remotely and our ability to adequately train our personnel to prevent a cyber event;

• the possibility of a reduction of vendor incentives provided to us;

• our dependence on key personnel to maintain certain customer relationships, and our ability to hire, train, and retain sufficient qualified personnel;

• maintaining and increasing advanced professional services by recruiting and retaining highly skilled, competent personnel, and vendor certifications;

• risks relating to use or capabilities of artificial intelligence including social and ethical risks;

• our ability to manage a diverse product set of solutions, including artificial intelligence (“AI”) products and services, in highly competitive markets with a number of key vendors;

• our dependency on continued innovations in hardware, software, and service offerings, including AI products and services, by our vendors and our ability to partner with them;

• changes in the IT industry and/or rapid changes in product offerings, including the proliferation of the cloud, infrastructure as a service (“IaaS”), software as a service (“SaaS”), platform as a service (“PaaS”), and AI;

• our ability to increase the total number of customers using integrated solutions by up-selling within our customer base and gaining new customers;

• our ability to increase the total number of customers who use our managed services and professional services and continuing to enhance our managed services offerings to remain competitive in the marketplace;

• our ability to perform professional and managed services competently, in accordance with professional standards, and free from errors or omissions;

• rising interest rates or the loss of key lenders or the constricting of credit markets;

1

• loss of our credit facility or credit lines with our vendors may restrict our current and future operations;

• domestic and international economic regulations uncertainty (e.g., tariffs, sanctions, and trade agreements);

• supply chain issues, including a shortage of IT products, may increase our costs or cause a delay in fulfilling customer orders, or increase our need for working capital, or delay completing professional services, or purchasing IT products or services needed to support our internal infrastructure or operations, resulting in an adverse impact on our financial results;

• exposure to changes in, interpretations of, or enforcement trends in, and customer and vendor actions in anticipation of or response to, legislation and regulatory matters;

• our inability to identify acquisition candidates, perform sufficient due diligence prior to completing an acquisition, successfully integrate a completed acquisition, or identify an opportunity for or successfully complete an asset disposition, may affect our earnings;

• our contracts may not be adequate to protect us as we are subject to external audits which we may not pass, and our professional and liability insurance policies coverage may be insufficient to cover a claim;

• a natural disaster or other adverse event at one of our primary configuration centers, data centers, or a third-party provider location could negatively impact our business;

• failure to comply with public sector contracts, or applicable laws or regulations;

• our ability to raise capital, maintain or increase as needed our lines of credit with vendors or floor planning facility, obtain debt for our financing transactions, or the effect of those changes on our common stock price;

• significant and rapid inflation may cause price, wage, and interest rate increases, as well as increases in operating costs that may impact the arrangements that have pricing commitments over the term of the agreement;

• we may not continue to repurchase any of our common stock under our share repurchase program;

• our ability to implement comprehensive plans for the integration of sales forces, cost containment, asset rationalization, systems integration, and other key strategies;

• fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may impact our results of operation and financial position;

• our ability to maintain our proprietary software and update our technology infrastructure to remain competitive in the marketplace; and

• our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and successfully defend any challenges to the validity of our patents or allegations that we are infringing upon any third-party patents, and the costs associated with those actions, and, when appropriate, the costs associated with licensing required technology.

We cannot be certain that our business strategy will be successful or that we will successfully address these and other challenges, risks, and uncertainties. For a further list and description of various risks, relevant factors, and uncertainties that could cause future results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, see Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections contained elsewhere in this report, as well as other reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

2

PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

OUR BUSINESS

ePlus inc., sometimes referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as “we,” “our,” “us,” “ourselves,” or “ePlus.”, has been delivering solutions for our customers since 1990. We conduct our operations through two businesses. Our technology business, consisting of our product, professional services, and managed services segments, provides technology solutions. Our technology solutions leverage third-party hardware, software, and maintenance and other services with our own advanced professional and managed services. Our financing business segment primarily provides financing of IT equipment, software, and related services. Across both businesses, we sell to commercial entities, state and local governments, government contractors, and educational institutions.

OUR SOLUTIONS

We are a leading provider of technology solutions across the spectrum spanning security, cloud, data center, networking, collaboration, AI, service provider and critical infrastructure, and emerging solutions, to domestic and foreign organizations across all industry segments.

Our solutions are comprised of world class leading technologies from partners such as Amazon Web Services (“AWS”), Arista Networks, Check Point, Cisco Systems, Citrix, Commvault, Crowdstrike, Deepwatch, Dell EMC, F5 Networks, Foresite, Fortinet, Gigamon, HPE, Juniper Networks, Lenovo, Microsoft, NetApp, Nutanix, NVIDIA, Oracle, Palo Alto Networks, Proficio, Pure Storage, Rubrik, Splunk, Varonis, and VMware by Broadcom, among many others.

Our solutions leverage a broad range of professional, consultative, and managed services, across the technology spectrum. We possess top-level engineering certifications with a broad range of leading IT technologies that enable us to offer multi-vendor IT solutions that are optimized for each of our customers’ specific requirements. Underpinning the broader areas of cloud, security, AI, networking, data center and collaboration are specific skills in orchestration and automation, application modernization, DevSecOps, zero-trust architectures, data management, data visualization, analytics, network modernization, edge computing, consumption licensing models, and other advanced and emerging technologies.

Our scale and financial resources have enabled us to continue investing in engineering and technology resources to stay at the forefront of technology trends. Our cloud/hosted, proprietary software solutions are focused on giving our customers more control over their IT supply chain, by automating and optimizing the procurement and management of their owned, leased, and consumption-based assets. These solutions have expanded to include private marketplace experiences to our customers to support platforms such as those on AWS marketplace.

We also offer a wide portfolio of technology and other capital asset financing solutions to customers across commercial and government enterprises, designing programs that are tailored to fit their unique processes, structures, and requirements. Our expertise in core and emerging technologies, buttressed by our robust portfolio of professional, services and managed services, has enabled ePlus to remain a trusted advisor for our customers.

OUR CUSTOMERS

We focus primarily on diverse end-markets for middle market to large enterprises. We serve customers in markets including telecom, media and entertainment, technology, state and local government and educational institutions (“SLED”), healthcare, and financial services. For the year ended March 31, 2024, the percentage of revenue by customer end market within our technology business includes 25% for the telecommunications, media and entertainment industry, 17% for the technology industry, 15% for SLED, 13% for healthcare, and 11% for financial services. Sales to Verizon Communications Inc. represented 19%, 22%, and 24% of our net sales for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

3

We sell to customers in the United States (“US”), which accounts for most of our sales, and to customers in select international markets including the United Kingdom (“UK”), the European Union (“EU”), India, Singapore, and Israel. Our technology business segments accounted for 98% of our net sales—85% from the product segment, 7% from the professional services segment, and 6% from the managed services segment—and 84% of our operating income. Our financing business segment accounted for 2% of our net sales, and 16% of our operating income for the year ended March 31, 2024.

OUR INDUSTRY BACKGROUND AND MARKET OPPORTUNITY

We have identified and focused on several specific trends that we believe will create higher growth in the overall US IT market such as:

MULTI-CLOUD STRATEGY

Cloud-enabled frameworks have become a core foundation of modern IT. Our strategy consists of assisting customers in aligning cloud strategy with business objectives, creating an enterprise cloud foundation, enabling multi-cloud capabilities, accelerating cloud migrations, modernizing the datacenter, and optimizing cloud deployments for cost and security. By understanding our customers’ environment, applications, and business requirements, we deploy solutions that leverage the most appropriate technology on the most appropriate platform with the most appropriate consumption model. For example, we may build a private cloud solution to host mission critical applications, while utilizing a public cloud solution for development, collaboration, or disaster recovery. As the market matures, we will continue to build and acquire skills that align with DevOps, application refactoring, and analytics.

INCREASING SOPHISTICATION AND INCIDENCES OF IT SECURITY BREACHES AND CYBERATTACKS

Cyberattacks are becoming more sophisticated, numerous, and invasive. Organizations are finding it increasingly difficult to effectively safeguard their information assets and business operations from a constant stream of advanced threats. Cyber threats have shifted from uncoordinated individual efforts to highly coordinated and well-funded attacks by criminal organizations and nation-state actors. Additional concerns include data privacy of both user data and machine data as companies continue to pursue digital transformation via data science, AI and analytics. We believe our customers are focused on maturing all aspects of cybersecurity, including information and physical security, data protection, threat management and compliance requirements related to industry and government regulations. We believe it is necessary to select and implement security controls and technology solutions that leverage integrated products and services to help monitor, mitigate, and remediate security threats and attacks while ensuring a data-centric security model that is scalable to meet today’s digital demands on premise, at the edge and in the cloud. Our ability to provide value-added and expert services to our customers in these areas helps us to create greater value for the customer via a security posture that extends across all digital technologies within an organization. The complex nature of security controls and their consumption opens opportunities for ePlus to engage in recurring subscription models with our customers that include both technology and the operational services designed and executed to help mitigate risk and mature an organization’s cybersecurity posture.

DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGIES ARE CREATING COMPLEXITY AND CHALLENGES FOR CUSTOMERS AND VENDORS

The rapid evolution of disruptive technologies such as AI, and the speed by which they impact organizations’ IT platforms, has made it difficult for customers to effectively design, procure, implement, and manage their own IT systems. Disruption also increases the likelihood of security gaps leaving organizations vulnerable to attacks both internally and externally. Moreover, increased budget pressures, fewer internal resources, a fragmented vendor landscape and faster time-to-value expectations make it challenging for customers to design, implement and manage secure, efficient, and cost-effective IT environments. Customers are increasingly turning to IT solutions providers such as ePlus to implement complex IT offerings, including managed services, security architecture, software-defined infrastructure, cloud platforms, converged and hyper-converged infrastructures, big data analytics, and data protection.

4

LACK OF SUFFICIENT INTERNAL IT RESOURCES AT MID-SIZED AND LARGE ENTERPRISES, AND SCARCITY OF IT PERSONNEL IN CERTAIN HIGH-DEMAND DISCIPLINES

We believe that IT departments at mid-sized and large enterprises are facing pressure to deliver business outcomes that rely on emerging technologies but lack the professionally trained staff and the ability to hire personnel with high in-demand disciplines such as security, solution architecture and data analytics. At the same time the prevalence of security threats, increased use of cloud platforms, AI, software-defined networking, new architectures, rapid software development frameworks, the proliferation of mobile devices, dispersed workforces, employees working from anywhere, bring-your-own-device (BYOD) policies, and complexity of multi-vendor solutions have made it difficult for IT departments to implement high-quality IT solutions.

REDUCTION IN THE NUMBER OF IT SOLUTIONS PROVIDERS

We believe that customers are seeking to reduce the number of solutions providers they do business with to improve supply chain and internal efficiencies, enhance accountability, improve supplier management practices, and reduce costs. As a result, customers are selecting IT solutions providers that can deliver complex multi-vendor IT solutions. Vendor and tooling consolidation is also trending whereby solutions providers can bundle and enhance the value of offerings while simplifying technology footprints.

INCREASING NEED FOR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES

We believe that customers are relying on third-party service providers, such as ePlus, to manage significant aspects of their IT environment, from design, implementation, pre- and post-sales support, to maintenance, engineering, cloud management, security operations, and other services.

OUR COMPETITION

The market for IT solutions is highly competitive, subject to macro-economic cycles, and the entry of new competitors. Additionally, the market is subject to disruption from consolidation of existing market participants that will create larger competitors, by the introduction of disruptive technologies, and by other activities of industry participants. We expect to continue to compete in all areas of our business against local, regional, national, and international firms, including vendors, consulting firms, international, national, and regional resellers, and service providers. Some of our competitors are direct marketers with little value-add and sell products as commodities, which can place downward pressure on product pricing. In addition, many IT vendors may sell or lease directly to our customers, and our continued ability to compete effectively may be affected by the strategies and business practices of such vendors. Some Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) are building and launching their own adoption and managed services to better ensure customer satisfaction and retainment. We face indirect competition from potential customers’ reluctance to move away from legacy systems, processes, and solutions providers. As IT consumption shifts from IT personnel and legacy infrastructure to line-of-business based outcomes using off-premise, on-demand, and cloud solutions, the legacy resale model has continued to shift from an upfront sale to a recurring revenue model.

The leasing and financing markets are also competitive and subject to changing economic conditions and market activities of leading industry participants. We expect to continue to compete against local, regional, national, and international firms, including banks, specialty finance companies, private-equity asset managers, vendors’ captive finance companies, and third-party leasing companies. Banks and other large financial services companies sell directly to business customers, particularly larger enterprise customers, and may provide other financial or ancillary services that we do not provide. Vendor captive leasing companies may use internal transfer pricing to effectively lower lease rates and/or bundle equipment sales and leasing to provide highly competitive packages to customers. Third-party leasing companies may have deep customer relationships with contracts in place that are difficult to displace; however, these competitors typically do not provide the breadth of product, service, and software offerings that we provide to our customers. These competitors may have access to more capital to fund more originations than we do and may be better able to adapt to a rapidly changing interest rate environment.

In all our markets, some of our competitors have longer operating histories and greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources than we do. In addition, some of these competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities, technologies, and customer requirements. Many current and potential competitors also have greater name recognition and engage in more extensive promotional marketing and advertising activities, offer more attractive terms to customers, and adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we do.

5

OUR OFFERINGS

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS SEGMENTS

We provide a range of IT products and advanced professional and managed services to help our customers improve productivity, profitability, and revenue growth while reducing operating costs. We believe that our customers view technology purchases as integrated solutions, rather than discrete product and service categories, and most of our sales are derived from integrated solutions involving our customers’ data center, cloud, network, security, and collaboration infrastructure. We hold various technical and sales-related certifications from leading manufacturers and software publishers, which authorizes us to market their products and enables us to provide advanced professional and managed services. We actively engage with emerging vendors to offer their technologies to our customers. Our flexible platform and customizable catalogs facilitate the addition of new vendors’ products with minimal incremental effort. Our technology business segments provide the following products and services within their respective segments:

Product segment:

• IT sales provides hardware, perpetual and subscription software, maintenance, software assurance, and outsourced services.

Managed services segment:

• Managed services for infrastructure and cloud proactively monitor and manage a broad range of technologies on-premises and in the cloud with services such as Managed Services for Azure, Managed WebEx Calling, Managed WebEx Call Center, network and firewall management and Managed Power Protection to ensure support of a broad cross-section of technologies spanning multiple Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) solutions. These solutions are built in a flexible subscription model to monitor, manage, and maximize business critical technologies—including cloud, security, data center, mobility, and collaboration based on an ITIL Framework backed with SOC 1 Type 2 and SOC 2 Type 2 attestations. We also provide ePlus® Automated Virtual Assistant (AVA) for Collaboration Spaces. ePlus AVA^TM uses robotic process automation accompanied by ePlus Managed Services to present an exceptional experience for users in video-enabled conference rooms and workspaces.

• Enhanced Maintenance Support (EMS) or ePlus Lifecycle-Services Support (ELSS) simplifies our customers support experience with single-call support for multi-vendor environments. We provide 24x7x365 level 1, 2, and 3 support from dedicated engineers and a certified bench of experts. Our services are certified by our leading manufacturer partners. Various OEM solutions are e-Bonded or Smart-Bonded, providing bi-directional ticket synchronization to facilitate expedient resolution and a custom executive dashboard provides related lifecycle data to the customer for all contracted assets.

• Service desk provides outsourced functions including, but not limited to, server and desktop and account management support to respond to our customers’ business demands while minimizing overhead.

• Storage-as-a-Service is a solution powered by Pure Storage Evergreen//One that provides customers with on-premises storage in a consumption-based model with on-demand burst capacity, backed by Service Level Agreements (SLAs), and ePlus expert Enhanced Maintenance Support (EMS). This allows customers to consume storage in a cloud-like model in their data center addressing planned and/or unforeseen capacity needs resulting from ongoing cloud migrations and other parallel IT projects.

• Cloud Hosted Services provide cloud-hosted offerings including Cloud Managed Backup and Cloud Disaster Recovery. These data protection offerings, delivered under SOC 2 Type 2 and HIPAA attestations, are focused on delivering confidence to our customers in their ability to rapidly recover when incidents such as ransomware occur.

• Cloud Managed Services are focused on helping our customers consume public cloud in a way that reduces time-to-market for new applications, lowers their ongoing cloud costs, and increases security. By taking day-to-day cloud management off their hands, our clients can focus on the applications that drive their business.

• Managed Security Services help customers strengthen their information security profile with industry-leading tools, technology, and expertise - often at a fraction of the cost of in-house security resources. Services include Security Operations Center (SOC), Vulnerability Management, Managed Detection and Response (MDR), and Incident Response (IR).

6

Professional services segment:

• Professional services focus on cloud infrastructure, unified communications, collaboration, networking, storage, hyper-converged infrastructure, and virtual desktop infrastructure, supported by security and managed services solutions.

• Staff augmentation services provide customers with flexible headcount options, which may range from service desk to infrastructure to software developer skills. Staff augmentation allows customers to access talent, fill specific technology skill gaps, or provide short-term or long-term IT professional help, which also includes services, such as Virtual Chief Information Officer (vCIO) and Virtual Chief Information Security Officer (vCISO), used to complement existing personnel and build three-to-five-year IT roadmaps.

• Project management services enhance productivity and collaboration management and enable successful implementations and adoption of solutions for our customers.

• Cloud Consulting Services is a global team of architects and consultants focused on assessing customer workloads for cloud, assisting with the selection of the appropriate cloud solution, design and build of cloud platforms, application modernization and migration, automation, and ongoing management and optimization of cloud platforms.

• Consulting Services helps customers strategize ways to ensure their business has maximum agility. By leveraging our extensive portfolio of Consulting Services, customers will gain technology-driven insight and guidance to make smarter decisions, to improve efficiencies, maximize return on technology investments, and provide actionable intelligence.

• Security solutions help safeguard our customers’ business and information assets, including:

o Governance, Risk, and Compliance (GRC) services help ensure customers are meeting governance and compliance requirements by leveraging regulatory frameworks, industry best practices, and supporting controls, thereby allowing customers to effectively identify, assess, and mitigate risk.

o Technology Introduction and Deployment services help customers rapidly adopt and integrate key security controls and embrace efficiencies across technology types like network, endpoint, data, and cloud.

FINANCING BUSINESS SEGMENT

We specialize in financing arrangements, including sales-type and operating leases, loans, and consumption-based financing arrangements, as well as underwriting and management and disposal of IT equipment and assets. Our financing operations include sales, pricing, credit, contracts, accounting, risk management, and asset management.

We primarily finance IT equipment, communication-related equipment, and medical equipment. We may also finance industrial machinery and equipment, office furniture and general office equipment, transportation equipment, and other general business equipment. We offer our solutions both directly and through vendors.

We offer enhanced financing solutions, and our business process services approach automates a significant portion of the IT procurement process and reduces our customers’ cost of doing business. The solution incorporates value-added services at every step in the process, including:

• Front-end processing, such as procurement, order aggregation, order automation, vendor performance measurement, ordering, reconciliation, and payment.

• Lifecycle and asset ownership services, including asset management, change management, and property tax filing.

• End-of-life services such as equipment audit, removal, and disposal.

7

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

BROAD SKILL SETS THAT CAN SCALE TO SUPPORT LARGE ADDRESSABLE MARKET

We sell IT solutions focusing on the data center, cloud, network, security, virtualization, and mobility segments of the industry, facilitated by our professional and managed service solutions. We primarily target our sales efforts toward middle-market and large commercial entities, state and local governments, education, and healthcare customers throughout the US and in certain markets in Europe and Asia. We believe IT departments in these organizations are facing pressure to deliver higher service levels with fewer resources, increasing their reliance on third parties who can provide complex, multi-vendor technology solutions, such as our company.

BROAD AND DIVERSE CUSTOMER BASE ACROSS A WIDE RANGE OF END MARKETS

We have a broad and diverse customer base of 4,600 customers across a wide range of end-markets, including education, financial services, healthcare, media and entertainment, state and local government, technology, and telecommunications.

DIFFERENTIATED BUSINESS MODEL SERVING ENTIRE IT LIFECYCLE – PROCUREMENT, SOLUTIONS, SERVICES, SOFTWARE, FINANCING

We believe we are a trusted IT advisor to our customers, delivering differentiated products and services to enable our customers to meet increasingly complex IT requirements. We can provide complete, turn-key solutions aligned to the entire IT lifecycle – procurement, products, services, software, and financing. We provide upfront assessments, design and configuration capabilities, installation and implementation, and ongoing services to support our customers’ solutions.

DEEP EXPERTISE IN ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY TO ADDRESS CLOUD, SECURITY, SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING, WIFI/5G, AND OTHER EMERGING IT TRENDS

We believe our customers choose us for their complex IT infrastructure needs based on our track record of delivering best-of-breed solutions, value-added services, and close relationships with both established and emerging vendors. We focus on obtaining and maintaining top-level engineering certifications and professional services expertise in advanced technologies of strategic vendors that we leverage to help our customers achieve positive business outcomes. Throughout our company, we have more than 850 employees that collectively hold over 7,000 certifications, including over 3,800 technical certifications. Our highly skilled, experienced personnel include account executives, pre-sales and inside-sales staff trained on our broad solutions capabilities and category-focused subject-matter experts. We have over 1,950 unique certification titles, with a heavy concentration in our top vendor partners.

STRATEGIC ABILITY TO DESIGN AND INTEGRATE CLOUD SOLUTIONS ACROSS MULTIPLE VENDORS

We believe our expertise across both data center and cloud architectures allows us to provide differentiated offerings in assisting our customers with their journey to the cloud. Combined with our established practices in networking and security, we are uniquely poised to help customers adopt a multi-cloud strategy utilizing our cloud cost management and FinOps framework to help overcome the inherent challenges. We leverage our strategic partnerships with leading vendors such as Amazon Web Services, Cisco Systems, Dell EMC, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Microsoft, NetApp, Rubrik, and VMware in conjunction with our professional, managed and lifecycle services to help our customers achieve their desired business outcomes.

8

STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS IN EXPERIENCED CYBERSECURITY PRACTITIONERS TO GUIDE CUSTOMERS RISK MITIGATION STRATEGIES

We believe our organizational structure and resources in both security advisory services and technology teams best enable our consulting teams to deliver clear business outcomes for our customers looking to identify and mitigate risk to their organizations. While developing threats, new regulations and cyber liability insurance premiums continue to increase, putting pressure on stakeholders and stockholders, we continue to invest in our service delivery capabilities and align with industry leading cybersecurity OEMs to help ensure our customers are accelerating their security programs and leveraging the latest capabilities to harden defenses and ensure preparedness against threats to their business.

PROVEN TRACK RECORD OF SUCCESSFULLY INTEGRATING ACQUISITIONS AND ACCELERATING GROWTH

We view acquisitions as a crucial factor in our strategic growth plan. Since 1997, we have successfully integrated nearly 30 acquisitions. Most recently, we have been active in tuck-in acquisitions to broaden our product offerings, sector reach, and geographic footprint.

We generally integrate acquired firms into the ePlus platform immediately, which allows us to maintain customer and vendor relationships, retain key employees from acquired firms, and accelerate growth.

We continue to review new acquisition opportunities to expand our global footprint and expand our offerings.

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERIZED BY GROWTH AND PROFITABILITY

We have focused on achieving top-line revenue growth while maintaining industry-leading gross margins – with a compound annual growth rate of 8.8% on net sales and 8.9% for consolidated gross profit, respectively, from fiscal year 2020 to fiscal year 2024.

Through our organic expansion and acquisitions, we have increased our employee count by 20.3% from March 31, 2020, to March 31, 2024. The increase in our employee base has largely been in customer facing roles, which represented 82.2% of the total increase in headcount over the same period, as we continue to build our sales and services team while leveraging our operational infrastructure.

OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

Our goal is to continue to grow as a leading provider of technology solutions. The key elements of our strategy include the following:

BE OUR CUSTOMERS’ PARTNER OF CHOICE FOR COMPREHENSIVE IT AND LIFECYCLE SOLUTIONS, INCLUDING CONSULTING, MANAGED AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICES, AND FINANCING

We seek to become the primary provider of IT solutions and flexible financing solutions for each of our customers, whether on-premise, cloud, hybrid or as a service provider. We strive to provide excellent customer service, pricing, availability, and advanced professional and managed services in an efficient manner. We believe the increasing complexity of the IT ecosystem and the emergence of new technologies, vendors, licensing, and service options are factors that will lead to a growing demand from existing customers. We have many experienced pre-sales engineers who engage with customers about the most advanced technologies. Our account executives are trained on our broad solutions capabilities with access to many category-focused subject-matter experts, which allow them to sell in a consultative business outcome-based manner that increases the likelihood of cross-selling our solutions. Our account executives are supported by experienced and professional inside sales representatives. Our Customer Experience (CX) lifecycle organization helps customers maximize the benefit of their purchases and to cultivate trusting long-term relationships that yield greater agility, better outcomes, faster ROI, and stronger resiliency. We believe that our bundled offerings are an important differentiating factor from our competitors.

We focus on gaining top-level engineering certifications and professional services expertise in advanced technologies of strategic vendors. This expertise helps our customers develop their cloud capabilities including private, public, and hybrid deployments. We provide virtual desktop infrastructure, unified communications, collaboration, networking, security, storage, big data, mobility, converged and hyper-converged infrastructures, and managed services segment offerings, all of which remain in high demand. We believe our ability to deliver advanced professional services provides benefits in two ways. First, we gain recognition and mindshare of our strategic vendor partners and become the “go-to” partner in selected regional markets as well as the national market. This significantly increases direct and referral sales opportunities for our products and services and allows us to offer competitive pricing levels. Second, within our existing and potential customer base, our advanced professional services are a key differentiator against competitors who cannot provide services or advanced services for these key technologies or across multiple vendor product lines.

9

Our managed services segment portfolio includes AWS, Microsoft Azure, Automated Virtual Assistant (AVA) for collaboration, Managed SDWAN, Service Desk, Carrier Expense Management, Cloud Cost Optimization, Vulnerability Management as a Service (VMaaS), Managed Unified Communication Manager (UCM), Hyperflex, Nutanix, WebEx Calling, WebEx Contact Center, Managed Power Protection, Storage as a Service and numerous other managed infrastructure offerings. We continue to increase our breadth and depth of engineering expertise through the integration of recent acquisitions, supplementing our Cisco service offerings, expanding our Palo Alto Enhanced Maintenance Support (EMS) portfolio, and adding support for additional market leading security solutions. Our managed services segment portfolio continues to evolve so that ePlus annuity-based service solutions are represented within a single service management platform, leveraging the latest technologies to enhance customer experience.

BUILD OUR GEOGRAPHIC FOOTPRINT

We intend to increase our direct sales and go-to-market capabilities in each of our geographic areas. We actively seek to acquire new account relationships through personal relationships, electronic commerce, leveraging our partnerships with vendors, and targeted demand-generation activities to increase awareness of our solutions. We also seek to broaden our customer base, expand our geographic reach, and improve our technology and professional services delivery capabilities. During the last fiscal year, we continued to expand our sales and delivery capabilities across multiple international markets as we see more demand for solutions within this market.

RECRUIT, RETAIN, AND DEVELOP EMPLOYEES

Based on our prior experience, capital structure, and business systems and processes, we believe we are well positioned to hire experienced sales representatives and engineers, make strategic acquisitions that expand our customer facing talent, broaden our customer base, expand our geographic reach, scale our existing operating structure, and/or enhance our product and service offerings. Part of our growth strategy is to hire purposefully and enhance our technical skill base through strategic acquisitions. Once recruited, we believe that our culture, competitive performance-based compensation, policies, and labor practices contribute to strong relations with our employees. We offer a range of affordable and flexible benefits options to assist with health and well-being. As our employees are an important resource to us, we invest in their ongoing professional development. Our education program provides financial support for employees who want to participate in undergraduate and graduate studies, continuing education, skill building including technical certifications, and other professional enrichment related to their position with ePlus. We offer employees an employee stock purchase program (ESPP) pursuant to which our employees may purchase our common stock at a discount.

IMPROVE OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCIES

We continue to invest in our internal technology infrastructure and software platforms to scale our infrastructure for growth, while optimizing our operations and engaging in process re-engineering efforts to become more streamlined and cost effective.

OUR SALES AND MARKETING

We focus our sales and marketing efforts on becoming the primary provider of IT solutions for each of our customers. We actively seek to acquire new account relationships through personal relationships, electronic commerce, leveraging our partnerships with vendors, and targeted demand-generation activities to increase awareness of our solutions. We target middle-market and large commercial entities and SLED institutions. We undertake direct marketing and leverage digital marketing and social media campaigns to target certain markets in conjunction with our primary vendor partners, who may provide financial reimbursement, outsourced services, and personnel to assist us in these efforts.

Our sales representatives are compensated by a combination of salary and commission, with commission becoming the primary component of compensation as the sales representatives gain experience. To date, we acquired most of our customers through the efforts of our direct sales force and acquisitions. We market to different areas within a customer’s organization, including business units as well as the IT department, lines of business, or finance department, depending on the solutions.

10

As of March 31, 2024, our sales force consisted of 719 sales, marketing and sales support personnel organized regionally across the US, UK, India, and Singapore.

OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

Our success depends in part upon proprietary business methodologies and technologies that we have licensed and modified. Although we believe the protection afforded by our patents, copyrights, trademarks, contractual rights and trade secrets has value, the rapidly changing technology in the IT industry and uncertainties in the domestic and international legal process is inherently unpredictable and there is no assurance that we will prevail in challenges to our intellectual property.

We own certain software programs or have entered into software licensing agreements to provide services to our customers. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret protection, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements, licensing arrangements and other contractual provisions to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. We seek to protect our documentation and other written materials and confidential corporate information under contract, trade secret and copyright laws, which afford only limited protection.

We currently have patents in the US. We cannot provide assurance that any patents, as issued, will prevent the development of competitive products or that our patents will not be successfully challenged by others or invalidated through the administrative process or litigation.

Additionally, we have registered and common-law trademarks. In the US, our registered trademarks include e+®, ePlus®, OneSource®, Where Technology Means More® and GRIT: Girls Re-Imagining Tomorrow®. We have registered IGXGlobal®, and IGXGlobal an ePlus Technology, inc. Company® and certain variations thereon in the UK and the EU. We intend to use and protect these and our other marks, including common-law marks, as we deem necessary. We also have over 20 registered copyrights, in addition to unregistered copyrights in our website content, software, marketing and other written materials.

We do not maintain a traditional research and development group, but we work closely with computer product manufacturers and other technology developers to stay abreast of the latest developments in computer technology, with respect to the products we both sell and use. For example, we recognize AI as a potentially transformational force and anticipate that AI will significantly impact our product offerings and the business operations of our clientele in the long run.

OUR FINANCIAL AND RISK MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES

Inventory Management: We do not purchase inventory as stock. We purchase inventory at our customers’ request to order products usually from a purchase order from our customer. In addition, we have drop-shipment arrangements with many of our vendors and distributors, which permit us to offer products to our customers without taking physical delivery of the equipment. Using the distribution systems available, we frequently sell products that are shipped from the vendors or distributors directly to our customers’ locations, which assists us in reducing inventory and minimizing shipping costs. For the year ended March 31, 2024, our three largest distributors, Ingram Micro, Arrow Electronics, and TD SYNNEX, collectively accounted for over 25% of our purchases related to our product segment net sales.

Risk Management and Process Controls: We use and maintain conservative underwriting policies and disciplined credit approval processes in our technology business segments and our financing business segment. We have an executive management review process and other internal controls in place to evaluate transactions’ potential risk.

In our technology business segments, we manage our risk by using conservative credit quality analysis and periodic monitoring of customer financial results or third-party risk evaluation tools; monitoring customer accounts receivable balances and payment history; proactively pursuing delinquent accounts; ensuring we have appropriate contractual terms and conditions; perfecting security interests when practicable; requiring prepayment or deposits if indicated; performing fraud checks for new accounts; and evaluating general economic as well as industry specific trends. Our systems automatically decrease trade credit lines based on assigned risk ratings.

11

In our financing business segment, we manage our risk in assets we finance by assigning the contractual payments due under the financing arrangement to third-parties and the continued monitoring of our customers’ credit profile. We also use agency purchase orders to procure equipment for lease to our customers and otherwise take measures to minimize our inventory of financed assets. When our technology business segments are the supplier of the assets being financed, we retain certain procurement risks. Our financing arrangements with our customers are generally fixed rate.

OUR HUMAN CAPITAL

Our employees are an important resource for us, and their collective dedication and talent enable us to be a trusted advisor to our customers.

As of March 31, 2024, we employed a total of 1,900 employees, including 1,847 in the US, 27 in India, 25 in the UK, and 1 in Singapore. We believe we have a good relationship with our employees, with twenty percent of our employee base having a tenure of ten or more years. None of our employees are represented by a labor union.

OUR CULTURE

We are an equal opportunity employer, dedicated to fostering, cultivating, and preserving a culture that represents diversity, enables inclusion, and makes our employees feel comfortable bringing their full, unique selves to work. This includes providing an inclusive, safe, and supportive workplace, free of unlawful harassment or discrimination. Through our policies, our training, and the everyday actions of our leadership, we expect our employees to treat each other, our customers, and all our business partners with respect and equality for all persons consistent with our “Be Safe, Be Smart, and Be Kind” motto.

Corporate social responsibility is also an important part of our culture, and we focus efforts around supporting the communities in which we live and work. These efforts include participating in One Tree Planted, Habitat for Humanity, Tech in Pink (which raises money to support the Breast Cancer Research Foundation) and the National Marrow Donor Program. Since 2017, we have sponsored GRIT: Girls Re-Imagining Tomorrow® in partnership with Cisco Systems, Inc. GRIT introduces diverse groups of middle school girls to technology-focused career possibilities, with an emphasis on cybersecurity and artificial intelligence. Students have opportunities to learn about the many possibilities in technology-focused companies and participate in hands-on technology-focused learning with top industry representatives and community mentors. In 2023, GRIT kicked off a new program year at eight schools across the country, with more than 90 students participating. Since its inception, GRIT has graduated over 300 participants and continues to grow each year.

FUNCTIONAL AREAS OF OUR EMPLOYEE BASE

The functional areas of our employees are as follows:

	As of March 31,
	2024	2023	Change
Sales and marketing	719	644	75
Professional services	816	750	66
Administration	359	354	5
Executive management	6	6	-
Total	1,900	1,754	146

ATTRACTING TALENT

While we operate in a competitive labor environment, we believe that that our culture, policies and labor practices, and our competitive performance-based compensation contribute to strong relations with our employees. We offer a range of affordable and flexible benefits options to assist with health and well-being, and at the request of our employees, in 2022 we adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  We have a flexible work from home strategy. As a highly technical company with mature collaboration tools, our hybrid model helps us recruit and maintain talent while meeting our customer commitments.

12

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT

As our employees are a crucial resource to us, we invest in their ongoing professional development. Our education program provides financial support for employees who want to participate in undergraduate and graduate studies, continuing education, skill building including technical certifications, and other professional enrichment related to their position with ePlus. All employees are supported in, and expected to, remain current in the knowledge areas relevant to their position.

We recognize our employee successes in many ways. We award top performers in our sales and services departments with awards and gifts, including a “President’s Club” trip. We also promote employee engagement and recognition through our ePlus Recognition platform where employees can announce and/or thank other employees for their efforts and receive awards. In addition, we recognize support staff with our annual Executive Choice Awards, and we recognize employees who perform an exceptional act of community service with our CEO Degrees of Excellence award. In addition, we have developed career paths for most functional areas to illustrate the many career paths within ePlus.

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (“SEC”) REPORTS

Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, filed with or furnished to the SEC, are available free of charge through our Internet website, www.eplus.com, as soon as reasonably practical after we have electronically filed such material with, or furnished it to, the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The contents on or accessible through these websites are not incorporated into this filing. Further, our references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Many factors could adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows, some of which are beyond our control. The following is a description of some important factors that may cause our business prospects, results of operations and cash flows in future periods to differ materially from those currently expected or desired. Factors not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows.

RISKS SPECIFIC TO OUR BUSINESS

If one or more of our large volume customers significantly reduces purchasing from us, our results of operations may be affected.

The contracts for the provision of products and services from us to our customers are generally non-exclusive agreements without volume purchase commitments and are terminable by either party upon 30 days’ notice. A material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows could result from one or more such customers’ failure to pay amounts due to us, reducing amounts purchased from us, or ceasing to purchase from us. As of March 31, 2024, and 2023, our accounts receivable-trade balance included approximately 17% and 13%, respectively, concentration of invoices due from Verizon Communications Inc.

We may fail to innovate, develop, or sell new solutions which align with changing market and customer demand, and we may fail to provide our services to a professional standard, and we face substantial competition from other companies, including certain larger, well-established companies.

As a provider of a comprehensive set of technology solutions, which involves the offering of bundled solutions consisting of direct IT sales, advanced professional and managed services, our propriety software, and financing, we expect to encounter some of the challenges, risks, and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies providing bundled solutions in rapidly evolving markets. Some of these challenges include our ability to increase the total number of users of our services, adapt to meet changes in our markets and competitive developments, or continue to update our technology to enhance the features and functionality of our suite of products. Our personnel must continually stay current with vendor and marketplace technology advancements, develop solutions which may integrate evolving and multiple vendor products and services, as well as services and solutions we provide, to meet changing marketplace and customer demand. Further, we may provide customized solutions and services that are solely reliant on our own marketing, design, and fulfillment services, and we may lack the skills or personnel to execute. Our failure to innovate and provide bespoke value to our customers may erode our competitive position, market share and lead to reduced revenue and financial performance.

13

We provide consulting services, project related services, service desk and managed services, and staffing to our customers. We may fail to design or execute a service in accordance with our contract which results in an error or omission, or in accordance with professional standards which may bring harm to our customers. Such harm could include technological or human failure that results in a cyber-related data breach, privacy incident, or other event that adversely impacts our customers’ IT systems and/or business processes.

In all our markets, some of our competitors have longer operating histories and greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources than we do. In addition, some of these competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities, technologies, and customer requirements such as generative artificial intelligence. Many current competitors may have, and potential competitors may have, greater name recognition, greater financial, technical, research and development or other resources, engage in more extensive promotional marketing and advertising activities, offer more attractive terms to customers, broader distribution and established relationships with vendors and end customers, the ability to leverage their sales efforts across a broader portfolio of products, and adopt more aggressive pricing and credit policies than we do.

In addition, large competitors may have more extensive relationships with and within existing and potential customers that provide them with an advantage in competing for business with those customers.  Our ability to compete will depend upon our ability to provide a better solution than our competitors at a more competitive price. We may be required to make substantial additional investments in research, development, marketing and sales in order to respond to competition, and we cannot assure you that these investments will achieve any returns for us or that we will be able to compete successfully in the future.

In our technology business segments, we compete in all areas of our business against local, regional, national, and international firms, including other direct marketers; national and regional resellers; online marketplace competitors; and regional, national, and international service providers. In addition, we face competition from vendors, which may choose to market their products directly to end-users, rather than through channel partners such as our company, and this could adversely affect our future sales. Many competitors compete principally based on price and may have lower costs or accept lower selling prices than we do and, therefore, our gross margins may not be maintainable. Online marketplace competitors are continually improving their pricing and offerings to customers as well as ease of use of their online marketplaces. Our competitors may offer better or different products and services than we offer. In addition, we do not have guaranteed purchasing volume commitments from our customers and, therefore, our sales volume may be volatile.

In our financing business segment, we face competition from many sources including much larger companies with greater financial resources. Our competition may originate from vendors of the products we finance or financial partners who choose to market directly to customers through the vendors’ captive leasing organization or large or regional financial institutions such as banks with substantially lower cost of funds. Our competition may lower lease rates to increase market share. Historically, our financing business segment is very transaction-based and has had volatility in its results of operations primarily due to large transaction gains derived from significant transactions with system integrators where the federal government is the end user, and customer-driven events such as early buyouts or terminations. These transactions are unpredictable and often outsized. There is no guarantee that we will continue to originate large transaction gains or that customers will drive large post contract earnings in the future.

14

We rely on a small number of key vendors in our supply chain, and do not have long-term supply or guaranteed price agreements or assurance of inventory availability with our vendors.

A substantial portion of our revenue within our technology business segments depend on a small number of key vendors. Products manufactured by Cisco Systems represented approximately 44%, 40%, and 39% of net sales of our combined technology business segments for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Products manufactured by NetApp, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, HP Inc., Juniper Networks, Dell/EMC, and Arista Networks, collectively represented approximately 23% - 25% of net sales of our combined technology business segments for the last three years. We may also be adversely affected by consolidation among our vendors, such as Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s proposed acquisition of Juniper Networks. Manufacturing interruptions or delays, including as a result of the financial instability or bankruptcy of manufacturers, changes to or the addition of trade laws, duties or tariffs, currency fluctuations, significant labor disputes such as strikes, natural disasters, political or social unrest, international conflicts, pandemics, other public health crises, or other adverse events affecting any aspect of our vendors’ business, could disrupt our supply chain. We may experience product constraints due to the unavailability of raw materials or components, delays in shipping, failure of vendors to accurately forecast customer demand or to manufacture or otherwise obtain sufficient quantities of product or component parts to meet customer demand, among other reasons. If we experience significant supply chain disruptions, we may not be able to develop alternate sourcing quickly on favorable terms, if at all, which could result in increased costs, loss of sales and a loss of customers, and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we are experiencing price increases from our suppliers as a result of an inflationary environment. Our intention is to pass along the price increases to our customers but that may not be possible for all cost increases. Some manufacturers and suppliers have instituted policies to disallow order cancellations. We may be at risk if a customer cancels an order with us, and we cannot cancel our corresponding order with the supplier.

As we do not stock inventory that is not related to an order we have received from our customers, we depend upon the supply of products available from our vendors to fulfill orders from our customers on a timely basis.

The loss of a key vendor or changes in its policies could adversely impact our financial results. Alleged or actual violations of a contract that results in either the termination of our ability to sell the product or a decrease in our certification level with the vendor could adversely impact our financial results. In addition, a reduction in the trade credit lines or the favorable terms granted to us by our vendors and financial partners could increase our need for, and the cost of, working capital and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Breaches of data security and the failure to protect our information technology systems and confidential information from cybersecurity threats, our inability to maintain compliance with data privacy laws and regulations, or misuse of our customers’ or employees’ information could adversely impact our business.

Our business involves the storage and/or transmission of proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data, including personal information of our employees, customers, and others. In addition, we rely on our vendors that provide goods and services to us to maintain appropriate security measures to protect our operations. Also, we operate data centers for our customers that host their technology infrastructure and may store and transmit both business-critical data and confidential information. In connection with our services business, some of our employees also may have access to our customers’ confidential data and other information. We have privacy and data security policies in place that are designed to prevent security breaches; however, as newer technologies emerge, and the portfolio of the service providers with whom we share sensitive information grows, we could be exposed to increased risk of breaches in data security and other illegal or fraudulent acts, including ransomware attacks and other types of cyberattacks. The evolving nature of such threats, considering new and sophisticated methods used by criminals and cyberterrorists, including computer viruses, malware, phishing, social engineering, and forgery, are making it increasingly challenging to anticipate and adequately mitigate these risks.

As a high percentage of our employees work from home more often than in our offices, we are highly reliant on the availability and functionality of our information systems to enable our operations. Working from home may increase risk of data loss, including privacy-related events. If our information systems are not operational for reasons which may include cybersecurity attacks, data center failures, failures by telecom providers to provide services to our business and to our employees’ homes, as well as the home offices of our vendors’ and customers’ employees, power failures, or failures of cloud application software such as SaaS based software, our business and financial results may be adversely impacted.

15

If third-parties or our employees are able to maliciously penetrate our network security or otherwise misappropriate our customers’ information or employees’ personal information, or other information for which our customers may be responsible and for which we agree to be responsible in connection with service contracts into which we may enter, or if we give third-parties or our employees improper access to certain information, we could be subject to liability. This liability could include claims for unauthorized access to devices on our network; unauthorized access to our customers’ or suppliers’ networks, hardware, applications, data, devices, or software; unauthorized purchases with credit card information; and identity theft or other similar fraud-related claims. This liability could also include claims for other misuses of or inappropriate access to personal information. Other liability could include claims alleging misrepresentation of our privacy and data security practices. Any such liability for misappropriation of this information could decrease our profitability. We could incur additional expenses when new laws or regulations regarding the use, safeguarding, or privacy of information are enacted, or interpreted if governmental agencies require us to substantially modify our privacy or security practices. We could fail to comply with international and domestic data privacy laws, the violation of which may result in audits, fines, penalties, litigation, or administrative enforcement actions with associated costs.

Third parties, such as hackers, could circumvent or sabotage the security practices and products used in our product and service offerings, and/or the security practices or products used in our internal IT systems, which could result in disclosure of sensitive or personal information, unauthorized procurement, or other business interruptions that could damage our reputation and disrupt our business, as well as that of our customers. Attacks may range from random attempts to coordinated and targeted attacks, including sophisticated computer crime and advanced persistent threats.

Advances in technology, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, quantum computing, or artificial intelligence, other events or developments may result in a compromise or breach of the security practices we use to protect sensitive customer transaction information and employee information. A party that can circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our operations. Further, third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers into disclosing sensitive information such as usernames, passwords, or other information or otherwise compromise the security of our internal networks and/or our customers’ information. Since techniques used to obtain unauthorized access change frequently and the impact and severity of security breaches are increasing, we may be unable to implement adequate preventative measures or timely identify or stop security breaches while they are occurring.

We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against security breaches or to remediate the subsequent risks and issues caused by such breaches. Our security measures are designed to protect against security breaches, but our failure to prevent such security breaches could cause us to incur significant expense to investigate and respond to a security breach and remediate any problems caused by any breach, subject us to liability, damage our reputation, and diminish the value of our brand. There can be no assurance that the limitations of liability in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any claim. We also cannot be sure that our existing insurance coverage for errors and omissions or security breaches will continue to be available on acceptable terms or in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that our insurers will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds our available insurance coverage, or changes in our insurance policies, including additional exclusions, premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We depend on having creditworthy customers to avoid an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Our financing business segment and our technology business segments require sufficient amounts of debt or equity capital to fund our equipment purchases. If the credit quality of our customer base materially decreases, or if we experience a material increase in our credit losses, including by the federal government’s actual or attempted termination for convenience or other contract termination, we may find it difficult to continue to obtain the required capital for our business, and our results from operations may be affected. In addition to the impact on our ability to acquire capital, a material increase in our delinquency and default experience would itself have a material adverse effect on our business, and results from operations.

Many of our customers may be susceptible to changes in their industries, challenges to their business models, economic slowdowns or recessions, or other adverse events and may be unable to pay for their purchases or repay the leases or notes receivable or multi-year agreements such as maintenance or software subscription agreements to us or repayment may be extended by our customers or us. Therefore, our non-performing assets may increase, and the value of our portfolio may decrease during these periods as we are required to record our investments at their current fair value. Adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net earnings, and assets in our financing segment. Unfavorable economic conditions including inflation and/or an increase in interest rates also could increase our financing segment’s funding costs, limit our access to capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our financing portfolio and harm our operating results.

16

We may not be able to hire and/or retain personnel that we need.

To increase market awareness and sales of our offerings, we may need to expand our marketing efforts and sales operations in the future. Our products and services require a sophisticated sales effort and significant technical engineering talent. For example, our sales and engineering candidates must possess a high degree of technical acumen, including hardware and software knowledge, to create customized solutions for our customers’ business processes. Competition for qualified sales, marketing and engineering personnel fluctuates depending on market conditions. We are currently experiencing a competitive labor market not only for our sales, marketing, and engineering roles, but for all our roles including support and administrative positions, and as such are experiencing wage increases. New laws requiring public posting of compensation information may also contribute to wage increases. If we are unable to pass these increases to our customers, our financial results may be adversely affected. We provide certain professional and managed services under fixed price contracts. If we fail to accurately estimate our costs, including due to wage or other inflation, the profitability of our contracts may be adversely affected. Wage inflation may adversely impact our ability to hire and retain personnel, which may impact our ability to acquire, retain and serve our customers.

Additionally, the loss of senior leaders or the failure to successfully implement a succession plan could adversely affect our ability to execute strategies and manage operations.

In addition, changes to immigration laws may impact our ability to hire or retain talent. Hiring and retention is difficult to manage, particularly in light of continually evolving laws relating to noncompete and non-solicitation agreements, including the Federal Trade Commission’s rule banning most noncompete agreements, which is currently being challenged by several business entities. In some cases, our competitors have required their employees to agree to non-compete and/or non-solicitation agreements as part of their employment, and in some cases, we may not be able to enforce similar restrictions. Both scenarios present challenges and potential costs. Additionally, in some cases our relationship with a customer may be impacted by turnover in our sales or engineering teams.

We depend on third-party companies to perform certain of our obligations to our customers, which if not performed adequately could cause significant disruption to our business.

We rely on arrangements with third parties to perform certain professional services, staffing services, managed services, maintenance, warranties, configuration services, and other services for our customers. If these third-parties do not perform these services in accordance with the terms of our agreement and to a professional standard customary for the services, including if their services include an error or omission, or if they cause disruption of, or security weaknesses within, our customers’ businesses, results to our organization could include legal claims and associated costs, monetary damages paid to our customers, and an adverse effect on our customer and other business partner relationships, our brand, our reputation, and our results of operations or cash flows could be affected. In addition, the acquisition by our competitors of third-party companies that we are relying upon to perform certain of our customer obligations may impact our revenue.

We rely on independent shipping companies to deliver products from us and our vendors to our customers. The failure or inability of these shipping companies to deliver products, or the lack of availability of their shipping services, even temporarily, could have an adverse effect on our business. We may also be adversely affected by an increase in freight surcharges that may result from economic, supply-chain, geopolitical, or other disruptions.

17

We may experience a reduction in incentives offered to us and earned by us from our vendors that would affect our earnings.

We receive payments and credits from vendors, including consideration pursuant to volume incentive programs, shared marketing expense programs, and early pay discounts. These programs are usually of finite terms and may not be renewed or may be changed in a way that adversely affects us. Vendor funding is used to offset inventory costs, costs of goods sold, marketing costs and other operating expenses. Certain of these funds are based on our volume of purchases, growth rate of purchases, and marketing programs. If we do not grow our sales over prior periods, or if we do not comply with the terms of these programs, or do not sell certain products or sufficient quantity of products that earn the incentive, there could be a material negative effect on the number of incentives offered or amounts paid to us by vendors. Supply chain constraints and staffing challenges may affect our ability to meet these volume requirements and may affect our and our vendors’ ability to engage in marketing programs. We may not continue to receive such incentives or may not be able to collect outstanding amounts relating to these incentives in a timely manner, or at all. Any sizeable reduction in, the discontinuance of, a significant delay in receiving, or the inability to collect such incentives, particularly related to incentive programs with our largest vendors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we are unable to react timely to any fundamental changes in the programs of vendors, including the elimination of funding for some of the activities for which we have been compensated in the past, such changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not have adequately designed or maintained our IT platforms for internal use or solutions we offer to our customers or have adequate or competent IT personnel to support our business, or we may have inadequate training and technology safeguards to prevent a cyber event.

We depend heavily upon the accuracy and reliability of our information technology, telecommunication, cybersecurity, and other platforms which are used for customer management, sales, distribution, marketing, purchasing, inventory management, order processing and fulfillment, customer service and general accounting functions. We must continually maintain, secure, and improve our systems. We may not properly select or implement software which may result in the lack of data integrity within or between systems, increase our costs or impair our control environment or may lead to other negative impacts on our business or results. We may need to implement new software, or update existing software and processes, to be compliant with rapidly evolving data privacy laws, which may incur costs and impact data integrity. The protections we have in place address a variety of threats to our information technology systems, both internal and external, including human error. Inadequate security practices or design of our IT systems, or IT systems from third parties which we utilize, or third-party service providers’ failure to provide adequate services could result in the disclosure of sensitive or confidential information or personal information or cause other business interruptions that could damage our reputation and disrupt our business. Inadequate design or interruption of our information systems, telecommunications systems or power failures could have a material adverse effect on our business, our reputation, financial condition, cash flows, or results of operations.

Our managed services segment requires us to monitor our customers’ devices on their networks across varying levels of service. If we have not designed our IT systems to provide this service accurately or if there is a security breach in our IT system or the customers’ systems, we may be liable for claims. In addition, we rely on our managed services personnel to perform this monitoring service. Illness or insufficient staffing, or improper training, performance, or supervision may negatively affect the services we provide our customers resulting in decreased revenue and the potential for litigation.

Products as complex as those used to provide our solutions and services, including our cloud automation solutions, can contain unknown and undetected errors, performance problems, or use open-source code. We may identify serious defects following the introduction of new products or enhancements to existing products. Undetected errors or performance problems may be discovered in the future and certain errors we consider to be minor may be serious to our customers.

Our products and our automation solutions may be inadvertently harmed, such as during a product integration or upgrade, or may be circumvented or sabotaged by third parties such as hackers, which could result in the disclosure of sensitive information or personal information, unauthorized procurement, or cause other business interruptions that could damage our reputation and disrupt our business. Attacks may range from random attempts to coordinated and targeted attacks, including sophisticated computer crime and advanced persistent threats. In addition, our customers may experience a loss in connectivity to our proprietary solutions because of a power loss at our data center, interruption in internet availability, or defects in our solutions. This could result in lost revenues, business interruption, delays in customer acceptance, security breaches, and unforeseen liabilities that could be detrimental to our reputation and to our business.

18

We rely on the competency of our internal IT personnel. Our failure to hire, develop, retain, and supervise competent IT personnel to secure our data, as well as design and maintain a resilient technology ecosystem including our data and voice networks, infrastructure, and applications, could significantly interrupt our business causing a negative impact on our results. Additionally, along with our technological safeguards, we rely on our employees’ vigilance and security awareness to protect against cyber-based attacks. Our failure to sufficiently train and supervise our employees to guard against such attacks could result in a significant interruption in our business, and negative impact on our results.

The terms of our Credit Facility or lines of credit with our vendors or loss thereof may restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.

Our technology business, primarily through our subsidiary ePlus Technology, inc., finances its operations with funds generated from operations, and with a credit facility with Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC, and its agents or (“WFCDF”). This facility provides short-term capital for certain of our technology business entities. There are two components of the WFCDF credit facility (collectively, the “WFCDF Credit Facility”): (1) a floor plan facility and (2) a revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2024, the facility agreement had an aggregate limit of the two components of $500 million, together with a sublimit for a revolving credit facility for up to $200 million.

The loss of the WFCDF Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and the operational function of our accounts payable process. Our credit agreement contains various covenants that must be met each quarter and either party may terminate the agreement for any reason with 90 days’ notice. There can be no assurance that we will continue to meet those covenants and failure to do so may limit availability of, or cause us to lose, such financing. There can be no assurance that such financing will continue to be available to us in the future on acceptable terms.

An economic downturn or recession may negatively impact WFCDF’s or its agents’ willingness to extend credit to us at the current credit limit or an increase in credit limit thus restricting our working capital. We also have lines of credit with our vendors for the purchase of goods and services for resale or internal use. The loss or decrease of our working capital facility or lines of credit with our vendors may have a material adverse effect on our business, and results from operations.

Our earnings may fluctuate, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Our earnings are susceptible to fluctuations for several reasons, including, but not limited to, variability in the timing of large transactions in our technology business segments and financing business segment, product constraints, inflation, and the risk factors discussed herein. In addition, our cost structure is based, in part, on expected sales and gross profit. Therefore, if we experience any unexpected sales or gross profit shortfall for any reason, we may not be able to adjust our cost structure rapidly which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows. In the event our sales or net earnings are less than the level expected by the market in general, such shortfall could have an immediate and significant adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Issues relating to the use or capabilities of artificial intelligence, including legal, social, and ethical issues, in hardware, software and services offerings may result in reputational harm and liability and increased costs.

Social and ethical issues relating to the use of new and evolving technologies such as AI in our hardware, software, and service offerings, as well as in our internal platforms, may result in reputational harm and legal liability. The hardware, software, and services we offer increasingly utilize AI, and, as with many innovations, AI presents risks and challenges that could affect its adoption, and therefore our business. If we use, enable, or offer solutions that draw controversy due to their perceived or actual impact on individuals, entities, or society, we may experience brand or reputational harm, competitive harm, or legal liability. Increased focus and potential government regulation in the space of AI ethics and efficacy may also increase the burden and cost of research and development in this area, subjecting us to brand or reputational harm, competitive harm, or legal liability. Failure by us or others in our industry to address AI ethical and legal issues could undermine public confidence in AI and slow adoption of AI in our products and services.

Additionally, the development, adoption and use of AI is still in its early stages, and ineffective or inadequate AI development or deployment practices by us or our vendor partners could result in unintended consequences. AI technologies are complex and rapidly evolving, and we face significant competition in the market and from other companies regarding such technologies.

19

If we are unable to identify acquisition candidates, or perform sufficient due diligence prior to completing an acquisition, or fail to successfully integrate a completed acquisition, or identify an opportunity for or successfully complete an asset disposition, our earnings may be affected.

Mergers and acquisitions are significant factors in our growth strategy. If we fail to identify businesses available for purchase or at an acceptable valuation, our growth strategy may be negatively affected and, as such, may negatively affect our results of operations. Additionally, if we fail to identify an opportunity or fail to successfully complete an intended asset disposition, our operations or earnings may be negatively affected.

Our ability to successfully integrate the operations we acquire, reduce costs, or leverage these operations to generate revenue and earnings growth, could significantly impact future revenue and earnings. Integrating acquired operations is a significant challenge, and integration may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, and there is no assurance that we will be able to complete the integrations successfully. Failure to successfully integrate acquired operations may adversely affect our cost structure thereby reducing our earnings and return on investment. In addition, we may fail to perform adequate due diligence and acquire entities with unknown liabilities, fraud, cultural, data security, or business environment issues, or that may not have adequate internal controls.

If we acquire a company that does not fit culturally, strategically, or in some other fashion, the acquisition may not produce the expected results or may negatively affect our reputation, which may negatively affect our business, results of operations, or cash flows. The unpredictability of the economy, order backlogs, and inflation will also make it difficult to properly value or anticipate the future success of acquisition targets and impact our overall growth strategy.

Supply chain issues, including a shortage of IT products, may increase our costs or cause a delay in fulfilling customer orders, delivering and completing professional services, or purchasing IT products or services needed to support our internal infrastructure or operations, resulting in an adverse impact on our financial results.

We depend upon the supply of products available from our vendors to fulfill orders from our customers on a timely basis. We may experience supply constraints that could affect lead times and the predictability of lead times for delivery of products, the cost and availability of products, and our ability to meet customer demands. As a result of longer lead times, sales to customers may be delayed and we may carry more inventory which may result in higher warehouse and interest expenses. Delays in product shipments may delay the completion of related services as well. As a result, we may be at risk for customers’ cancelling orders due to delays and we may not be able to cancel our corresponding order with the supplier. If we are unable to mitigate these disruptions, our financial results may be adversely impacted.

Supply chain issues, including a shortage of IT products and available services, may increase our costs or cause a delay in purchasing IT products needed to support our internal infrastructure or operations, resulting in an impact on our technology operations and availability of our IT systems, which could result in an adverse effect on our operations and financial results.

A natural disaster or other adverse event at one of our primary configuration centers, warehouses, data center, or a third-party provider location could negatively impact our business.

We have configuration centers, warehouses, and data centers in the US and third-party providers in the UK and Netherlands. The configuration centers and warehouses contain inventory owned by us and our customers and serve as distribution centers for orders we do not drop ship directly to the customer. We perform services in these facilities such as product configuration services, and warehouse and logistics services. If the configuration centers or surrounding infrastructure were to be seriously damaged or disrupted by a natural disaster or other adverse event, including disruption related to political or social unrest, we could utilize another distribution center or third-party distributors to ship products to our customers. However, this may not be sufficient to avoid interruptions in our service or the loss of inventory at that location, may prevent us from meeting all the needs of our customers and may cause us to incur incremental operating costs. In addition, we operate in facilities which may contain both business-critical data and confidential information of our customers and third parties, such as data center colocation and hosted solution partners. A natural disaster or other adverse event at locations such as these or third-party provider locations could negatively impact our business, results of operations or cash flows.

20

We may not be able to realize our entire investment in the equipment we lease.

The realization of the residual value of the equipment we lease, predominantly at the end of the term of a lease, as well as during the life of the lease, is an important element in our financing business segment. At the inception of certain leases, we record a residual value for the leased equipment based on our estimate of the value of the equipment at the expected disposition date.

A decrease in the market value of leased equipment at a rate greater than the rate we projected, whether due to rapid technological or economic obsolescence, excessive or unusual wear and tear on the equipment, or other factors, would adversely affect the recoverability of the estimated residual values of such equipment. Further, certain equipment residual values are dependent on the vendor’s warranties, reputation, rules regarding relicensing of software to operate the equipment, and other factors, including market liquidity. In addition, we may not realize the full market value of equipment if we need to sell it to meet liquidity needs or for other reasons outside of the ordinary course of business. Consequently, there can be no assurance that we will realize our estimated residual values for equipment.

The degree of residual realization risk varies by transaction type. Sales-type leases bear less risk because contractual payments typically cover 90% or more of the equipment’s lease cost at inception. Operating leases have a higher degree of risk because a smaller percentage of the equipment’s value is covered by contractual cash flows at lease inception.

We may be required to take impairment charges for goodwill or other intangible assets related to acquisitions.

We have acquired certain portions of our business and assets through acquisitions. Further, as part of our long-term business strategy, we may continue to pursue acquisitions of other companies or assets. In connection with prior acquisitions, we have accounted for the portion of the purchase price paid in excess of the book value of the assets acquired as goodwill or intangible assets, and we may be required to account for similar premiums paid on future acquisitions in the same manner.

Under the applicable accounting principles, goodwill is not amortized and is carried on our books at its original value, subject to annual review and evaluation for impairment, whereas intangible assets are amortized over the life of the asset. Changes in the business itself, the economic environment (including business valuation levels and trends), or the legislative or regulatory environment may trigger a review and evaluation of our goodwill and intangible assets for potential impairment outside of the normal review periods. These changes may adversely affect either the fair value of the business or our individual reporting units and we may be required to take an impairment charge.

If market and economic conditions deteriorate, this could increase the likelihood that we will need to record impairment charges to the extent the carrying value of our goodwill exceeds the fair value of our overall business. Such impairment charges could materially adversely affect our net earnings during the period in which the impairment is realized. As of March 31, 2024, we had a carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets of $161.5 million and $44.1 million, respectively.

Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency.

We have several foreign subsidiaries and conduct business in various countries and currencies. As result of these foreign operations, we have exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency rates resulting primarily from the translation exposure associated with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. While our consolidated financial statements are reported in US dollars, the financial statements of our subsidiaries outside the US are prepared using the local currency as the functional currency and translated into US dollars. As a result, fluctuations in the exchange rate of the US dollar relative to the functional currencies of our subsidiaries could cause fluctuations in our results of operations. However, our operations in foreign countries are insignificant. We also have foreign currency exposure to the extent net sales and purchases are not denominated in a subsidiary’s functional currency, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or cash flows.

21

Actual or anticipated epidemics, pandemics, outbreaks, or other public health crises may adversely affect our customers’ and suppliers’ financial condition and the operations of our business.

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by the impact of any epidemic, pandemic, outbreak, or other public health crisis. The risk of any epidemic, pandemic, outbreak, or other public health crisis could cause customers to delay or cancel orders and could cause temporary or long-term disruptions in our supply chains and/or delays in the delivery of our products and services to our customers. Quarantines or other cancellations of public events as well as governmental containment actions could also adversely affect our customers’ financial condition, resulting in reduced spending for the products and services we sell or uncollectible accounts receivable, leases or notes receivable or our customers’ ability to receive goods we ship to their locations. Moreover, any epidemic, pandemic, outbreak, or other public health crisis could adversely affect our ability to adequately staff and manage our businesses. Risks or regulations related to an epidemic, pandemic, or other health crisis may continue to lead to the complete or partial closure of one or more of our offices, configuration centers, or warehouse, or the operations of our customers or our sourcing partners. Office closures of our customers may reduce our ability to provide onsite professional services and staffing.

RISKS RELATED TO THE ECONOMY AND OUR INDUSTRY

General economic weakness may harm our operating results and financial condition.

Our results of operations are largely dependent upon the state of the economy. Global economic weakness, inflation, rising cost and interest rates, and other economic uncertainties may result in decreased sales, gross margin, earnings and/or growth rates from our US based customers and from customers outside the US. Actions taken by central banks to counter inflation or weakness in the global banking industry, sustained uncertainty about global political conditions, periods of intense diplomatic or armed conflict, government spending cuts and the impact of new government policies (including the introduction of new or increased taxes, the imposition of minimum taxes or new or increased limitations on deductions, credits or other tax benefits), or a tightening of credit markets, or rising interest rates, could cause our customers and potential customers to postpone or reduce spending on technology products or services which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

We depend on continued innovations in hardware, software, and service offerings by our vendors, as well as the competitiveness of their offerings and our ability to partner with new and emerging technology providers.

The technology industry is characterized by rapid innovation and the frequent introduction of new and enhanced hardware, software, and service offerings, such as generative artificial intelligence, and cloud-based solutions, including IaaS, SaaS, and PaaS. We depend on innovations in hardware, software, and service offerings by our vendors, as well as the acceptance of those innovations by our customers for the offerings we sell. A decrease in the rate of innovation by our vendors, or the lack of acceptance of innovations by our customers, or a shift by customers to technology platforms that we do not sell could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, if we are unable to keep up with changes in technology and new hardware, software, and service offerings––for example by not providing the appropriate training to our account managers, sales technology specialists and engineers to enable them to effectively sell and deliver such new offerings to customers––our business, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.

We also depend upon our vendors for the development and marketing of hardware, software, and services to compete effectively with hardware, software, and services of vendors whose products and services we do not currently offer or are not authorized to offer in one or more customer channels. In addition, our success depends on our ability to develop relationships with and sell hardware, software, and services from emerging vendors, as well as vendors that we have not historically represented in the marketplace. To the extent that a vendor’s offering that is highly in demand is not available to us for resale in one or more customer channels, and there is not a competitive offering from another vendor that we are authorized to sell in such customer channels, or we are unable to develop relationships with new technology providers or companies that we have not historically represented, or we partner with a vendor that is not in demand or the demand for whose products significantly decreases, our business, results of operations, or cash flows could be adversely impacted.

22

Changes in the IT industry, customers’ usage or procurement of IT, and/or rapid changes in product standards may result in reduced demand for the IT hardware and software solutions and services we sell as well as financing.

Our results of operations are influenced by a variety of factors, including the condition of the IT industry, shifts in demand for, or availability of, IT hardware, software, peripherals and services, and industry introductions of new products, upgrades, methods of distribution, and the nature of how IT is consumed and procured. The IT industry is characterized by rapid technological change and the frequent introduction of new products, product enhancements and new distribution methods or channels, each of which can decrease demand for current products or render them obsolete. In addition, the proliferation of cloud technology, IaaS, SaaS, PaaS, software defined networking, or other emerging technologies may reduce the demand for products and services we sell to our customers. Cloud offerings may influence our customers to move workloads to cloud providers, which may reduce the procurement of products and services from us. Changes in the IT industry may also affect the demand for our advanced professional and managed services. These ‘as a service’ offerings in many cases are recorded on a net basis which results in a reduction of net sales and an increase in gross margin, or on a ratable basis. Over the past several years, we have seen a significant increase in gross billings recorded on a net basis and a ratable basis due to the industry shift to ‘as a service’ offerings. In addition, these ‘as a service’ offerings that are billed over time decrease the demand for financing these types of transactions and do not provide post contract revenue opportunities due to the intangible nature of the offering as well as similar other software offerings. We have invested a significant amount of capital in our strategy to provide certain products and services, and this strategy may adversely impact our financial position due to competition or changes in the industry or improper focus or selection of the products and services we decide to offer. If we fail to react in a timely manner to such changes, such as generative artificial intelligence, our results of operations may be adversely affected. Our sales can be dependent on demand for specific product categories, and any change in demand for, or supply of, such products could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Changes in interest rates or the loss of key lenders or the constricting of credit markets may affect our future profitability and our ability to monetize our financing receivables and investments in operating leases.

We finance transactions with our customers utilizing fix-rate borrowing. If we fund such transactions at inception with a third-party lender, we can lock an interest rate spread on the transaction between the customer rate and third-party rate. However, we may delay funding the transaction, and if interest rates increase in the interim, the interest rate spread will decrease, which will adversely impact our profitability, or we may not choose to fund the transaction due to higher interest rates, thus inhibiting our ability to monetize our portfolio to generate cash and increasing our credit loss exposure.

We rely on lenders to fund financing transactions we originate with our customers. Loss of any lender or group of lenders may significantly impact our ability to originate financing transactions, which may negatively impact our financial condition. In addition, our lenders may no longer be willing to provide funding under our current terms and conditions and may demand updated terms and conditions that negatively impact our ability to consummate a financing transaction with our customers. The current banking environment, particularly in the technology sector, is under regulatory and consumer scrutiny, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain required capital and on desirable terms. We are also subject to changes, if any, in our lenders’ willingness to provide financing for different, particularly lower, credit quality lessees, or lessees in certain market segments that may experience headwinds. Changes in interest rates, the federal government’s early termination of contracts, or other factors may make it more difficult or impossible for us to find or maintain lenders needed for us to profitably finance leasing solutions where the government is the end-user, which may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

RISKS RELATED TO LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Failure to comply with new laws or changes to existing laws may adversely impact our business.

Our operations are subject to numerous US and foreign laws and regulations in several areas including, but not limited to, areas of labor and employment, immigration, advertising, e-commerce, patent and copyright, tax, import and export requirements, financing, anti-corruption, data privacy requirements, anti-competition, and environmental, health, and safety. We are also subject to a vast number of evolving laws, such as state at the local, state and federal levels, including employment and data privacy laws, and securities laws such as the SEC’s rules on climate-related disclosures and amended rules on cybersecurity risk management. Compliance with these laws, regulations, and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive. The laws and regulations may be inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and may be repeatedly and unpredictably modified or rescinded by legislative bodies, regulatory agencies, and/or courts, further increasing the cost of compliance and doing business, and the risk of noncompliance. We have implemented policies and procedures designed to help comply with applicable laws and regulations, but there can be no certainty that our employees, contractors, or agents will fully comply with laws and regulations or our policies and procedures. Additionally, as our customers and vendors implement policies and processes for their own compliance with current, anticipated, and pending laws and regulations, they may impose requirements on us, which we may not be able to timely and cost-effectively fulfill.

23

We may not adequately protect ourselves through our contract vehicles, or our insurance policies may not be adequate to address potential losses or claims.

Our contracts may not protect us against the risks inherent in our business including, but not limited to, warranties, limitations of liability, indemnification obligations, human resources and subcontractor-related claims, patent and product liability, regulatory and compliance obligations, data security and privacy, and financing activities. Also, we face pressure from our customers for competitive pricing and contract terms. In addition, order cancellations by our customers may result from product constraints, or other economic concerns. While we may mitigate risk through our contracts, if orders are cancelled by our customers, we may have an increased risk of dispute resulting in non-payment. Such disputes may be complicated by novel legal arguments relating to contract enforceability, such as the application of force majeure, impossibility or impracticability of performance, and frustration of purpose. Despite the non-recourse nature of the loans financing certain of our activities, non-recourse lenders may file suit if the underlying transaction turns out poorly for the lenders. We are subject to such claims and the cost of defending such claims due to the nature of our business.

We also are subject to audits by various vendor partners and customers, including government agencies, relating to purchases, sales, data privacy and compliance under various contracts. In addition, we are subject to indemnification claims under various contracts.

Failure to comply with our public-sector contracts or applicable laws and regulations could result in, among other things, termination, fines or other liabilities, and changes in procurement regulations could adversely impact our business.

Revenues in our public sector are derived from sales to SLED customers, through various contracts and open market sales of products and services. Sales to SLED customers are highly regulated and SLED customer purchases are subject to availability of funds from taxation, grants, or other sources. Noncompliance with contract provisions, government procurement regulations, or other applicable laws or regulations could result in civil, criminal, and administrative liability, including substantial monetary fines or damages, termination of SLED sector customer contracts, and suspension, debarment, or ineligibility from doing business with the government and other customers in the SLED sector. Contracts in the SLED sector are generally terminable at any time for convenience of the contracting agency or upon default and are subject to audits. In addition, most contracts require successfully bidding and award of the contract. These bid processes can be complex and require extensive review of terms and conditions and data compilation. Multiple bidders may win a product category, which creates aggressive competition even after contract award. The effect of any of these possible actions could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the adoption of new or modified procurement regulations and other requirements may increase our compliance costs and reduce our gross margins, which could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations, or cash flows.

We face risks of claims from third parties for intellectual property infringement, including counterfeit products, which could harm our business.

We may be subject to claims that our products and services, or products that we resell, infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties and/or are counterfeit products. In addition, decreased product accessibility may foster more counterfeit product availability, including components within products that we purchase, and we may be subject to claims by our customers, vendors, or suppliers for unknowingly selling these types of products. The vendor of certain products or services we resell may not provide us with indemnification for infringement or indemnification; however, our customers may seek indemnification from us. We could incur substantial costs in defending infringement claims against ourselves and our customers. In the event of such claims, we and our customers may be required to obtain one or more licenses from third parties. We may not be able to obtain such licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or at all. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any such required license could significantly increase our expenses and/or adversely affect our ability to offer one or more of our services.

24

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property and costs to protect our intellectual property may affect our earnings.

The success of our business strategy depends, in part, upon proprietary technology and other intellectual property rights. To date, we have relied primarily on a combination of copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws, and contractual provisions with our customers, subcontractors, and employees to protect our proprietary technology. It may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy certain portions of our products or reverse engineer or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Some of our agreements with our customers and technology licensors contain residual clauses regarding confidentiality and the rights of third parties to obtain the source code for our products. These provisions may limit our ability to protect our intellectual property rights in the future that could seriously harm our business and operating results. Our means of protecting our intellectual property rights may not be adequate.

The legal and associated costs to protect our intellectual property in the US and foreign jurisdictions may significantly increase our expenses and have a material adverse effect on our operating results. We may deem it necessary to protect our intellectual property rights and significant expenses could be incurred with no certainty of the results of these potential actions. Costs relative to lawsuits are usually expensed in the periods incurred and there is no certainty in recouping any of the amounts expended regardless of the outcome of any action.

RISKS RELATED TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR STOCK

Our common stock price may be volatile and may decline regardless of our operating performance, and holders of our common stock could lose a significant portion of their investment.

The market price for our common stock may be volatile. Our stockholders may not be able to resell their shares of common stock at or above the price at which they purchased such shares, due to fluctuations in the market price of our common stock, which may be caused by several factors, many of which we cannot control, including the risk factors described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the following:

• changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our common stock, and our failure to meet these estimates or failure of securities;

• our failure to obtain our financial guidance estimates;

• significant variations in our quarterly results of operations;

• analysts to maintain coverage of our common stock;

• downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;

• future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors, and significant stockholders;

• market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole including market expectations of changes in interest rates;

• investors’ perceptions of our prospects;

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint ventures, or capital commitments; and

• changes in key personnel.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies, including companies in our industry. In the past, securities class action litigation has followed periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs, and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The number of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock and depress our stock price.

There can be no assurance that we will continue to repurchase any of our common stock under our share repurchase program.

Any determination to repurchase, shares of our common stock in the future will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, business prospects, capital requirements, contractual restrictions (including in current or future agreements governing our indebtedness), restrictions imposed by applicable law, market conditions, tax considerations and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. There can be no assurance that we will continue to repurchase shares of our common stock and, therefore, the future realization of a gain on your investment will depend entirely on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur.

25

Future offerings of debt or equity securities, which would rank senior to our common stock, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

If, in the future, we decide to issue debt or equity securities that rank senior to our common stock, it is likely that such securities will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences, and privileges more favorable than those of our common stock and may result in dilution to owners of our common stock. We and, indirectly, our stockholders, will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such securities. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of our future offerings, if any. Thus, holders of our common stock will bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting the value of their holdings in our common stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

We believe that cybersecurity and business resilience are critical to advancing our corporate vision and enabling our digital transformation efforts. As a technology services provider, we are faced with a multitude of diverse cybersecurity threats that range from common attacks such as ransomware, denial of service, and social engineering to more advanced attacks from nation state actors that might target our ecosystem through specific industry verticals. Any such cybersecurity threats could affect our customers, vendors, service providers, subcontractors and/or employees, and a cybersecurity threat to us or any of these entities could materially adversely affect our business strategy, financial condition, performance, our brand and results of operations.

We have a dedicated team of information security professionals (our “information security team”) who lead our enterprise-wide cybersecurity strategy, which includes risk management, cyber defense, software security, security monitoring and other related functions. This team is overseen by our Senior Director of Information Security (“SDIS”) who reports to our Chief Information Officer (“CIO”). The SDIS has over 25 years of experience in the field of cybersecurity and is responsible for our overall business resilience and information security strategy, security engineering and operations, cyber threat detection and response, and policy recommendations. In addition, our SDIS has a significant background in general information technology and program management. Our information security team manages our robust enterprise security structure, which is designed to prevent cybersecurity incidents, while simultaneously increasing our technology resilience to minimize the associated business impact of cybersecurity threats. Core to our information security team’s structure is our security incident response team, which is responsible for the protection, detection and overall response capabilities in defense of our corporate resources and assets. Furthermore, we believe strongly in a supportive culture of security, whereby all ePlus employees maintain a role in our corporate cybersecurity posture, including but not limited to their participation in periodic training and risk management exercises throughout the year.

The processes overseen by our information security team are integrated with our enterprise risk management (“ERM”) program, including routine reporting to our executive team on cyber risk through the different levels of our ERM governance structure including our risk management frameworks and processes. We undergo routine testing of both the design and operational effectiveness of our security controls, consult with industry leaders on best practices, and ensure alignment with relevant industry frameworks and laws, as well as auditing by our internal audit team. Our cybersecurity program consists of policies, practices and procedures designed to manage material risks from cybersecurity threats, including training requirements, threat monitoring and detection, threat containment and risk assessments. In addition to our policies and procedures designed to manage and identify cybersecurity risks, we maintain an incident response plan designed to contain, analyze, remediate, and communicate cybersecurity matters to help ensure a timely and appropriate response to cybersecurity incidents.

26

Additionally, we engage third-party firms to conduct routine external and internal penetration testing of our information systems to emulate the common tactics and techniques of cyber threat actors and we have developed processes to remediate identified vulnerabilities across a wide range of severities. We have policies and procedures to oversee and identify the cybersecurity risks associated with our use of certain third-party service providers. These policies and procedures include onboarding risk assessments prior to engagement and, as appropriate based on identified risk, may include either cybersecurity-related contractual terms and/or periodic risk assessments throughout the life cycle of the third-party relationship. We maintain cybersecurity insurance coverage that we believe is appropriate for the size and complexity of our business to cover certain costs related to the remediation of cybersecurity incidents.

Our Board of Directors has ultimate oversight of our cybersecurity risk, which it oversees as part of our ERM program. The CIO and SDIS regularly provide reporting on cybersecurity to both our executive management and our Board of Directors. This reporting includes updates on our information security strategy and organizational structure, key cyber risks and threats, progress related to various initiatives designed to protect us from such risks and threats, assessments of our cybersecurity program and emerging trends. Depending on the criticality of a cybersecurity incident and in accordance with our incident response plan, certain matters are required to be reported promptly to the Board of Directors, as appropriate.

As of the date of this report, we are not aware of any cybersecurity threats or incidents that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, financial condition, or our brand. However, we cannot provide assurance that such threats will not result in such an impact in the future. For more information regarding risks relating to information technology and cybersecurity, please refer to Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

As of March 31, 2024, we leased a total of 292 thousand square feet of office and warehouse space across 19 properties, primarily in the US, that are used in common by our technology business segments- product, professional services, and managed services- and our financing business segment. Our leases expire at varying dates over the next 10 years. We have certain employees that work at customer sites, their homes, or other locations. Additionally, we utilize coworking spaces in certain cities. Our largest office space is our headquarters in Herndon, Virginia. Our lease on this space terminates on December 31, 2026.

We anticipate no difficulty in retaining occupancy through lease renewals, month-to-month occupancy, or replacing leased properties with equivalent properties. We believe that suitable additional or substitute leased properties will be available as required.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

For a description of our material pending legal proceedings, please refer to Note 10, “Commitments and Contingencies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

27

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

MARKET INFORMATION

On March 31, 2024, our common stock traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PLUS.”

On May 7, 2024, there were 247 stockholders of record of our common stock, although there is a much larger number of beneficial owners.

DIVIDEND POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS

We did not pay any cash dividends on our common stock during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023. Holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends if and when declared by our Board of Directors (“Board”), out of funds legally available. Generally, we have retained our earnings for use in the business and to repurchase our common stock. We currently intend to retain future earnings to fund ongoing operations, finance the growth and development of our business and continue to repurchase our common stock. Any future determination concerning the payment of dividends will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and any other factors deemed relevant by our Board.

PURCHASES OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following table provides information regarding our purchases of our common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2024. Please refer to Note 12, “Stockholders’ Equity” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Period	Total number of shares purchased (1)		Average price paid per share		Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs		Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs (2)
January 1, 2024 through January 31, 2024		-	$	-		-		956,602
February 1, 2024 through February 28, 2024		574	$	64.89		574		956,028
March 1, 2024 through March 31, 2024		-	$	-		-		956,028
Total		574				574

(1) All shares were acquired in open-market purchases.

(2) The amounts presented in this column are the remaining number of shares that may be repurchased after repurchases during the month. On March 22, 2023, our Board authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2023.

ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

28

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (the “financial review”) of ePlus is intended to help investors understand our company and our operations. The financial review is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report.

For a discussion of results for the year ended March 31, 2023, compared to the results for the year ended March 31, 2022, see Exhibit 99.4 “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2023.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

We provide leading IT products and services, flexible leasing and financing solutions, and enterprise supply management to enable our customers to optimize their IT infrastructure and supply chain processes.

We design, implement, and provide IT solutions for customers. We focus primarily on specialized IT segments including cloud, data center, security, networking, collaboration, AI, and service provider and critical infrastructure. Our solutions incorporate hardware, software, and service products from multiple leading IT vendors as well as our own professional and managed services. As our customers’ IT requirements have grown increasingly complex, we have evolved our offerings by investing in our professional and managed services capabilities and by expanding our relationships with existing and emerging key vendors.

We are an authorized reseller of over 1,800 vendors, which have enabled us to provide our customers with new and evolving IT solutions. We possess top-level engineering certifications with a broad range of leading IT vendors that enable us to offer IT solutions that are optimized for each of our customers’ specific requirements.

BUSINESS TRENDS

We believe the following key factors are impacting our business performance and our ability to achieve business results:

• General economic concerns including inflation, rising interest rates, staffing shortages, remote work trends, and geopolitical concerns may impact our customers’ willingness to spend on technology and services.

• We are experiencing increases in prices from our suppliers. While we generally have been able to pass price increases to our customers, inflation could have a material impact on our sales, gross profit, or operating costs in the future. Our financing quotes are generally indexed to market rates to enable us to change rates from time of quote to funding. Financing transactions funded with our cash flows, not debt, are subject to interest rate risk. If the market interest rate exceeds our internal rate of return, we may not fund the transaction to obtain the proceeds and lock in our profit on the transaction. Also, we are experiencing constriction of funds available and more stringent assessment for our financing arrangements from our lender partners.

• Our customers’ top focus areas include AI, security, cloud solutions, hybrid work environments (work from home, work from anywhere, and return to office), as well as digital transformation and modernization. We have developed advisory services, assessments, solutions, and professional and managed services to meet these priorities and help our customers attain and maintain their desired outcome.

• Modernizing legacy applications, data modernization, reducing operational complexity, securing workloads, the cost and performance of IT operations, and agility are changing the way companies are purchasing and consuming technology. These are fueling deployments of solutions on cloud, managed services and hybrid platforms and licensing models, which may include invoicing over the term of the agreement.

• Rapid cloud adoption has led to customer challenges around increasing costs, security concerns, and skillset gaps. These challenges are consistent across all industries and business sizes. We have developed a Cloud Managed Services portfolio to address these needs, allowing our clients to focus on driving business outcomes via optimized and secure cloud platforms.

29

KEY BUSINESS METRICS

Our management monitors several financial and non-financial measures and ratios on a regular basis to track the progress of our business. We believe that the most important of these measures and ratios include net sales, gross profit and margin, operating income margin, net earnings, and net earnings per common share, in each case based on information prepared in accordance with US GAAP, as well as the non-GAAP financial measures and ratios, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted.

We also use a variety of operating and other information to evaluate the operating performance of our business, develop financial forecasts, make strategic decisions, and prepare and approve annual budgets. We use gross billings as an operational metric to assess the volume of transactions or market share for our technology business segments—product, professional services, and managed services—as well as to understand changes in our accounts receivable and accounts payable. We believe gross billings will aid investors in the same manner.

These key indicators include financial information that is prepared in accordance with US GAAP and presented in our consolidated financial statements, as well as non-GAAP and operational performance measurement tools. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance or financial position that either excludes or includes amounts that are correspondingly not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with US GAAP. Our use of non-GAAP information as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results reported under GAAP, as these measures used by management may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures.

Set forth in footnotes (1) and (2) of the tables that immediately follow the next paragraph, we set forth our reasons for using and presenting Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share-diluted in the tables and discussion that follow.

The following tables provide our key business metrics for our consolidated entity, our technology business- consisting of our product, professional services, and managed services segments- and our financing business segment (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Consolidated
Financial Metrics
Net sales	$	2,225,302		$	2,067,718		$	1,821,019
Gross profit	$	550,793		$	517,524		$	460,982
Gross margin		24.8	%		25.0	%		25.3	%
Operating income margin		7.1	%		8.0	%		8.1	%
Net earnings	$	115,776		$	119,356		$	105,600
Net earnings margin		5.2	%		5.8	%		5.8	%
Net earnings per common share - diluted	$	4.33		$	4.48		$	3.93
Non-GAAP Financial Metrics
Non-GAAP: Net earnings (1)	$	131,327		$	133,931		$	117,964
Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted (1)	$	4.92		$	5.02		$	4.39
Adjusted EBITDA (2)	$	190,441		$	190,592		$	170,004
Adjusted EBITDA margin (2)		8.6	%		9.2	%		9.3	%
Technology business segments
Financial Metrics
Net sales
Product	$	1,883,809		$	1,750,802		$	1,492,411
Professional services		154,549			151,785			146,747
Managed services		137,528			112,658			93,878
Total	$	2,175,886		$	2,015,245		$	1,733,036
Gross profit
Product	$	397,618		$	380,741		$	316,622
Professional services		68,194			61,594			63,384
Managed services		42,667			32,155			28,147
Total	$	508,479		$	474,490		$	408,153
Gross margin
Product		21.1	%		21.7	%		21.2	%
Professional services		44.1	%		40.6	%		43.2	%
Managed services		31.0	%		28.5	%		30.0	%
Total		23.4	%		23.5	%		23.6	%
Operating income	$	132,560		$	140,110		$	109,000
Non-GAAP Financial Metric
Adjusted EBITDA (2)	$	164,409		$	164,184		$	131,353
Operational Metrics
Gross billings (3)
Networking	$	1,172,274		$	927,319		$	709,687
Cloud		824,128			892,308			828,002
Security		625,392			639,416			476,339
Collaboration		120,960			127,027			131,941
Other		262,439			282,748			240,586
Product gross billings		3,005,193			2,868,818			2,386,555
Service billings		324,571			277,070			239,194
Total gross billings	$	3,329,764		$	3,145,888		$	2,625,749
Financing business segment
Financial Metrics
Net sales	$	49,416		$	52,473		$	87,983
Gross profit	$	42,314		$	43,034		$	52,829
Operating income	$	25,697		$	26,052		$	38,316
Non-GAAP Financial Metric
Adjusted EBITDA (2)	$	26,032		$	26,408		$	38,651

(1) Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted are based on net earnings calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted to exclude other (income) expense, share-based compensation, and acquisition and integration expenses, and the related tax effects.

30

We use Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted as supplemental measures of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance and performance trends. We believe that the exclusion of other income and acquisition-related amortization expense in calculating Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted provides management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, our use of non-GAAP information as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate similar Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.

The following table provides our calculation of Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023		2022
GAAP: Earnings before tax	$	161,093		$	162,974	$	146,884
Share-based compensation		9,731			7,824		7,114
Acquisition related amortization expense		15,180			9,411		10,072
Other (income) expense		(2,836	)		3,188		432
Non-GAAP: Earnings before provision for income taxes		183,168			183,397		164,502
GAAP: Provision for income taxes		45,317			43,618		41,284
Share-based compensation		2,772			2,104		2,014
Acquisition related amortization expense		4,306			2,527		2,803
Other (income) expense		(831	)		950		120
Tax benefit (expense) on restricted stock		277			267		317
Non-GAAP: Provision for income taxes		51,841			49,466		46,538
Non-GAAP: Net earnings	$	131,327		$	133,931	$	117,964

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted	$	4.33		$	4.48		$	3.93
Share-based compensation		0.27			0.21			0.20
Acquisition related amortization expense		0.40			0.26			0.26
Other (income) expense		(0.07	)		0.08			0.01
Tax benefit (expense) on restricted stock		(0.01	)		(0.01	)		(0.01	)
Total non-GAAP adjustments - net of tax		0.59			0.54			0.46
Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted	$	4.92		$	5.02		$	4.39

(2) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net earnings calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted for the following: interest expense, depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, acquisition and integration expenses, provision for income taxes, and other (income) expense. Adjusted EBITDA presented for the technology business and the financing business segment is defined as operating income calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted for interest expense, share-based compensation, acquisition and integration expenses, and depreciation and amortization. We consider the interest on notes payable from our financing business segment and depreciation expense presented within cost of sales, which includes depreciation on assets financed as operating leases, to be operating expenses. As such, they are not included in the amounts added back to net earnings in the Adjusted EBITDA calculation. In the table below, we provide a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net earnings, which is the most directly comparable financial measure to this non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA margin is our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales.

31

We use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance and performance trends. We believe that the exclusion of other income in calculating Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin provides management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.

The following table provides our calculations of Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023		2022
Consolidated
Net earnings	$	115,776		$	119,356	$	105,600
Provision for income taxes		45,317			43,618		41,284
Share-based compensation		9,731			7,824		7,114
Interest and financing costs		1,428			2,897		928
Depreciation and amortization		21,025			13,709		14,646
Other (income) expense		(2,836	)		3,188		432
Adjusted EBITDA	$	190,441		$	190,592	$	170,004
Technology business segments
Operating income	$	132,560		$	140,110	$	109,000
Depreciation and amortization		20,951			13,598		14,535
Share-based compensation		9,470			7,579		6,890
Interest and financing costs		1,428			2,897		928
Adjusted EBITDA	$	164,409		$	164,184	$	131,353
Financing business segment
Operating income	$	25,697		$	26,052	$	38,316
Depreciation and amortization		74			111		111
Share-based compensation		261			245		224
Adjusted EBITDA	$	26,032		$	26,408	$	38,651

(3) Gross billings are the total dollar value of customer purchases of goods and services including shipping charges during the period, net of customer returns and credit memos, sales, or other taxes. Gross billings include the transaction values for certain sales transactions that are recognized on a net basis, and, therefore, include amounts that will not be recognized as revenue.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased 7.6% to $2,225.3 million, or an increase of $157.6 million compared to $2,067.7 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase in net sales was driven by higher revenues from our technology business segments- product, professional services, and managed services, offset by lower revenues from our financing business segment. For additional information, see the “Segment Results of Operations” below.

Gross profit: Consolidated gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased 6.4%, to $550.8 million, compared to $517.5 million in the prior fiscal year due to increased net sales volume. Overall, gross margins were down by 20 basis points year-over-year as lower product margins were offset by higher service margins.

32

Operating expenses: Operating expenses for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased $41.1 million, or 11.7%, to $392.5 million, as compared to $351.4 million in the prior fiscal year. Our increase in operating expenses was primarily due to an increase in salaries and benefits, and an increase in general and administrative expenses. In addition, we had an increase in depreciation and amortization, and provision for credit losses. Offsetting these increases was a decrease in interest and financing costs. As of March 31, 2024, we had 1,900 employees, an increase of 8.3% from 1,754 as of March 31, 2023. For additional information, see the “Segment Results of Operations” below.

Operating income: As a result of the foregoing, operating income for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased $7.9 million, or 4.8%, to $158.3 million and operating margin decreased by 90 basis points to 7.1%, as compared to $166.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2023.

Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended March 31, 2024, was $190.4 million, a decrease of $0.2 million, or 0.1%, compared to the prior fiscal year. Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased 60 basis points to 8.6%, as compared to the prior fiscal year period of 9.2%. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was due to a decrease from our financing business segment, which was offset by slightly higher Adjusted EBITDA from our technology business segments. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA margin was due to a decrease in gross margins and an increase in operating expenses.

Net earnings per common share - diluted for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased $0.15, or 3.3%, to $4.33 per share, as compared to $4.48 per share in the prior fiscal year. Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share diluted for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased $0.10, or 2.0%, to $4.92 per share, as compared to $5.02 per share for the year ended March 31, 2023.

SEGMENT OVERVIEW

Technology business segments

Our technology business includes three segments: product, professional services, and managed services as further discussed below.

• Product segment: Our product segment consists of the sale of third-party hardware, third-party perpetual and subscription software, and third-party maintenance, software assurance, and other third-party services. The product segment also includes internet-based business-to-business supply chain management solutions for IT products.

• Professional services segment: Our professional services segment includes our advanced professional services to our customers that are performed under time and materials, fixed fee, or milestone contracts. Professional services include consulting, assessments, configuration, logistic services, training, staff augmentation services, and project management services.

• Managed services segment: Our managed services segment includes our advanced managed services that encompass managing various aspects of our customers’ environments that are billed in regular intervals over a contract term, usually between three to five years. Managed services also include security solutions, storage-as-a-service, cloud hosted services, cloud managed services, and service desk.

We manage the technology business segments based on gross profit and the operating expenses associated with these segments in total as our technology business.

Our technology business segments sell primarily to corporations and SLED institutions. Customers of our technology business may have a customer master agreement (“CMA”) with our company, which stipulates the terms and conditions of the commercial relationship. Some CMAs contain pricing arrangements, and most contain mutual voluntary termination clauses. Our other customers place orders using purchase orders without a CMA in place or with other documentation customary for the business. Often, our work with state and local governments is based on public bids and our written bid responses. Our service engagements are generally governed by statements of work and are primarily fixed price (with allowance for changes); however, some service agreements are based on time and materials.

33

We endeavor to minimize the cost of sales in our product segment through incentive programs provided by vendors and distributors. The programs we qualify for are generally set by our reseller authorization level with the vendor. The authorization level we achieve and maintain governs the types of products we can resell as well as such items as variable discounts applied against the list price, funds provided for the marketing of these products and other special promotions. These authorization levels are achieved by us through purchase volume, certifications held by sales executives or engineers and/or contractual commitments by us. The authorization levels are costly to maintain, and these programs continually change; therefore, there is no guarantee of future reductions of costs provided by these vendor consideration programs.

Financing business segment

Our financing business segment offers financing solutions to corporations, government contractors, and SLED institutions in the US, which accounts for most of our transactions, and to corporations in select international markets including Canada, the UK, and the EU. The financing business segment derives revenue from leasing IT equipment, medical equipment, and other equipment, and the disposition of that equipment at the end of the lease. The financing business segment also derives revenues from the financing of third-party software licenses, software assurance, maintenance, and other services.

Financing revenue generally falls into the following three categories:

• Portfolio income: Interest income from financing receivables and rents due under operating leases.

• Transactional gains: Net gains or losses on the sale of financial assets.

• Post-contract earnings: Month-to-month rents; early termination, prepayment, make-whole, or buyout fees; and the sale of off-lease (used) equipment.

Fluctuations in operating results

Our operating results may fluctuate due to customer demand for our products and services, supplier costs, product availability, changes in vendor incentive programs, interest rate fluctuations, currency fluctuations, the timing of sales of financial assets, general economic conditions, and differences between estimated residual values and actual amounts realized for leased equipment. We expect to continue to expand by hiring additional staff for specific targeted market areas and roles whenever we can find both experienced personnel and desirable geographic areas over the longer term, which may impact our operating results.

34

SEGMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Year Ended March 31, 2024, Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2023

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS SEGMENTS

The results of operations for our technology business segments were as follows (in thousands):

	Year ended March 31,
	2024			2023			Change			Percent Change
Financial metrics
Net sales
Product	$	1,883,809		$	1,750,802		$	133,007			7.6	%
Professional services		154,549			151,785			2,764			1.8	%
Managed services		137,528			112,658			24,870			22.1	%
Total	$	2,175,886		$	2,015,245		$	160,641			8.0	%
Gross Profit
Product		397,618			380,741			16,877			4.4	%
Professional services		68,194			61,594			6,600			10.7	%
Managed services		42,667			32,155			10,512			32.7	%
Total		508,479			474,490			33,989			7.2	%
Selling, general, and administrative		353,540			317,885			35,655			11.2	%
Depreciation and amortization		20,951			13,598			7,353			54.1	%
Interest and financing costs		1,428			2,897			(1,469	)		(50.7	%)
Operating expenses		375,919			334,380			41,539			12.4	%
Operating income	$	132,560		$	140,110		$	(7,550	)		(5.4	%)
Key metrics & other information
Gross billings	$	3,329,764		$	3,145,888		$	183,876			5.8	%
Adjusted EBITDA	$	164,409		$	164,184		$	225			0.1	%
Product margin		21.1	%		21.7	%
Professional services margin		44.1	%		40.6	%
Managed services margin		31.0	%		28.5	%
Net sales by customer end market:
Telecom, media & entertainment	$	547,525		$	532,921		$	14,604			2.7	%
Technology		379,720			393,594			(13,874	)		(3.5	%)
SLED		329,617			290,624			38,993			13.4	%
Healthcare		278,893			274,936			3,957			1.4	%
Financial services		243,630			156,257			87,373			55.9	%
All others		396,501			366,913			29,588			8.1	%
Total	$	2,175,886			2,015,245			160,641			8.0	%
Net sales by type:
Networking	$	1,005,679		$	803,678		$	202,001			25.1	%
Cloud		546,341			587,097			(40,756	)		(6.9	%)
Security		193,956			214,459			(20,503	)		(9.6	%)
Collaboration		65,714			57,472			8,242			14.3	%
Other		72,119			88,096			(15,977	)		(18.1	%)
Total products		1,883,809			1,750,802			133,007			7.6	%
Professional services		154,549			151,785			2,764			1.8	%
Managed services		137,528			112,658			24,870			22.1	%
Total	$	2,175,886		$	2,015,245		$	160,641			8.0	%

Net sales: Net sales of the combined technology business segments for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, driven by demand from customers in telecom, media, and entertainment, SLED, financial services, and healthcare industries, offset by decreased volume with customers in the technology industry.

Product segment sales for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to higher sales of networking equipment and collaboration products, offset by a decline in sales of cloud and security products. These changes were driven by the timing of purchases by existing customers, which are determined by their buying cycles, and the timing of specific IT related initiatives. In addition, the increase in product segment sales was due to the addition of product sales to customers from the Network Solutions Group (“NSG”) and Peak Resources, Inc. (“Peak”) acquisitions, which contributed a combined total of $105.0 million.

35

Professional services segment sales for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to an increase in consulting revenue driven by acquisitions during the fiscal year offset by a decrease in staff augmentation.

Managed services segment sales for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to ongoing expansion of these service offerings primarily related to ongoing growth in enhanced maintenance support, service desk, and security operations center revenues.

Gross profit: Gross profit of the combined technology business segments for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to the increase in product, professional service, and managed service sales. Gross profit margin decreased by 10 basis points to 23.4% due to lower product margin, offset by higher professional service and managed service margin.

Product segment margin for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased by 60 basis points compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to a shift in product mix as we sold a higher proportion of networking hardware than third party services that are recognized on a net basis. Vendor incentives earned as a percentage of sales for the year ended March 31, 2024 decreased by 10 basis points, which has a negative effect on gross margin, as compared to the prior year.

Professional services segment margin for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased by 350 basis points, compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to a shift in mix toward higher margin services.

Managed services segment margin for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased by 250 basis points, compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to scaled growth in these services.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2024, for the technology business, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, mainly due to increases in salaries and benefits.

Salaries and benefits, including variable compensation for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased $30.7 million, or 11.4% to $300.6 million, as compared to $269.9 million in the prior fiscal year, due to an increase of $23.2 million in salaries and benefits, mainly driven by increased headcount and salary increases. Our technology business had an aggregate of 1,866 employees as of March 31, 2024, an increase of 148 from 1,718 as of March 31, 2023. We added 76 employees from our acquisition of NSG, and 28 employees from our acquisition of Peak. In total, we added 143 additional customer-facing employees in the technology business for the year ended March 31, 2024, compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, of which 66 were professional services and technical support personnel due to demand for our services. The increase in variable compensation of $7.5 million was a result of the corresponding increase in gross profit.

General and administrative expenses for our technology business for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased $4.8 million, or 10.1%, to $52.6 million, as compared to $47.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2023. General and administrative expenses increased due to higher travel and entertainment costs of $1.4 million due to the return of in-person business meetings and events, higher software, subscription and maintenance fees of $1.3 million, higher advertising and marketing fees of $1.3 million, higher consulting fees of $0.4 million, and higher facility rent of $0.5 million due to the opening of our Customer Innovation Center.

Provision for credit losses for our technology business for the year ended March 31, 2024, was $0.4 million, as compared to $0.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2023. Our higher provision for credit losses for the year ended March 31, 2024, was due to changes in our net credit exposure.

Depreciation and amortization expense: Depreciation and amortization of our technology business for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to an increase in amortization from intangible assets acquired in the NSG and Peak acquisitions.

Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased, compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to lower average borrowings outstanding during the year under our WFCDF Credit Facility offset by higher interest rates. Our average month-end borrowing balance on the accounts receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility was $18.4 million over the year ended March 31, 2024, compared to $47.0 million over the prior fiscal year. Our weighted average interest rate on the accounts receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility was 7.07% during our year ended March 31, 2024, compared to 5.35% over the prior fiscal year.

36

FINANCING BUSINESS SEGMENT

The results of operations for our financing business segment were as follows (in thousands):

	Year ended March 31,
	2024		2023		Change			Percent Change
Financial Metrics
Portfolio earnings	$	13,937	$	11,356	$	2,581			22.7	%
Transactional gains		19,016		16,125		2,891			17.9	%
Post-contract earnings		14,301		23,581		(9,280	)		(39.4	%)
Other		2,162		1,411		751			53.2	%
Net sales	$	49,416	$	52,473	$	(3,057	)		(5.8	%)
Gross profit		42,314		43,034		(720	)		(1.7	%)
Selling, general, and administrative		14,194		15,635		(1,441	)		(9.2	%)
Depreciation and amortization		74		111		(37	)		(33.3	%)
Interest and financing costs		2,349		1,236		1,113			90.0	%
Operating expenses		16,617		16,982		(365	)		(2.1	%)
Operating income	$	25,697	$	26,052	$	(355	)		(1.4	%)
Key Metrics & Other Information
Adjusted EBITDA	$	26,032	$	26,408	$	(376	)		(1.4	%)

Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased due to lower post-contract earnings offset by higher portfolio earnings and transactional gains. Post-contract earnings decreased due to lower proceeds from sales of off-lease equipment, and lower month-to-month rents. Portfolio earnings increased due to higher average investments outstanding as well as a higher average earnings rate. Transactional gains increased due to higher volume of financial assets sold during the year. Total proceeds from sales of financing receivables were $762.6 million and $706.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. Our proceeds from sales of financing receivables for the year ended March 31, 2024, are higher than the prior fiscal year due in part to a few large transactions in the current year period.

Gross Profit: Gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to a decrease in revenue, primarily month-to-month rents.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to a decrease in variable compensation attributable to the decline in gross profit. In addition, there was a decrease in general and administrative expenses due to lower professional fees. Offsetting these decreases was an increase in provision for credit losses as we incurred increased expense due to higher investment exposure.

Our financing business segment employed 34 people as of March 31, 2024, compared to 36 people as of March 31, 2023. Certain support functions for the financing business segment are shared resources with the technology business and expenses are allocated accordingly.

37

Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to higher interest rates. As of March 31, 2024, our non-recourse notes payable increased to $36.2 million from $34.3 million in the prior year. Our weighted average interest rate for non-recourse notes payable was 6.49% and 5.01% as of March 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

CONSOLIDATED

Other income (expense), net: Other income, net, for the year ended March 31, 2024, was a benefit of $2.8 million, compared to a net expense of $3.2 million, for the year ended March 31, 2023. The higher net gain was driven by decreased foreign exchange losses and increased interest income, partially offset by a $1.9 million gain that was recognized in the prior fiscal year related to our claim in a class action lawsuit. We had $2.7 million in interest income in the year ended March 31, 2024, compared to $0.3 million in the prior fiscal year. We had a foreign exchange loss of $0.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2024, compared to a loss of $5.4 million in the prior fiscal year.

Provision for income taxes: Our provision for income tax expense for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 was $45.3 million and $43.6 million, respectively. Our effective income tax rates for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 were 28.1% and 26.8%, respectively. Our effective income tax rate was higher for the year ended March 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to lower state taxes in the same period in the prior year.

Net earnings: Net earnings for the year ended March 31, 2024, were $115.8 million, a decrease of 3.0% or $3.6 million, as compared to $119.4 million in the prior fiscal year, mainly due to the decrease in operating profits from our technology business, and higher income taxes. These decreases were offset by an increase in other income, net driven by decreased foreign exchange losses.

Basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share for the year ended March 31, 2024, were $4.35 and $4.33, respectively, a decrease of 3.1% and 3.3%, as compared to $4.49 and $4.48 for the year ended March 31, 2023.

Weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share were 26.6 million and 26.7 million, respectively, for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

LIQUIDITY OVERVIEW

We finance our operations through funds generated from operations and through borrowings. We use those funds to meet our capital requirements, which have historically consisted primarily of working capital for operational needs, capital expenditures, purchases of equipment for lease, payments of principal and interest on indebtedness outstanding, acquisitions and the repurchase of shares of our common stock.

Our borrowings in our technology business segments are through our WFCDF Credit Facility. Our borrowings in our financing business segment are primarily through secured borrowings that involve transferring all or part of the contractual payments due to us to third-party financing institutions.

We believe that cash on hand and funds generated from operations, together with available credit under our credit facility, will be enough to finance our working capital, capital expenditures, and other requirements for at least the next year.

Our ability to continue to expand, both organically and through acquisitions, is dependent upon our ability to generate enough cash flow from operations or from borrowing or other sources of financing as may be required. While at this time we do not anticipate requiring any additional sources of financing to fund operations, if demand for IT products declines, or if our supply of products is delayed or interrupted, our cash flows from operations may be substantially affected.

38

CASH FLOWS

The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	248,449		$	(15,425	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(61,964	)		(18,926	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(36,619	)		(20,950	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		62			3,016
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	149,928		$	(52,285	)

Cash flows from operating activities

We provided $248.4 million from operating activities during the year ended March 31, 2024, compared to using $15.4 million during the year ended March 31, 2023. See below for a breakdown of operating cash flows by business (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023
Technology business segments	$	248,967		$	17,157
Financing business segment		(518	)		(32,582	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	248,449		$	(15,425	)

Technology business: During the year ended March 31, 2024, our combined technology business segments provided $249.0 million from operating activities primarily due to net earnings and a decrease in inventory, offset by an increase in accounts receivable.

During the year ended March 31, 2023, our combined technology business segments provided $17.2 million from operating activities primarily due to net earnings and an increase in payables, partially offset by increases in accounts receivables and inventories.

To manage our working capital, we monitor our cash conversion cycle for our technology segment, which is defined as days sales outstanding (“DSO”) in accounts receivable plus days of supply in inventory (“DIO”) minus days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable (“DPO”).

The following table presents the components of the cash conversion cycle for our technology business segments:

	As of March 31,
	2024	2023
(DSO) Days sales outstanding (1)	62	74
(DIO) Days inventory outstanding (2)	23	38
(DPO) Days payable outstanding (3)	(39)	(53)
Cash conversion cycle	46	59

(1) Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of trade accounts receivable-trade, net for our technology business segments at the end of the period divided by Gross billings for the same three-month period.

(2) Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of inventory, net for our technology business segments at the end of the period divided by the direct cost of products and services billed to our customers for the same three-month period.

(3) Represents the rolling three-month average of the combined balance of accounts payable-trade and accounts payable-floor plan for our technology business segments at the end of the period divided by the direct cost of products and services billed to our customers for the same three-month period.

39

Our standard payment term for customers is between 30-60 days; however, certain customers or orders may be approved for extended payment terms. Our DSOs for the quarters ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 were greater than our standard payment terms primarily due to a significant proportion of sales in those quarters to customers with payment terms greater than or equal to net 60 days. Invoices processed through our credit facility, or the A/P-floor plan balance, are typically paid within 45-60 days from the invoice date, while A/P trade invoices are typically paid around 30 days from the invoice date.

Our cash conversion cycle decreased to 46 days for March 31, 2024, compared to 59 days for March 31, 2023, as DSO decreased by 12 days, DIO decreased by 15 days, and DPO decreased by 14 days from March 31, 2023, to March 2024.

Financing business segment: During the year ended March 31, 2024, our financing business segment used $0.5 million from operating activities, primarily due to net earnings and a decrease in accounts receivable, offset by an increase in financing receivables.

During the year ended March 31, 2023, our financing segment used $32.6 million in operating activities, primarily due to changes in financing receivables and deferred costs, partially offset by net earnings.

Cash flows related to investing activities

During the year ended March 31, 2024, we used $62.0 million in investing activities, consisting of $54.2 million to acquire businesses and $8.5 million for purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment, partially offset by $0.7 million of proceeds from the sale of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment.

During the year ended March 31, 2023, we used $18.9 million in investing activities, consisting of $9.4 million for purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment and $13.3 million to acquire Future Com, Ltd., partially offset by $3.7 million of proceeds from the sale of operating lease equipment.

Cash flows from financing activities

During the year ended March 31, 2024, we used $36.6 million in financing activities, consisting of $47.4 million repayments on the floor plan component of our WFCDF Credit Facility, $6.0 million to pay off an installment payment arrangement within our technology business, and $9.9 million to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock, partially offset by $23.7 million in net borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable in our financing segment, and $3.0 million in proceeds of issuance of common stock to employees under an employee stock purchase plan.

During the year ended March 31, 2023, we used $21.0 million in financing activities. We had net repayments of notes payable and borrowings on our credit facility in our technology segment of $7.1 million, offset by net borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable of $4.1 million by our financing segment. Additionally, we had cash outflows of $10.7 million from net borrowings/repayments on the floor plan facility and cash outflows of $7.2 million from the repurchase of common stock.

Other than recourse borrowings under our WFCDF Credit Facility, our borrowing of recourse and non-recourse notes payable primarily arises from our financing business segment when we transfer contractual payments due to us under lease and financing agreements to third-party financial institutions. When the transfers do not meet the requirements for a sale, the proceeds paid to us represent borrowings of recourse or non-recourse notes payable.

Non-Cash Activities

We transfer contractual payments due to us under lease and financing agreements to third-party financial institutions. In certain assignment agreements, we may direct the third-party financial institution to pay some of the proceeds from the assignment directly to the vendor or vendors that have supplied the assets being leased or financed. In these situations, the portion of the proceeds paid directly to our vendors are non-cash transactions.

40

SECURED BORROWINGS

We may finance all or most of the cost of the assets that we finance for customers by transferring all or part of the contractual payments due to us to third-party financing institutions. When we account for the transfer as a secured borrowing, we recognize the proceeds as either recourse or non-recourse notes payable. Our customers are responsible for repaying the debt from a secured borrowing. The lender typically secures a lien on the financed assets at the time the financial assets are transferred and releases it upon collecting all the transferred payments. We are not liable for the repayment of non-recourse loans unless we breach our representations and warranties in the loan agreements. The lender assumes the credit risk and their only recourse, upon default by the customer, is against the customer and the specific equipment under lease. While we expect that the credit quality of our financing arrangements and our residual return history will continue to allow us to obtain such financing, such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Interest rates have been rising and may continue to rise. To preserve our expected internal rate of return, we generally quote rates that are indexed. Some of our lenders will not commit to rates for a length of time, resulting in exposure to us if the rates rise and we cannot pass such exposure to the customer.

CREDIT FACILITY

We finance the operations of our subsidiaries ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc. and SLAIT Consulting, LLC (collectively, the “Borrowers”) in our technology business segments through a credit facility with WFCDF. The WFCDF Credit Facility has a floor plan facility and a revolving credit facility.

Please refer to Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information concerning our WFCDF Credit Facility.

The loss of the WFCDF Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our technology business segments and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.

Floor plan facility

We finance most purchases of products for sale to our customers through the floor plan facility. Once our customers place a purchase order with us and we have approved their credit, we place an order for the desired products with one of our vendors. Our vendors are generally paid by the floor plan facility and our liability is reflected in “accounts payable—floor plan” in our consolidated balance sheets.

Most customer payments to us are remitted to our lockbox accounts. Once payments are cleared, the monies in the lockbox accounts are automatically and daily transferred to our operating account. We pay down the floor plan facility on three specified dates each month, generally 45-60 days from the invoice date. Our borrowings and repayments under the floor plan component are included in “net borrowings (repayments) on floor plan facility” within cash flows from the financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

As of March 31, 2024, we had a maximum credit limit of $500.0 million, and an outstanding balance on the floor plan of $105.1 million. As of March 31, 2023, we had a maximum credit limit of $500.0 million, and the outstanding balance on the floor plan facility was $134.6 million. On our balance sheet, our liability under the floor plan facility is presented as part of accounts payable – floor plan.

Revolving credit facility

The outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility is presented as part of recourse notes payable- current on our consolidated balance sheets. Our borrowings and repayments under the revolving credit facility are included in “borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable” and “repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable,” respectively, within cash flows from the financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, we did not have any outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility. The maximum credit limit under this facility was $200.0 million as of both March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023.

41

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

In the normal course of business, we may provide certain customers with performance guarantees, which are generally backed by surety bonds. In general, we would only be liable for these guarantees in the event of default in the performance of our obligations. We are in compliance with the performance obligations under all service contracts for which there is a performance guarantee, and we believe that any liability incurred in connection with these guarantees would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated statements of operations.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

As part of our ongoing business, we do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of March 31, 2024, and 2023, we were not involved in any unconsolidated special purpose entity transactions.

ADEQUACY OF CAPITAL RESOURCES

The continued implementation of our business strategy will require a significant investment in both resources and managerial focus. In addition, we may selectively acquire other companies that have attractive customer relationships and skilled sales and/or engineering forces. We may also open facilities in new geographic areas, which may require a significant investment of cash. We may also acquire technology companies to expand and enhance our geographic footprint, or the platform of bundled solutions to provide additional functionality and value-added services. We may require additional capital due to increases in inventory to accommodate our customers’ IT installation schedules. We may continue to use our internally generated funds to finance investments in leased assets or investments in notes receivable due from our customers. These actions may result in increased working capital needs as the business expands. As a result, we may require additional financing to fund our strategy, implementation, potential future acquisitions, and working capital needs, which may include additional debt and equity financing. While the future is uncertain, we do not believe our WFCDF Credit Facility will be terminated by WFCDF or us. Additionally, while our lending partners in our financing segment continue to be discerning in their approval processes, we currently have funding resources available for our transactions.

POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

Our future quarterly operating results and the market price of our common stock may fluctuate. In the event our revenues or earnings for any quarter are less than the level expected by securities analysts or the market in general, such shortfall could have an immediate and significant adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. Any such adverse impact could be greater if any such shortfall occurs near the time of any material decrease in any widely followed stock index or in the market price of the stock of one or more public equipment leasing and financing companies, IT resellers, software competitors, major customers, or vendors of ours.

Our quarterly results of operations are susceptible to fluctuations for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to currency fluctuations, reduction in IT spending, shortages of product from our vendors due to material shortages, any reduction of expected residual values related to the equipment under our leases, the timing and mix of specific transactions, the reduction of manufacturer incentive programs, and other factors. Quarterly operating results could also fluctuate as a result of our sale of equipment in our lease portfolio to a lessee or third-party at the expiration of a lease term or prior to such expiration, and the transfer of financial assets. Sales of equipment and transfers of financial assets may have the effect of increasing revenues and net income during the quarter in which the sale occurs and reducing revenues and net income otherwise expected in subsequent quarters.

We believe that comparisons of quarterly results of our operations are not necessarily meaningful and that results for one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Our material contractual obligations consist of payments on recourse and non-recourse notes payable and lease liabilities. Please refer to Note 5, “Lessee Accounting” and Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the maturities of these obligations.

42

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1, “Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The accounting policies described below are significantly affected by critical accounting estimates. Such accounting policies require significant judgments, assumptions, and estimates, and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported based on these policies.

REVENUE RECOGNITION — When we enter into contracts with customers, we are required to identify the performance obligations in the contract. We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, and ePlus professional and managed services. Our recognition of revenue differs for each of these distinct types of performance obligations and identifying each performance obligation appropriately may require judgment.

When a contract contains multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone selling prices using expected cost-plus margin. When we finance sales of third-party software and third-party maintenance, software support, and services, we reduce the transaction price by the financing component.

We recognize revenue from sales of third-party products and third-party software at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer. We perform an analysis to estimate the amount of sales in-transit at the end of the period and adjust revenue and the related costs to reflect only what has been delivered to the customer. This analysis is based upon an analysis of current quarter and historical delivery dates.

We recognize revenue from sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services when our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement. On occasion, judgment is required to determine this point in time.

We provide ePlus professional services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we recognize sales at agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. Using this method requires a determination of the appropriate input or output method to measure progress. We most often measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to as the “cost-to-cost” method. When using this method, significant judgment may be required to estimate the total costs to complete the performance obligation. We typically recognize sales of ePlus managed services on a straight-line basis over the period services are provided.

We recognize financing revenues from our investments in leases and notes receivable. We recognize interest income on our notes-receivable using the effective interest method.

We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. For sales-type leases, upon lease commencement, we recognize the present value of the lease payments and the residual asset discounted using the rate implicit in the lease. When we are financing equipment provided by another dealer, we typically do not have any selling profit or loss arising from the lease. When we are the dealer of the equipment being leased, we typically recognize revenue in the amount of the lease receivable and cost of sales in the amount of the carrying value of the underlying asset minus the unguaranteed residual asset. We may need to use judgment to determine the fair value of the equipment. After the commencement date, we recognize interest income as part of net sales using the effective interest method. For operating leases, we recognize the underlying asset as an operating lease asset. We depreciate the asset on a straight-line basis to its estimated residual value over its estimated useful life. We recognize the lease payments over the lease term on a straight-line basis as part of net sales.

We account for the transfer of financial assets as sales or secured borrowings. When a transfer meets all the requirements for sale accounting, we derecognize the financial asset and record a net gain or loss that is included in net sales. We utilize qualified attorneys to provide a true-sale-at-law opinion to support the conclusion that transferred financial assets have been legally isolated.

43

RESIDUAL ASSETS — Our estimate for the residual asset in a lease is the amount we expect to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term. Our estimates vary, both in amount and as a percentage of the original equipment cost, and depend upon several factors, including the equipment type, vendor’s discount, market conditions, lease term, equipment supply and demand, and new product announcements by vendors. We evaluate residual values for impairment on a quarterly basis. We do not recognize upward adjustments due to changes in estimates of residual values.

GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit.

In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an event representing an indicator of impairment has occurred between annual test dates. Such indicators may include: a significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit; and reductions in revenue or profitability growth rates.

In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of the income approach and market approaches.

The income approach incorporates the use of a discounted cash flow method in which the estimated future cash flows and terminal values for each reporting unit are discounted to a present value using a discount rate. Cash flow projections are based on management’s estimates of economic and market conditions which drive key assumptions of revenue growth rates, operating margins, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. The discount rate in turn is based on the specific risk characteristics of each reporting unit, the weighted average cost of capital and its underlying forecast.

The market approach estimates fair value by applying performance metric multiples to the reporting unit’s prior and expected operating performance. The multiples are derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit.

The fair values determined by the market approach and income approach, as described above, are weighted to determine the fair value for each reporting unit. Although we have consistently used the same methods in developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the fair value calculations, such estimates are uncertain and may vary from actual results.

VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors and distributors, including consideration pursuant to volume incentive programs, and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific goals to achieve. We recognize the rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs, when the rebate is probable and reasonably estimable, based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to each of the underlying transactions that results in our progress towards earning the rebate. Should our actual performance be different from our estimates, we may be required to adjust our receivables.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We record an expense in the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to our current estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets. We estimate expected credit losses based on our internal rating of the customer’s credit quality, our historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We review our internal ratings for each customer at least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We write off financing receivables when we deem them to be uncollectable. As of March 31, 2024, we estimated expected credit loss rates related to both our accounts receivable and financing receivables at rates comparable to March 31, 2023.

44

INCOME TAXES — We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement reporting purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which principally arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement reporting purposes. We also must analyze income tax reserves, as well as determine the likelihood of recoverability of deferred tax assets and adjust any valuation allowances accordingly.

Considerations with respect to the recoverability of deferred tax assets include the period of expiration of the tax asset, planned use of the tax asset, and historical and projected taxable income as well as tax liabilities for the tax jurisdiction to which the tax asset relates. Valuation allowances are evaluated periodically and will be subject to change in each future reporting period as a result of changes in one or more of these factors. The calculation of our tax liabilities also involves considering uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be required.

Numerous foreign jurisdictions have enacted or are in the process of enacting legislation to adopt a minimum effective tax rate described in the Global Anti-Base Erosion (“Pillar Two”) model rules issued by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development. A minimum effective tax rate of 15% would apply to multinational companies with consolidated revenue above €750 million. Under the Pillar Two rules, a company would be required to determine a combined effective tax rate for all entities located in a jurisdiction. If the jurisdictional effective tax rate determined under the Pillar Two rules is less than 15%, a top-up tax will be due to bring the jurisdictional effective tax rate up to 15%. We are continuing to monitor the pending implementation of Pillar Two by individual countries and the potential effects of Pillar Two on our business. We do not expect that any Pillar Two the provisions that become effective during calendar year 2024 will have a materially adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method. For each acquisition, we recognize most assets acquired, and liabilities assumed at their fair values at the acquisition date. Our valuations of certain assets acquired, including customer relationships and trade names, and certain liabilities assumed, involve significant judgment and estimation. Additionally, our determination of the purchase price may include an estimate for the fair value of contingent consideration. We utilize independent valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities. Our valuations utilize significant estimates, such as forecasted revenues and profits. Changes in our estimates could significantly impact the value of certain assets and liabilities.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Please refer to Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our financial position is exposed to a variety of risks, including interest rate risks and foreign currency. Additionally, we have seen an increase in these risks and related uncertainties with increased volatility in the financial markets and inflation.

INTEREST RATE RISK

Although a substantial portion of our liabilities are non-recourse, fixed-interest-rate instruments, we utilize our lines of credit and other financing facilities which are subject to fluctuations in short-term interest rates. These non-recourse instruments, which are denominated in US dollars, were entered for other than trading purposes and, except for amounts drawn under the WFCDF Credit Facility, bear interest at a fixed rate. Because the interest rate on these instruments is fixed, changes in interest rates will not directly impact our cash flows. Certain financing transactions are funded with our cash flows, not debt, and may be subject to interest rate risk. If the market interest rate exceeds our internal rate of return, we may not fund the transaction to obtain the proceeds. Borrowings under the WFCDF Credit Facility bear interest at a market-based variable rate.

45

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

We have transactions in foreign currencies, primarily in British Pounds, Euros, and Indian Rupees. There is a potential for exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency rates resulting primarily from the translation exposure associated with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. In addition, we have foreign currency exposure when transactions are not denominated in our subsidiary’s functional currency. To date, our foreign operations are insignificant in relation to total consolidated operations, and we believe that potential fluctuations in currency exchange rates will not have a material effect on our financial position.

We lease assets in foreign countries, including Canada, the UK, and several other European countries. As a lessor, we lease assets for amounts denominated in British Pounds, Euros, and Canadian dollars. As our foreign operations have been smaller compared to our domestic operations, we believe that potential fluctuations in currency exchange rates will not have a material effect on our financial position.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See the consolidated financial statements and schedules listed in the accompanying “Index to Financial Statements and Schedules.”

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, or “disclosure controls”, as of the end of the period covered by this report as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Disclosure controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Form 10-K annual report, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our disclosure controls include some, but not all, components of our internal control over financial reporting.

Based on the evaluation described above, the CEO and CFO concluded that disclosure controls and procedures as of March 31, 2024, were effective in ensuring information required to be disclosed in our SEC reports was recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information was accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). This system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

46

Our management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2024, utilizing the criteria described in the “Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The objective of this assessment was to determine whether our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2024.

Management’s assessment included evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies, and our overall control environment. Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of March 31, 2024, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has also audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as stated in its report appearing on page F-5.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2024, which have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

LIMITATIONS ON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTROLS

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system cannot provide absolute assurance due to its inherent limitations; it is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. A control system also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of such limitations, disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting cannot prevent or detect all misstatements, whether unintentional errors or fraud. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process; therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Insider Trading Arrangements and Policies

During the three months ended March 31, 2024, no director or executive officer of ePlus inc. adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K. Certain of our executive officers may participate in employee stock purchase plans that have been designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act.

We have adopted an Insider Trading Policy which is applicable to our directors, officers, and employees that is designed to promote compliance with federal securities laws, rules and regulations, as well as the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market. A copy of our Insider Trading Policy is filed as Exhibit 19 to this Annual Report.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None.

PART III

Except as set forth below, the information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 is incorporated by reference from our definitive 2024 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the close of our fiscal year.

47

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information about our directors may be found under the caption “Proposal 1 – Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”). The information in the 2024 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions of “Corporate Governance – Code of Conduct” and “Board Committees” is incorporated herein by reference.

The information under the heading “Executive Officers” in Item 1 of this report is incorporated in this section by reference.

CODE OF ETHICS

We have a code of ethics that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and our Board. The Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.eplus.com/investors/corporate-governance-legal/code-of-conduct. We will disclose on our website any amendments to or waivers from any provision of the Code of Conduct that applies to any of the directors or executive officers.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information in the 2024 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “2024 Executive Compensation,” and “Corporate Governance – Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information in the 2024 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Stock Ownership” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information in the 2024 Proxy Statement set forth under the caption “Corporate Governance - Related Person Transactions” and “Independence of Our Board of Directors” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information in the 2024 Proxy Statement set forth under the caption “Proposal 3 – Ratification of the Selection of Deloitte & Touche LLP as our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for our Fiscal Year Ending March 31, 2025” is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying Index to Financial Statements and Schedules are filed as a part of this report and incorporated herein by reference.

(a)(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

See “Financial Statement Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts” on page S-1.

(a)(3) EXHIBIT LIST

48

Exhibits 10.2 through 10.18, exhibit 10.25, and exhibit 97.1 are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

Exhibit No.	Exhibit Description
3.1	ePlus inc. Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as last amended November 9, 2021 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended March 31, 2023).
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of ePlus inc., as of March 2, 2022. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022).
4.1	Specimen Certificate of Common Stock (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-11737) originally filed on September 11, 1996).
4.2	Description of ePlus inc.’s securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022).
10.1	Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by and between ePlus and its directors and officers (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2016).
10.2	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective September 6, 2017, by and between ePlus inc. and Mark P. Marron (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2017).
10.3	Amendment #1, effective July 16, 2018, to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective September 6, 2017, by and between ePlus inc. and Mark P. Marron (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 18, 2018).
10.4	Amendment #2, effective November 14, 2019, to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective September 6, 2017, by and between ePlus inc. and Mark P. Marron (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2019).
10.5	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective September 6, 2017, by and between ePlus inc. and Elaine D. Marion (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2017).
10.6	Amendment #1, effective November 14, 2019, to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective September 6, 2017, by and between ePlus inc. and Elaine D. Marion (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2019).
10.7	Employment Agreement, effective May 7, 2018, by and between ePlus inc. and Darren S. Raiguel (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2018).
10.8	Amendment No. 1, effective November 14, 2019, to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective May 7, 2018, by and between ePlus inc. and Darren S Raiguel (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 6, 2020).
10.9	ePlus inc. 2017 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan (updated to reflect the stock split effected December 13, 2021) as amended (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to our Current Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2021).

49

10.10	ePlus inc. 2012 Employee Long-term Incentive Plan (updated to reflect stock split effected March 31, 2017) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017).
10.11	ePlus inc. Cash Incentive Plan, effective April 1, 2018 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 18, 2018).
10.12	ePlus 2021 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (updated to reflect the stock split effected December 13, 2021) as amended (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2021).
10.13	ePlus inc. 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 20, 2022).
10.14	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (for awards granted to US employees under and subject to the provisions of the ePlus inc. 2021 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2023).
10.15	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (for awards granted to U.K. employees under and subject to the provisions of the ePlus inc. 2021 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2023).
10.16	Form of Stock Agreement (for awards granted to non-employee directors under and subject to the provisions of the ePlus inc. 2017 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2023).
10.17	Form of Cash Performance Award Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2023).
10.18	Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Notice and Award Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2023).
10.19	First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2021, by and among ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc., SLAIT Consulting, LLC, certain of ePlus inc. subsidiaries as guarantors, Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC as administrative agent and the Lenders party thereto (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report in Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2021). *
10.20	Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2021, by and among ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc., SLAIT Consulting, LLC, certain future subsidiaries of ePlus inc., as guarantors, Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC as administrative agent for the benefit of Secured Parties (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2021). *
10.21	First Amended and Restated Collateralized Guaranty, dated as of October 13, 2021, by and among ePlus Group, inc. and Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC as agent for the benefit of Secured Parties (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2021). *
10.22	First Amended and Restated Limited Guaranty, dated as of October 13, 2021, by and between ePlus inc. and Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC as agent for the benefit of Secured Parties (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2021). *
10.23	First Amendment to First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2022, by and among ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services inc., SLAIT Consulting, LLC, certain of ePlus inc. subsidiaries as guarantors, Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC as administrative agent and the Lenders party thereto (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2022, filed on November 3, 2022). *

50

10.24	Second Amendment to First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2023, by and among ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services inc., SLAIT Consulting, LLC, certain of ePlus inc. subsidiaries as guarantors, Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC as administrative agent and the Lenders party thereto (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 14, 2023). *
10.25	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (for awards granted to non-employee directors under and subject to the provisions of the ePlus inc. 2017 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan) (filed herewith).
19	Insider Trading Policy (filed herewith).
21	Subsidiaries of ePlus inc. (filed herewith).
23	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed herewith).
31.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of ePlus inc. pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) (filed herewith).
31.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of ePlus inc. pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) (filed herewith).
32	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of ePlus inc. pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 (furnished herewith).
97.1	Policy for Recoupment of Incentive Compensation, effective as of November 17, 2023 (filed herewith).
101.INS	Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document)
101.SCH	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104	Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Exhibit 101 Inline XBRL document)

* Certain schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The registrant agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request; provided, however, that the registrant may request confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Exchange Act for any document so furnished.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

51

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

ePlus inc.

/s/ MARK P. MARRON

By: Mark P. Marron

Chief Executive Officer and President

Date: May 22, 2024

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ MARK P. MARRON

By: Mark P. Marron

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: May 22, 2024

/s/ ELAINE D. MARION

By: Elaine D. Marion, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date: May 22, 2024

/s/ RENEE BERGERON

By: Renée Bergeron, Director

Date: May 22, 2024

/s/ BRUCE M. BOWEN

 By: Bruce M. Bowen, Director

 Date: May 22, 2024

/s/ JOHN E. CALLIES

By: John E. Callies, Director

Date: May 22, 2024

/s/ C. THOMAS FAULDERS, III

By: C. Thomas Faulders, III, Chairman

Date: May 22, 2024

/s/ IRA A. HUNT

By: Ira A. Hunt, Director

Date: May 22, 2024

/s/ MAUREEN F. MORRISON

By: Maureen F. Morrison, Director

Date: May 22, 2024

/s/ BEN XIANG

By: Ben Xiang, Director

Date: May 22, 2024

52

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

	PAGE
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Deloitte & Touche LLP (PCAOB ID 34)	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2024, and 2023	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022	F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022	F-8
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022	F-10
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-11

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

ePlus inc.

Herndon, Virginia

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ePlus inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2024, and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2024, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2024, and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated May 22, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Revenue Recognition – Gross Versus Net Recognition of Sales of Third-Party Software – Refer to Note 1 to the financial statements

F-2

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company is typically the principal in sales of third-party software. Sales are recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. The Company recognizes revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the software to the customer. The Company is also the agent in sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services as the third-party controls the service until it is transferred to the customer. Similarly, the Company is the agent in sales of third-party software and accompanying third-party support when the third-party software benefits the customer only in conjunction with the accompanying support. In these sales, the Company considers the third-party software and support as inputs to a single performance obligation. In all these sales where the Company is the agent, the Company recognizes sales on a net basis at the point that its customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement.

Auditing the Company’s determination of gross or net recognition of third-party software and support sales involved a high degree of subjectivity as it required the evaluation of whether the third-party software benefits the customer only in conjunction with the accompanying support. When the support is determined to be critical or essential to the software, the transaction is viewed as one combined performance obligation, and revenue is recognized net of related costs.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to management’s conclusion related to the recognition of sales of third-party software included the following, among others:

• We tested the design and operating effectiveness of management’s controls over the determination of gross or net recognition of third-party software and support sales.

• For a selection of contracts, we performed the following procedures:

– Inspected the customer invoice and purchase order to determine whether the sale represented a valid transaction with a customer.

– Compared the cost per the Company’s records to the cost per the vendor invoice.

– Evaluated the sale to determine whether it constituted a single or multiple performance obligation(s) through inspection of the customer invoice, purchase order, and information on vendor websites accessed through third-party search engines.

– Evaluated the sale to determine whether there was accompanying third-party support related to the software, and whether the support was separately identifiable or essential to the functionality of the software through inspection of customer invoices, purchase orders, information on vendor websites accessed through third-party search engines and inquiries with management, as necessary.

Transfers of Financial Assets – Refer to Note 4 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company enters into arrangements to transfer the contractual payments due under financing receivables and operating lease agreements, which are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic 860. These transfers are accounted for as either a sale or as a pledge of collateral in a secured borrowing. For transfers accounted for as a secured borrowing, the corresponding investments serve as collateral for non-recourse notes payable. For transfers accounted for as sales, the Company derecognizes the carrying value of the asset transferred plus any liability and recognizes a net gain or loss on the sale, which are presented within net sales in the consolidated statement of operations.

Auditing the Company’s determination of whether the transfer should be accounted for as a secured borrowing or a sale involved a high degree of subjectivity. This subjectivity stems from management’s assessment of whether the transferred assets have been isolated from the transferor.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to management’s conclusion related to the transfer of financial assets included the following, among others:

• We tested the design and operating effectiveness of management’s controls over the transfer of financial assets, including management’s controls over the evaluation of the terms of loan documents and accompanying investor data, assignment agreements, and the calculation of the gain or loss.

• For a selection of transactions, we evaluated the Company’s determination of sale or secured borrowing, by evaluating, among other factors, if the transferred assets have been isolated from the Company. Specifically, we performed the following procedures:

– Obtained the executed transfer agreement and evaluated whether the Company:

■ Assigned its rights, titles, interests, estates, claims, and demands to the third-party assignee.

■ Retained any rights with respect to the payments assigned to the third-party assignee or had been appropriately isolated from the assets. We evaluated opinions from outside legal counsel, when applicable.

– Obtained and inspected the cash proceeds support from the transfer and compared the cash received to the selling price.

– Tested the mathematical accuracy of management’s calculation of the gain or loss based on the cash proceeds and the receivable balance as of date of sale.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

May 22, 2024

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1990.

F-3

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

ePlus inc.

Herndon, Virginia

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of ePlus inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2023, of the Company and our report dated May 22, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

May 22, 2024

F-4

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

	March 31, 2024			March 31, 2023
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	253,021		$	103,093
Accounts receivable—trade, net		644,616			504,122
Accounts receivable—other, net		46,884			55,508
Inventories		139,690			243,286
Financing receivables—net, current		102,600			89,829
Deferred costs		59,449			44,191
Other current assets		27,269			55,101
Total current assets		1,273,529			1,095,130
Financing receivables and operating leases—net		79,435			84,417
Deferred tax asset		5,620			3,682
Property, equipment, and other assets—net		89,289			70,447
Goodwill		161,503			136,105
Other intangible assets—net		44,093			25,045
TOTAL ASSETS	$	1,653,469		$	1,414,826
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	315,676		$	220,159
Accounts payable—floor plan		105,104			134,615
Salaries and commissions payable		43,696			37,336
Deferred revenue		134,596			114,028
Recourse notes payable—current		-			5,997
Non-recourse notes payable—current		23,288			24,819
Other current liabilities		34,630			24,372
Total current liabilities		656,990			561,326
Non-recourse notes payable - long-term		12,901			9,522
Deferred tax liability		-			715
Other liabilities		81,799			60,998
TOTAL LIABILITIES		751,690			632,561
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 10)
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred stock, $0.01 per share par value; 2,000 shares authorized; none outstanding		-			-
Common stock, $0.01 per share par value; 50,000 shares authorized; 26,952 outstanding at March 31, 2024 and 26,905 outstanding at March 31, 2023		274			272
Additional paid-in capital		180,058			167,303
Treasury stock, at cost, 447 shares at March 31, 2024 and 261 shares at March 31, 2023		(23,811	)		(14,080	)
Retained earnings		742,978			627,202
Accumulated other comprehensive income—foreign currency translation adjustment		2,280			1,568
Total Stockholders’ Equity		901,779			782,265
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	1,653,469		$	1,414,826

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023			2022
Net sales
Product	$	1,933,225	$	1,803,275		$	1,580,394
Services		292,077		264,443			240,625
Total		2,225,302		2,067,718			1,821,019
Cost of sales
Product		1,493,293		1,379,500			1,210,943
Services		181,216		170,694			149,094
Total		1,674,509		1,550,194			1,360,037
Gross profit		550,793		517,524			460,982
Selling, general, and administrative		367,734		333,520			297,117
Depreciation and amortization		21,025		13,709			14,646
Interest and financing costs		3,777		4,133			1,903
Operating expenses		392,536		351,362			313,666
Operating income		158,257		166,162			147,316
Other income (expense), net		2,836		(3,188	)		(432	)
Earnings before tax		161,093		162,974			146,884
Provision for income taxes		45,317		43,618			41,284
Net earnings	$	115,776	$	119,356		$	105,600
Net earnings per common share—basic	$	4.35	$	4.49		$	3.96
Net earnings per common share—diluted	$	4.33	$	4.48		$	3.93
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic		26,610		26,569			26,638
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted		26,717		26,654			26,866

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

	Year Ended March 31,
		2024		2023		2022
NET EARNINGS	$	115,776	$	119,356	$	105,600
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX:
Foreign currency translation adjustments		712		1,692		(779	)
Other comprehensive income (loss)		712		1,692		(779	)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	$	116,488	$	121,048	$	104,821

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings	$	115,776		$	119,356		$	105,600
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		25,928			18,589			24,305
Provision for credit losses		1,204			666			(102	)
Share-based compensation expense		9,731			7,825			7,114
Deferred taxes		(2,656	)		2,083			(3,581	)
Payments from lessees directly to lenders—operating leases		-			-			(32	)
Gain on disposal of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment		(491	)		(3,479	)		(4,136	)
Changes in:
Accounts receivable		(104,039	)		(78,679	)		(50,803	)
Inventories		104,781			(88,097	)		(85,453	)
Financing receivables—net		(32,054	)		(41,015	)		8,832
Deferred costs and other assets		(4,982	)		(73,980	)		(10,560	)
Accounts payable—trade		82,911			75,270			(25,187	)
Salaries and commissions payable, deferred revenue, and other liabilities		52,340			46,036			13,432
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		248,449			(15,425	)		(20,571	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment		721			3,742			21,923
Purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment		(8,503	)		(9,380	)		(23,182	)
Cash used in acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(54,182	)		(13,288	)		-
Net cash used in investing activities		(61,964	)		(18,926	)		(1,259	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable		297,305			193,051			114,105
Repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable		(279,649	)		(196,069	)		(99,991	)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		3,019			-			-
Repurchase of common stock		(9,853	)		(7,224	)		(13,608	)
Net borrowings (repayments) on floor plan facility		(47,441	)		(10,708	)		46,670
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(36,619	)		(20,950	)		47,176
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		62			3,016			470
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		149,928			(52,285	)		25,816
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		103,093			155,378			129,562
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	253,021		$	103,093		$	155,378

F-8

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - continued

(in thousands)

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	$	3,768		$	4,065		$	1,714
Cash paid for income taxes	$	41,526		$	51,984		$	47,143
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities	$	4,071		$	4,610		$	4,653
Schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property, equipment, and leased equipment	$	78		$	21		$	18
Purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment	$	(283	)	$	(1,453	)	$	(98	)
Consideration for acquisitions	$	(2,307	)		-			-
Borrowing of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	$	30,329		$	39,558		$	58,619
Repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	$	-		$	-		$	(32	)
Debt derecognized due to sales of financial assets	$	(52,133	)	$	(30,487	)	$	(114,040	)
Vesting of share-based compensation	$	9,477		$	9,897		$	8,481
Repurchase of common stock	$	-		$	(122	)	$	-
New operating lease assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations	$	4,883		$	11,886		$	2,653

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-9

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)

																Accumulated
							Additional									Other
	Common Stock						Paid-In			Treasury			Retained			Comprehensive
	Shares			Par Value			Capital			Stock			Earnings			Income			Total
Balance, March 31, 2021		27,006		$	145		$	152,366		$	(75,372	)	$	484,616		$	655		$	562,410
Issuance of restricted stock awards		163			1			-			-			-			-			1
Share-based compensation		-			-			7,114			-			-			-			7,114
Repurchase of common stock		(283	)		-			-			(13,608	)		-			-			(13,608	)
Stock split effected in the form of a dividend		-			135			-			-			(135	)		-			-
Retirement of treasury stock		-			(11	)		-			82,246			(82,235	)		-			-
Net earnings		-			-			-			-			105,600			-			105,600
Foreign currency translation adjustment		-			-			-			-			-			(779	)		(779	)
Balance, March 31, 2022		26,886		$	270		$	159,480		$	(6,734	)	$	507,846		$	(124	)	$	660,738
Issuance of restricted stock awards		150			2			-			-			-			-			2
Share-based compensation		-			-			7,823			-			-			-			7,823
Repurchase of common stock		(131	)		-			-			(7,346	)		-			-			(7,346	)
Net earnings		-			-			-			-			119,356			-			119,356
Foreign currency translation adjustment		-			-			-			-			-			1,692			1,692
Balance, March 31, 2023		26,905		$	272		$	167,303		$	(14,080	)	$	627,202		$	1,568		$	782,265
Issuance of restricted stock awards		162			2			(2	)		-			-			-			-
Issuance of common stock		71			-			3,019			-			-			-			3,019
Share-based compensation		-			-			9,738			-			-			-			9,738
Repurchase of common stock		(186	)		-			-			(9,731	)		-			-			(9,731	)
Net earnings		-			-			-			-			115,776			-			115,776
Foreign currency translation adjustment		-			-			-			-			-			712			712
Balance, March 31, 2024		26,952		$	274		$	180,058		$	(23,811	)	$	742,978		$	2,280		$	901,779

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-10

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS — Our company was founded in 1990 and is a Delaware corporation. ePlus inc. is sometimes referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as “we,” “our,” “us,” “ourselves,” or “ePlus.” ePlus inc. is a holding company that through its subsidiaries provides information technology (“IT”) solutions which enable organizations to optimize their IT environment and supply chain processes. We also provide consulting, professional, and managed services and complete lifecycle management services including flexible financing solutions. We focus on selling to medium and large enterprises and state and local government and educational institutions (“SLED”) in the United States (“US”) and select international markets including the United Kingdom (“UK”), the European Union (“EU”), India, Singapore, and Israel.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ePlus inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.

USE OF ESTIMATES — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the US requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Estimates are used when accounting for items and matters including, but not limited to, revenue recognition, residual asset values, vendor consideration, lease classification, goodwill and intangibles, allowance for credit losses, inventory obsolescence, and the recognition and measurement of income tax assets and other provisions and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We record an expense in the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to our current estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets. We estimate expected credit losses based on our internal rating of the customer’s credit quality, our historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We review our internal ratings for each customer at least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We write off financing receivables when we deem them to be uncollectable.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method, which requires that the total purchase price for the acquired entity be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. With limited exceptions, we measure most assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date. We apply Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”) Topic 606, Contracts with customers (“Codification Topic 606”), to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers. Our allocation process requires an analysis of intangible assets, such as customer relationships, trade names, acquired contractual rights and legal contingencies to identify and record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

We record any premium paid over the fair value of the acquired net assets as goodwill. Our initial purchase price allocations are subject to revision within the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition. We include the results of operations for the acquired company in our financial statements from the acquisition date.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of interest-bearing accounts and money market funds that consist of short-term US treasury securities. We consider all highly liquid investments, including those with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition, to be cash equivalents. As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, there were no restrictions on the withdrawal of funds from our money market funds.

F-11

CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK — Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, and financing receivables. Cash and cash equivalents may include short-term investments that are maintained principally with financial institutions in the US. Our accounts receivable-trade balance as of March 31, 2024, and 2023 included approximately 17% and 13%, respectively, concentration of invoices due from Verizon Communications Inc. The risk on our accounts receivable and financing receivables is reduced by having a broad customer base in a diverse range of industries and through the ongoing evaluation of collectability of our portfolio. The credit risk is further mitigated by transferring certain of our financing receivables to financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and, for our lease receivables, by owning the underlying asset. A substantial portion of our sales are products from Cisco Systems, which represented approximately 44%, 40%, and 39%, of our technology business segments net sales for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

DEFERRED COSTS — When a contract is within the scope of the scope of Codification Topic 606, we defer costs of fulfilling the contract when they generate or enhance resources that will be used by us in satisfying performance obligations in the future. Additionally, we capitalize costs that are incremental to obtaining the contracts, predominately sales commissions, and expense them in proportion to each completed contract performance obligation. Our long-term deferred costs are included in our consolidated balance sheets as part of property, equipment, and other assets—net.

DEFERRED REVENUE — We recognize deferred revenue when cash payments are received or due in advance of our performance.

EARNINGS PER SHARE — Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common stockholders by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, including restricted stock awards during each period.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT — We follow the guidance in Codification Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements (“Codification Topic 820”) which governs how to measure fair value for financial reporting. This topic defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This topic also establishes a fair value hierarchy that categorizes into three levels the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value:

● Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date.

● Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

● Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. The fair values are determined based on model-based techniques such as discounted cash flow models using inputs that we could not corroborate with market data.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS — For financial instruments such as cash, short-term investments, accounts receivables, accounts payable and other current liabilities, we consider the recorded value of the financial instruments to approximate the fair value due to their short maturities. On March 31, 2024, the carrying amounts of our notes receivable and non-recourse payables were $108.2 million and $36.2 million, respectively, and their fair values were $106.3 million and $36.1 million, respectively. On March 31, 2023, the carrying amounts of our notes receivable, recourse and non-recourse payables were $109.2 million, $6.0 million, and $34.3 million, respectively, and their fair values were $109.5 million, $6.0 million, and $34.5 million, respectively.

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES — Financing receivables and operating leases consist of the financing receivables from notes receivable and sales-type leases and the carrying value of assets that we are leasing to our customers on leases that are classified as operating leases. When we lease equipment under an operating lease, we recognize the underlying asset at cost and depreciate it on a straight-line bases over its estimated useful life. We estimate that the useful life for most IT equipment under lease is 4 years.

F-12

FOREIGN CURRENCY MATTERS — Our functional currency is the US dollar. Our international subsidiaries typically use their local currency as their functional currency. We translate the assets and liabilities of our international subsidiaries into US dollars at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date. We translate the revenues and expenses of our international subsidiaries into US dollars at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. We report the resulting foreign currency translation adjustment as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. We report all foreign currency transaction gains or losses in other income (expense), net on our consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, we recognized losses of $0.1 million, $5.4 million, $0.5 million, respectively, due to foreign currency transactions.

GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative goodwill impairment test is unnecessary.

If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. We may also elect the unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative goodwill impairment test.

In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. Conversely, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

IMPLEMENTATION COSTS OF A HOSTING ARRANGEMENT- We capitalize implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. We classify these capitalized costs in the same balance sheet line item as the amounts prepaid for the related hosting arrangement and we present the amortization of these capitalized costs in the same income statement line item as the service fees for the related hosting arrangement. Our long-term prepaids are included in our consolidated balance sheets as part of property, equipment, and other assets—net. We amortize the capitalized implementation costs over the term of the hosting arrangement.

INCOME TAXES — Deferred income taxes are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic 740 Income Taxes (“Codification Topic 740”). Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates currently in effect. Future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered to be more likely than not. We review our deferred tax assets at least annually and make necessary valuation adjustments.

In addition, we account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic 740. Specifically, the Topic prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on the related de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure, and transition of uncertain tax positions. In accordance with our accounting policy, we recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense.

INVENTORIES — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using a weighted average cost method. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Our determination of the net realizable value for inventories is based on the terms of underlying purchase commitments from our customers, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors.

F-13

LESSEE ACCOUNTING — We lease office space for periods up to six years and lease warehouse space for periods of up to 10 years, and we have some lease options that can be exercised to extend beyond those lease term limits. At the lease commencement date, we recognize operating lease liabilities based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments. In determining the present value of future minimum lease payments, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date. When the future minimum payments encompass non-lease components, we account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. We elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less. We recognize lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning on the commencement date.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. We recognize property and equipment obtained through a business combination at its fair market value as of the acquisition date. We compute depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to seven years. We typically depreciate internal use IT equipment over three years, perpetual software licenses over five years, furniture and fixtures over five years, and telecommunications equipment over seven years.

RESIDUAL ASSETS — Our estimate for the residual asset in a lease is the amount we expect to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term. In a sales-type lease, we recognize the unguaranteed residual asset, measured on a discounted basis, upon lease commencement. In our subsequent accounting for the lease, we increase the unguaranteed residual asset using the effective interest method. We evaluate residual values for impairment on a quarterly basis. We recognize impairments as incurred. We do not recognize upward adjustments due to changes in estimates of residual values.

REVENUE RECOGNITION — We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, ePlus professional and managed services, and hosting ePlus proprietary software. We recognize revenue from these sales under the guidance in Codification Topic 606.

The core principle of Codification Topic 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods and services equal to an amount it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods and services. We account for a contract under Codification Topic 606 when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are established, the contract has commercial substance, and collectability of consideration is probable.

Revenues are reported net of sales refunds, including an estimate of future returns based on an evaluation of historical sales returns, current economic conditions, volume, and other relevant factors.

Our contracts with customers may include multiple promises that are distinct performance obligations. For such arrangements, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone selling prices using expected cost-plus margin.

We recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service to a customer. A good or service is transferred when (or as) the customer obtains control of that good or service. Depending on the nature of each performance obligation, this may be at a point in time or over time, as further described below.

We typically invoice our customers for third-party products upon shipment, unless our customers lease the equipment through our financing segment, in which case the arrangement is accounted for as a lease in accordance with Codification Topic 842, Leases (“Codification Topic 842”). We typically invoice our customers for third-party software upon delivery and third-party services at the point of sale, unless our customers finance these products through our financing segment, in which case we record a financing receivable based on the terms of the arrangement.

Product revenue

Sales of third-party products

We are the principal in sales of third-party products. As such, we recognize sales on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. We recognize revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer.

F-14

In some instances, our customers may request that we bill them for a product but retain physical possession of the product until later delivery, commonly known as “bill-and-hold” arrangements. We have warehousing agreements with select customers wherein title to products ordered through the agreements transfers to our customer at the point we invoice the customer and after the product arrives at our warehouse. In these “bill-and-hold” arrangements, we recognize revenue when the customer has ordered the product through their warehousing agreement with us or signed a bill-and-hold agreement with us, the customer has legal title, the product is identified separately as belonging to the customer, and the product is ready for delivery to the customer.

We recognize sales of off-lease equipment within our financing segment when control passes to the customer, which is typically the date that title to the equipment is transferred per the sales agreement.

Sales of third-party software

We are typically the principal in sales of third-party software. Sales are recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. We recognize revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the software to the customer.

Sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services

We are the agent in sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services as the third-party controls the service until it is transferred to the customer. Similarly, we are the agent in sales of third-party software and accompanying third-party support when the third-party software benefits the customer only in conjunction with the accompanying support. In these sales, we consider the third-party software and support as inputs to a single performance obligation. In all these sales where we are the agent, we recognize sales on a net basis at the point that our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement.

Freight and sales tax

We present freight billed to our customers within sales and the related freight charged to us within cost of sales. We present sales tax collected from customers and remittances to governmental authorities on a net basis.

Financing revenue and other

We account for leases to customers in accordance with Codification Topic 842. We utilize a portfolio approach by grouping together many similar assets being leased to a single customer.

We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. We classify leases as sales-type leases if any one of five criteria are met, each of which indicate that the lease transfers control of the underlying asset to the lessee. We classify our other leases as operating leases.

For sales-type leases, upon lease commencement, we recognize the present value of the lease payments and the residual asset discounted using the rate implicit in the lease. When we are financing equipment provided by another dealer, we typically do not have any selling profit or loss arising from the lease. When we are the dealer of the equipment being leased, we typically recognize revenue in the amount of the lease receivable and cost of sales in the amount of the carrying value of the underlying asset minus the unguaranteed residual asset. After the commencement date, we recognize interest income as part of net sales using the effective interest method.

For operating leases, we recognize the underlying asset as an operating lease asset. We depreciate the asset on a straight-line basis to its estimated residual value over its estimated useful life. We recognize the lease payments over the lease term on a straight-line basis as part of net sales.

In all our leases, we recognize variable lease payments, primarily reimbursement for property taxes associated with the leased asset, as part of net sales in the period in which the changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur. We exclude from revenues and expenses any sales taxes reimbursed by the lessee.

F-15

We also finance third-party software and third-party services for our customers, which we classify as notes-receivable. We recognize interest income on our notes-receivable using the effective interest method.

We account for transfers of contractual payments due under financing receivables, under Codification Topic 860 Transfers and Servicing (“Codification Topic 860”). When a transfer meets all the requirements for sale accounting, we derecognize the financial asset and record a net gain or loss that is included in net sales.

Service revenue

Sales of ePlus professional, managed services, and staffing

ePlus professional services offerings include assessments, project management, staging, configuration, integration, and logistics. ePlus managed service offerings range from monitoring and notification to a fully outsourced network management or service desk solution. ePlus staffing delivers a full range of staffing solutions, including short-term, long-term, temporary-to-hire, and direct-hire IT professionals. In all these arrangements, we satisfy our performance obligation and recognize revenue over time.

In arrangements for ePlus professional services and staffing, we provide services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we recognize sales at agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. We typically measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to as the “cost-to-cost” method.

In arrangements for ePlus managed services, our arrangement is typically a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer (i.e., distinct days of service). We typically recognize sales from these services on a straight-line basis over the period services are provided.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION — We account for share-based compensation in accordance with Codification Topic 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation. We account for forfeitures when they occur.

We recognize compensation cost for awards of restricted stock with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

We recognize compensation cost for our employee stock purchase plan on a straight-line basis over the offering period, which is six months. We measure the award on the grant date at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS — We capitalize costs for the development of internal use software under the Codification Topic 350-40 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Subtopic Internal-Use Software. We did not have significant capitalized development costs for internal use software for either of the years ended March 31, 2024, or March 31, 2023. We had capitalized costs, net of amortization, of approximately $0.2 million and $1.0 million as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, respectively, that is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a component of other intangible assets-net.

TREASURY STOCK — We account for treasury stock under the cost method and include treasury stock as a component of stockholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors pursuant to volume incentive programs and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific milestones to achieve. Amounts due from vendors as of March 31, 2024, and 2023 were $28.1 million and $21.9 million, respectively, which were included within accounts receivable-other, net in the accompanying balance sheets.

We recognize rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs as a reduction of costs to purchase the vendor’s products based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to the underlying transactions that result in our progress toward earning the rebate provided the amounts are probable and can be reasonably estimated. When a rebate is not probable or not reasonably estimable, we recognized the rebate as the milestones are achieved or as cash is received.

F-16

We recognize rebates pursuant to shared marketing expense programs as a reduction of the related selling and administrative expenses in the period the program occurs when the consideration represents a reimbursement of specific, incremental, identifiable costs. We recognize consideration that exceeds the specific, incremental, identifiable costs as a reduction of costs to purchase the vendor’s products.

2. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS — In September 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2022-04, Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations. This update requires buyers in a supplier finance program to disclose certain qualitative and quantitative information about the program. It is intended to provide information about an entity’s use of supplier finance programs and their effect on the entity’s working capital, liquidity, and cash flows. This update was effective for us beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, except for a requirement to provide a roll forward of our obligations during the annual period, which is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2025. We adopted the standard during the first quarter of fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, except for the roll forward requirement, which will be adopted during the first quarter of fiscal year ending March 31, 2025. The adoption of the standard resulted in new disclosures only for amounts presented within Accounts payable – floor plan. For additional information on the new disclosures, see Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility.”

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS NOT YET ADOPTED — In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. This update expands annual and interim disclosure requirements for reportable segments, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. This update is effective for annual periods beginning in our fiscal year ending March 31, 2025 and interim periods beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2026. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this update will have on our financial statement disclosures.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. This update requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. This update is effective for annual periods beginning in our fiscal year ending March 31, 2026. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this update will have on our financial statement disclosures.

3. REVENUES

CONTRACT BALANCES

Accounts receivable – trade consists entirely of amounts due from contracts with customers. In addition, we had $44.6 million, $70.4 million, and $47.5 million of receivables from contracts with customers included within financing receivables as of March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The following table provides the balance of contract liabilities from contracts with customers (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Current (included in deferred revenue)	$	134,110	$	113,713	$	85,826
Non-current (included in other liabilities)	$	68,174	$	47,217	$	30,086

Revenue recognized from the beginning contract liability balance was $86.0 million and $70.3 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

F-17

PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS

The following table includes revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations, primarily non-cancelable contracts for ePlus managed services, that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	82,522
2026		37,322
2027		20,290
2028		6,535
2029 and thereafter		3,094
Total remaining performance obligations	$	149,763

The table does not include the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts where we recognize revenue at the amount that we have the right to invoice for services performed.

4. FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES

Our financing receivables and operating leases consist of our financing receivables from notes receivable and sales-type leases and the carrying value of our assets that we are leasing to our customers on leases that are classified as operating leases. We generally lease IT, communication, and medical equipment. Our lease terms generally range from 2 to 6 years, with most terms ranging between 3 to 4 years. Our leases often provide the lessee the option to purchase the underlying asset at the end of the lease term. Occasionally, our leases provide the lessee a bargain purchase option. We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. Additionally, we finance purchases of third-party software and third-party services for our customers, which we classify as notes receivable.

The following table provides the profit recognized for sales-type leases at their commencement date, including modifications that are recognized on a net basis, for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023
Net sales	$	21,578	$	22,677
Cost of sales		19,557		19,009
Gross profit	$	2,021	$	3,668

The following table provides interest income in aggregate on our sales-type leases and lease income on our operating leases for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023
Interest income on sales-type leases	$	6,769	$	3,943
Lease income on operating leases	$	10,886	$	17,421

FINANCING RECEIVABLES—NET

The following tables provide a disaggregation of our financing receivables—net (in thousands):

	Notes			Sales-Type Lease			Financing
March 31, 2024	Receivable			Receivables			Receivables
Gross receivables	$	114,713		$	75,658		$	190,371
Unguaranteed residual value (1)		-			9,078			9,078
Unearned income		(6,503	)		(12,036	)		(18,539	)
Allowance for credit losses (2)		(1,056	)		(1,435	)		(2,491	)
Total, net	$	107,154		$	71,265		$	178,419
Reported as:
Current	$	61,830		$	40,770		$	102,600
Long-term		45,324			30,495			75,819
Total, net	$	107,154		$	71,265		$	178,419

(1) Includes unguaranteed residual values of $3,718 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

(2) Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

F-18

	Notes			Sales-Type Lease			Financing
March 31, 2023	Receivable			Receivables			Receivables
Gross receivables	$	117,008		$	60,157		$	177,165
Unguaranteed residual value (1)		-			8,161			8,161
Unearned income		(5,950	)		(8,050	)		(14,000	)
Allowance for credit losses (2)		(801	)		(981	)		(1,782	)
Total, net	$	110,257		$	59,287		$	169,544
Reported as:
Current	$	65,738		$	24,091		$	89,829
Long-term		44,519			35,196			79,715
Total, net	$	110,257		$	59,287		$	169,544

(1) Includes unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

(2) Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

The following table provides the future scheduled minimum lease payments to be received from our sales-type leases as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	34,513
2026		22,600
2027		12,380
2028		4,901
2029		1,263
2030 and thereafter		1
Total	$	75,658

OPERATING LEASES—NET

Operating leases—net represents the carrying value of assets that we are leasing to our customers on leases that are classified as operating leases. The components of operating leases—net are as follows (in thousands):

	March 31, 2024			March 31,2023
Cost of equipment under operating leases	$	10,744		$	15,301
Accumulated depreciation		(7,128	)		(10,599	)
Operating leases—net (1)	$	3,616		$	4,702

(1) Amounts include estimated unguaranteed residual values of $1,346 thousand and $1,717 thousand as of March 31, 2024, and 2023 respectively.

The following table provides the future scheduled minimum lease rental payments to be received from our operating leases as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	1,984
2026		1,271
2027		222
Total	$	3,477

F-19

TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

We enter into arrangements to transfer the contractual payments due under financing receivables and operating lease agreements.

For transfers accounted for as a secured borrowing, the corresponding investments serve as collateral for non-recourse notes payable. As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, we had financing receivables of $45.8 million and $35.7 million, respectively, and operating leases of $2.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively which were collateral for non-recourse notes payable. See Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility.”

For transfers accounted for as sales, we derecognize the carrying value of the financial asset transferred plus any liability and recognize a net gain or loss on the sale, which are presented within net sales in the consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, we recognized net gains of $19.0 million, $16.1 million, and $18.2 million, respectively, and total proceeds from these sales were $762.6 million, $706.0 million, and $855.1 million, respectively.

When we retain servicing obligations in transfers accounted for as sales, we allocate a portion of the proceeds to deferred revenues, which is recognized as we perform the services. As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, we had deferred revenue of $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, for servicing obligations.

In a limited number of transfers accounted for as sales, we indemnified the assignee in the event that the lessee elects to early terminate the lease. As of March 31, 2024, our total potential liability that could result from these indemnities is immaterial.

5. LESSEE ACCOUNTING

We lease office space for periods up to six years and lease warehouse space for periods of up to 10 years, and we have some lease options that can be exercised to extend beyond those lease term limits. We recognize our right-of-use assets as part of property, equipment, and other assets—net. As of March 31, 2024, and 2023, we had right-of-use assets of $15.4 million and $14.6 million, respectively.

We recognize the current and long-term portions of our lease liability as part of other current liabilities and other liabilities, respectively. As of March 31, 2024, and 2023, we had current lease liabilities of $4.2 million and $2.7 million, respectively, and long-term lease liabilities of $12.7 million and $12.0 million, respectively. We recognized rent expense of $5.8 million and $5.2 million as part of selling, general, and administrative expenses during the years ended March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, respectively.

Supplemental information about the remaining lease terms and discount rates applied as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, are as follows:

	Year Ended March 31,
Lease term and Discount Rate	2024			2023
Weighted average remaining lease term (months)		75			81
Weighted average discount rate		5.3	%		4.8	%

The following table provides our future lease payments under our operating leases as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	4,275
2026		3,750
2027		3,116
2028		1,721
2029		7,178
Total lease payments		20,040
Less: interest		(3,173	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	16,867

F-20

As of March 31, 2024, we were committed to two office leases that had not yet commenced with a total commitment of $1.4 million.

6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

GOODWILL

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, respectively (in thousands):

	Technology					Professional		Managed
	Segment			Product		Services		Services		Total
Balance, March 31, 2022 (1)	$	126,543		$	-	$	-	$	-	$	126,543
Acquisitions		9,694			-		-		-		9,694
Foreign currency translations		(132	)		-		-		-		(132	)
Reporting unit change		(136,105	)		106,497		19,712		9,896		-
Balance, March 31, 2023 (1)	$	-		$	106,497	$	19,712	$	9,896	$	136,105
Acquisitions		-			22,586		2,780		-		25,366
Foreign currency translations		-			25		5		2		32
Balance, March 31, 2024 (1)	$	-		$	129,108	$	22,497	$	9,898	$	161,503

(1) Balance is net of $8,673 thousand in accumulated impairments that were recorded in segments that precede our current segment organization.

Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets that are individually identified and separately recognized in business combinations.

Our goodwill balance increased by $25.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2024, due to $22.1 and $3.2 million in goodwill additions from our acquisitions of Network Solutions Group (“NSG”) and Peak Resources, Inc. (“Peak”), respectively. Please refer to Note 16, “Business Combinations” for details of our acquisitions.

We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of the first day of our third fiscal quarter, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value.

In our annual test as of October 1, 2023, we performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill and concluded that, more likely than not, the fair value of our product, professional services, and managed services reporting units continued to exceed their carrying value. Our conclusions would not be impacted by a ten percent change in our estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit.

During the first quarter ended June 30, 2023, we separated our technology segment into three new segments: product, professional services, and managed services. We concluded that each segment was one reporting unit. At that time, we reassigned our goodwill to the reporting units affected using a relative fair value approach. We concluded that the fair value of each new reporting unit exceeded its carrying value. Our conclusions would not be impacted by a ten percent change in our estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit.

In our annual test as of October 1, 2022, we performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill and concluded that the fair value of our technology reporting unit exceeded its carrying value. Our conclusions would not be impacted by a ten percent change in our estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit.

F-21

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Our other intangible assets consist of the following as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

	March 31, 2024							March 31, 2023
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Purchased intangibles	$	120,480	$	(76,595	)	$	43,885	$	85,449	$	(61,376	)	$	24,073
Capitalized software development		10,516		(10,308	)		208		10,516		(9,544	)		972
Total	$	130,996	$	(86,903	)	$	44,093	$	95,965	$	(70,920	)	$	25,045

Purchased intangibles, consisting mainly of customer relationships, are generally amortized between 5 to 10 years. Capitalized software development is generally amortized over 5 years.

Total amortization expense for purchased intangibles was $15.2 million, $9.3 million, and $10.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The following table provides the future amortization expense for purchased intangibles as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	13,972
2026		10,936
2027		8,120
2028		5,646
2029		3,384
2030 and thereafter		1,827
Total	$	43,885

7. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following table provides the activity in our allowance for credit losses for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable			Lease Receivables			Total
Balance as of March 31, 2021	$	2,064		$	1,212		$	1,171		$	4,447
Provision for credit losses		482			(312	)		(272	)		(102	)
Write-offs and other		(135	)		(192	)		(218	)		(545	)
Balance as of March 31, 2022		2,411			708			681			3,800
Provision for credit losses		273			93			300			666
Write-offs and other		(112	)		-			-			(112	)
Balance as of March 31, 2023		2,572			801			981			4,354
Provision for credit losses		477			255			472			1,204
Write-offs and other		(362	)		-			(18	)		(379	)
Balance as of March 31, 2024	$	2,687		$	1,056		$	1,435		$	5,179

We evaluate our customers using an internally assigned credit quality rating “CQR”. The CQR categories of our financing receivables are:

• High CQR: This rating includes accounts with excellent to good business credit, asset quality and capacity to meet financial obligations. Loss rates in this category are generally less than 1%.

• Average CQR: This rating includes accounts with average credit risk that are more susceptible to loss in the event of adverse business or economic conditions. Loss rates in this category are in the range of 1% to 8%.

• Low CQR: This rating includes accounts that have marginal credit risk such that the customer’s ability to make repayment is impaired or may likely become impaired. The loss rates in this category in the normal course are greater than 8% and up to 100%.

F-22

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of our financing receivables by CQR and by credit origination year as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

	Amortized cost basis by origination year ending March 31,
	2024		2023		2022		2021		2020		2019 and prior		Total		Transfers (2)			Net credit exposure
Notes receivable:
High CQR	$	63,934	$	15,821	$	3,440	$	2,656	$	30	$	-	$	85,881	$	(25,683	)	$	60,198
Average CQR		18,715		3,260		302		52		-		-		22,329		(3,476	)		18,853
Total	$	82,649	$	19,081	$	3,742	$	2,708	$	30	$	-	$	108,210	$	(29,159	)	$	79,051
Lease receivables:
High CQR	$	22,123	$	9,457	$	1,341	$	1,151	$	100	$	7	$	34,179	$	(1,128	)	$	33,051
Average CQR		22,861		9,548		2,133		259		2		-		34,803		(5,436	)		29,367
Total	$	44,984	$	19,005	$	3,474	$	1,410	$	102	$	7	$	68,982	$	(6,564	)	$	62,418
Total amortized cost (1)	$	127,633	$	38,086	$	7,216	$	4,118	$	132	$	7	$	177,192	$	(35,723	)	$	141,469

(1) Unguaranteed residual values of $3,718 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

(2) Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis.

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of our financing receivables by CQR and by credit origination year as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

	Amortized cost basis by origination year ending March 31,
	2023		2022		2021		2020		2019		2018 and prior		Total		Transfers (2)			Net credit exposure
Notes receivable:
High CQR	$	72,155	$	11,378	$	11,267	$	370	$	30	$	-	$	95,200	$	(28,115	)	$	67,085
Average CQR		12,793		2,675		213		115		61		1		15,858		(1,432	)		14,426
Total	$	84,948	$	14,053	$	11,480	$	485	$	91	$	1	$	111,058	$	(29,547	)	$	81,511
Lease receivables:
High CQR	$	21,629	$	3,842	$	1,916	$	565	$	51	$	9	$	28,012	$	(1,437	)	$	26,575
Average CQR		23,796		3,430		770		35		3		-		28,034		(1,594	)		26,440
Total	$	45,425	$	7,272	$	2,686	$	600	$	54	$	9	$	56,046	$	(3,031	)	$	53,015
Total amortized cost (1)	$	130,373	$	21,325	$	14,166	$	1,085	$	145	$	10	$	167,104	$	(32,578	)	$	134,526

(1) Unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

(2) Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and receivables that are in the process of being transferred to third-party financial institutions.

F-23

The following table provides an aging analysis of our financing receivables as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		> 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Billed		Unbilled		Amortized Cost
Notes receivable	$	1,251	$	334	$	2,484	$	4,069	$	9,337	$	13,406	$	94,804	$	108,210
Lease receivables		1,174		284		2,213		3,671		4,691		8,362		60,620		68,982
Total	$	2,425	$	618	$	4,697	$	7,740	$	14,028	$	21,768	$	155,424	$	177,192

The following table provides an aging analysis of our financing receivables as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		> 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Billed		Unbilled		Amortized Cost
Notes receivable	$	1,020	$	862	$	473	$	2,355	$	7,703	$	10,058	$	101,000	$	111,058
Lease receivables		1,068		463		864		2,395		5,413		7,808		48,238		56,046
Total	$	2,088	$	1,325	$	1,337	$	4,750	$	13,116	$	17,866	$	149,238	$	167,104

Our financial assets on nonaccrual status were not significant as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023.

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—NET

Property and equipment—net is a component of Property, equipment, and other assets—net. Our balance consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2024			March 31, 2023
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment	$	26,507		$	29,818
Leasehold improvements		11,776			10,398
Capitalized software		1,685			3,235
Vehicles		396			445
Total assets		40,364			43,896
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(27,429	)		(31,963	)
Property and equipment – net	$	12,935		$	11,933

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment, including amounts recognized in cost of sales, was $6.7 million, $5.5 million, and $5.4 million for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

9. NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY

CREDIT FACILITY

We finance the operations of our subsidiaries ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc., and SLAIT Consulting, LLC (collectively, the “Borrowers”) in our technology business through a credit facility with Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC (“WFCDF”). The WFCDF credit facility (the “WFCDF Credit Facility”) has a floor plan facility and a revolving credit facility.

On October 13, 2021, the Borrowers amended, restated, and replaced in entirety their then-existing credit agreements with WFCDF. On October 31, 2022, the Borrowers entered into the First Amendment to the credit agreement. Under this agreement and its amendment, the credit facility is provided by a syndicate of banks for which WFCDF acts as administrative agent and consists of a discretionary senior secured floor plan facility in favor of the Borrowers in the aggregate principal amount of up to $425.0 million, together with a sublimit for a revolving credit facility for up to $150.0 million.

On March 10, 2023, the Borrowers entered into a Second Amendment to the credit agreement which amended the Credit Agreement to increase the maximum aggregate amount of principal available under the floor plan facility from $425.0 million to $500.0 million and increase the maximum aggregate amount of principal available under the Revolving Facility from $150.0 million to $200.0 million.

F-24

Under the accounts payable floor plan facility, we had an outstanding balance of $105.1 million and $134.6 million as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, respectively. On our balance sheet, our liability under the accounts payable floor plan facility is presented as accounts payable – floor plan.

We use the floor plan to facilitate the purchase of inventory from designated suppliers. WFCDF pays our suppliers and provides us extended payment terms. We pay down the floor plan facility on three specified dates each month, generally 45-60 days from the invoice date. We do not incur any interest or other incremental expenses for the floor plan facility. We are not involved in establishing the terms or conditions of the arrangements between our suppliers and WFCDF.

Under the revolving credit facility, we had no balance outstanding as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023. On our balance sheet, our liability under the revolving credit facility is presented as part of recourse notes payable – current.

The fair value of the outstanding balances under the WFCDF Credit Facility were approximately equal to their carrying value as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023.

The amount of principal available is subject to a borrowing base determined by, among other things, the Borrowers’ accounts receivable and inventory, each pursuant to a formula and subject to certain reserves. Loans accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to Term SOFR Rate plus a Term SOFR Adjustment of 0.10% plus an Applicable Margin of 1.75%. Our weighted average interest rate on the accounts receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility was 7.07% during our year ended March 31, 2024, compared to 5.35% over the prior fiscal year.

Our borrowings under the WFCDF Credit Facility are secured by the assets of the Borrowers. Additionally, the WFCDF Credit Facility requires a guaranty of $10.5 million by ePlus inc.

Under the WFCDF Credit Facility, the Borrowers are restricted in their ability to pay dividends to ePlus inc. unless their available borrowing meets or met certain thresholds. As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, their available borrowing met the thresholds such that there were no restrictions on their ability to pay dividends.

The WFCDF Credit Facility has an initial one-year term, which automatically renews for successive one-year terms thereafter. However, either the Borrowers or WFCDF may terminate the WFCDF Credit Facility at any time by providing a written termination notice to the other party no less than 90 days prior to such termination.

The loss of the WFCDF Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our technology business and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.

RECOURSE NOTES PAYABLE

Recourse notes payable consist of borrowings that, in the event of default by the customer, the lender has recourse against us. As of March 31, 2023, we had $6.0 million arising from one installment payment arrangement within our technology business. Our payments under this installment agreement were due quarterly in amounts that were correlated to the payments due to us from a customer under a related notes receivable. We discounted our payments due under this installment agreement to calculate our payable balance using an interest rate of 3.50% as of March 31, 2023. As of March 31, 2024, we have fully paid our recourse notes payable.

NON-RECOURSE NOTES PAYABLE

Non-recourse notes payable consist of borrowings that, in the event of a default by the customer, the lender generally only has recourse against the customer, and the assets serving as collateral, but not against us. As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, we had $36.2 million and $34.3 million, respectively, of non-recourse borrowings that were collateralized by investments in notes and leases. Principal and interest payments are generally due periodically in amounts that are approximately equal to the total payments due from the customer under the leases or notes receivable that collateralize the notes payable. The weighted average interest rate for our non-recourse notes payable was 6.49% and 5.01%, as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, respectively.

F-25

Our non-recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2024, mature as follows:

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	23,288
2026		8,991
2027		3,093
2028		817
Total maturities	$	36,189

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are subject to various legal proceedings, as well as demands, claims and threatened litigation, that arise in the normal course of our business and have not been fully resolved. The ultimate outcome of any litigation or other legal dispute is uncertain. When a loss related to a legal proceeding or claim is probable and reasonably estimable, we accrue our best estimate for the ultimate resolution of the matter. If one or more legal matters are resolved against us in a reporting period for amounts above our expectations, our financial condition and operating results for that period may be adversely affected. As of March 31, 2024, we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that any material loss exceeding the amounts already recognized for these proceedings and matters, if any, has been incurred. Any outcome, whether favorable or unfavorable, may materially and adversely affect us due to legal costs and expenses, diversion of management attention and other factors. We expense legal costs in the period incurred. We cannot assure that additional contingencies of a legal nature or contingencies having legal aspects will not be asserted against us in the future, and these matters could relate to prior, current, or future transactions or events.

11. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings attributable to common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net earnings per share include the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, but not securities that are anti-dilutive.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to calculate basic and diluted net earnings per common share as disclosed in our consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands, except per share data):

	2024		2023		2022
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders – basic and diluted	$	115,776	$	119,356	$	105,600
Basic and diluted common shares outstanding:
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic		26,610		26,569		26,638
Effect of dilutive shares		107		85		228
Weighted average shares common outstanding – diluted		26,717		26,654		26,866
Earnings per common share – basic	$	4.35	$	4.49	$	3.96
Earnings per common share – diluted	$	4.33	$	4.48	$	3.93

12. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

SHARE REPURCHASE PLAN

On May 18, 2024, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,250,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2024. On March 22, 2023, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2023. On March 24, 2022, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2022. These plans authorized purchases to be made from time to time in the open market, or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to availability. Any repurchased shares will have the status of treasury shares and may be used, when needed, for general corporate purposes.

F-26

During the year ended March 31, 2024, we purchased 131,837 shares of our outstanding common stock at an average cost of $51.01 per share for a total purchase price of $6.7 million under the share repurchase plan; we also acquired 53,945 shares of common stock at a value of $3.0 million to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting of employees’ restricted stock awards.

During the year ended March 31, 2023, we purchased 72,973 shares of our outstanding common stock at an average cost of $55.69 per share for a total purchase price of $4.1 million under the share repurchase plan; we also acquired 58,080 shares of common stock at a value of $3.3 million to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting of employees’ restricted stock awards.

13. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

SHARE-BASED PLANS

As of March 31, 2024, we had share-based awards outstanding under the following plans: (1) the 2017 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2017 Director LTIP”), (2) the 2012 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2012 Employee LTIP”), and (3) the 2021 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2021 Employee LTIP”).

These share-based plans define fair market value as the closing sales price of a share of common stock as quoted on any established stock exchange for such date or the most recent trading day preceding such date if there were no trades on such date.

2012 Employee LTIP and 2021 Employee LTIP

The 2021 Employee LTIP was approved by our stockholders on September 16, 2021, and became effective October 1, 2021. Under the 2021 Employee LTIP, 3,000,000 shares were authorized for grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, or other share-based awards to ePlus employees.

The 2021 Employee LTIP replaced the 2012 Employee LTIP that had previously been approved by our stockholders on September 13, 2012. Beginning September 16, 2021, we permanently ceased granting any additional shares under the 2012 Employee LTIP.

The purpose of these plans is to encourage our employees to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of ePlus, thus enhancing the value of ePlus for the benefit of its stockholders, and to enhance our ability to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals. These plans are administered by the Compensation Committee.

Shares issuable under these plans may consist of authorized but unissued shares or shares held in our treasury. Under these plans, the Compensation Committee will determine the time and method of exercise or vesting of the awards. Shares under these plans will not be used to compensate our outside directors, who may be compensated under the separate 2017 Director LTIP, as discussed below.

2017 Director LTIP

On September 12, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2017 Director LTIP that was adopted by the Board on July 24, 2017. Under the 2017 Director LTIP, 300,000 shares, retroactively adjusted for the stock split, were authorized for grant to non-employee directors. The purpose of the 2017 Director LTIP is to align the economic interests of the directors with the interests of stockholders by including equity as a component of pay and to attract, motivate and retain experienced and knowledgeable directors. Each director receives an annual grant of restricted stock having a grant-date fair value equal to the cash compensation earned by an outside director during our fiscal year ended immediately before the respective annual grant-date. These restricted shares are prohibited from being sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of. The shares vest half on the one-year anniversary and half on the second-year anniversary from the date of the grant. In addition, each director may also elect to receive stock in lieu of their cash compensation. Stock received in lieu of cash vests immediately.

F-27

RESTRICTED STOCK ACTIVITY

During the year ended March 31, 2024, we granted 13,656 restricted shares under the 2017 Director LTIP and 152,865 restricted shares under the 2021 Employee LTIP.

Cumulatively, as of March 31, 2024, we have granted a total of 114,936 restricted shares under the 2017 Director LTIP, 2,144,578 restricted shares under the 2012 Employee LTIP, and 291,508 restricted shares under the 2021 Employee LTIP.

The following table provides a summary of the non-vested restricted shares for the year ended March 31, 2024:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested April 1, 2023		314,860		$	49.57
Granted		166,521		$	56.50
Vested		(168,082	)	$	46.42
Forfeited		(4,888	)	$	54.71
Non-vested March 31, 2024		308,411		$	55.02

In each of the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, we used the closing stock price on the grant date or, if the grant date fell on a date the stock was not traded, the previous day’s closing stock price for the fair value of the award.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted shares granted during the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $56.50, $56.50, and $46.56, respectively.

The aggregated fair value of restricted shares that vested during the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $7.8 million, $7.1 million, and $7.1 million, respectively.

Upon each vesting period of the restricted stock awards to employees, participants are subject to minimum tax withholding obligations. The 2012 Employee LTIP, the 2021 Employee LTIP, and the 2017 Director LTIP allows us to withhold enough shares due to the participant to satisfy their minimum tax withholding obligations. For the year ended March 31, 2024, we withheld 53,945 shares of common stock at a value of $3.0 million, which was included in treasury stock. For the year ended March 31, 2023, we withheld 58,080 shares of common stock at a value of $3.3 million, which was included in treasury stock.

PERFORMANCE STOCK UNITS

On November 17, 2023, we granted 15,120 Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”) with a grant date fair value of $61.17 to our executive officers under our 2021 Employee LTIP. The PSUs will vest based on the achievement of certain performance goals at the end of a three-year performance period ending March 31, 2026. The PSUs represent the right to receive shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis. The total number of PSUs that vest range from 0% to 200% of the number of PSUs at the target level of achievement for one or more of the performance targets. No shares vested or were forfeited during the year ended March 31, 2024.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

On September 15, 2022, our stockholders approved the 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) through which eligible employees may purchase up to an aggregate of 2.50 million shares of our stock at 6-month intervals at a discount off the lesser of the closing market price on the first or the last trading day of each offering period. During the year ended March 31, 2024, we issued 70,715 shares at a weighted average price of $42.69 per share under the ESPP. As of March 31, 2024, there were 2.43 million shares remaining under the ESPP.

F-28

COMPENSATION EXPENSE

The following table provides a summary of our total share-based compensation expense, including for restricted stock awards, PSUs, ESPP, and the related income tax benefit for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Equity-based compensation expense	$	9,731		$	7,825		$	7,114
Income tax benefit	$	(2,735	)	$	(2,097	)	$	(1,999	)

We recognized the income tax benefit as a reduction to our provision for income taxes. As of March 31, 2024, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock was $10.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 27 months.

We also provide our employees with a contributory 401(k) profit sharing plan. We may make contributions, which are fully vested when they are made, to the plan. These contributions are not required. The decision whether to make contributions is entirely within our discretion. For the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, we recognized expense for employer contributions to the plan of $4.7 million, $4.2 million, and $3.4 million, respectively.

14. INCOME TAXES

We account for our tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic 740. Under the guidance, we evaluate uncertain tax positions based on the two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate each uncertain tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. For tax positions that are not likely of being sustained upon audit, the second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

As of March 31, 2024, and 2023, we do not have any unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income tax expense.

We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. The tax years ended March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022, and March 31, 2023, are subject to examination by federal and state taxing authorities.

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21.0% to the provision for income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Income tax expense computed at the US statutory federal rate	$	33,830		$	34,224		$	30,845
State income tax expense—net of federal benefit		9,624			8,754			8,937
Non-deductible executive compensation		1,718			1,708			1,749
Other		145			(1,068	)		(247	)
Provision for income taxes	$	45,317		$	43,618		$	41,284
Effective income tax rate		28.1	%		26.8	%		28.1	%

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Current:
Federal	$	34,232		$	30,928		$	32,309
State		12,371			10,110			11,681
Foreign		1,370			499			894
Total current expense		47,973			41,537			44,884
Deferred:
Federal		(2,419	)		1,301			(3,289	)
State		(188	)		970			(370	)
Foreign		(49	)		(190	)		59
Total deferred expense (benefit)		(2,656	)		2,081			(3,600	)
Provision for income taxes	$	45,317		$	43,618		$	41,284

F-29

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2024			2023
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued vacation	$	2,666		$	2,251
Deferred revenue		6,934			5,448
Allowance for credit losses		1,278			1,063
Restricted stock		738			654
Other deferred tax assets		1,737			1,697
Accrued bonus		2,641			2,323
Lease liabilities		4,503			3,939
Other credits and carryforwards		251			277
Gross deferred tax assets		20,748			17,652
Less: valuation allowance		(70	)		(112	)
Net deferred tax assets		20,678			17,540
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment		(2,724	)		(2,926	)
Operating leases		(3,889	)		(3,789	)
Prepaid expenses		(1,807	)		(1,729	)
Right-of-use assets		(4,113	)		(3,885	)
Tax deductible goodwill		(2,525	)		(2,244	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(15,058	)		(14,573	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	5,620		$	2,967

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. Based on this evaluation as of March 31, 2024, a valuation allowance of $0.1 million was recorded, to offset gross deferred tax assets primarily attributable to net operating losses at certain of the foreign subsidiaries and foreign tax credit carry forwards. We believe that it is more likely than not that we will realize the remaining gross deferred tax assets through generating taxable income or the reversal of existing temporary differences attributable to the gross deferred tax liabilities.

15. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We account for the fair values of our assets and liabilities utilizing a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The following table provides the fair value of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value as categorized within the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

F-30

			Fair Value Measurement Using
	Recorded Amount		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
March 31, 2024
Assets:
Money market funds	$	179,709	$	179,709	$	-	$	-
March 31, 2023
Assets:
Money market funds	$	8,880	$	8,880	$	-	$	-

16. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

PEAK RESOURCES, INC. (“PEAK”)

On January 26, 2024, our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc., acquired certain assets and liabilities of PEAK. Based in Denver, CO, PEAK is an established provider of modern data center, networking, and security products and services. The acquisition will help drive additional growth with enhanced engineering, sales, and services delivery capabilities in the mountain west region.

Our sum for consideration transferred is $7.9 million consisting of $5.6 million paid in cash at closing plus an additional $2.3 million that was paid in April 2024 to the sellers based on adjustments to a determination of the total net assets delivered. Our allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below (in thousands):

	Acquisition Date Amount
Accounts receivable	$	8,569
Other assets		133
Identified intangible asset		5,030
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(9,084	)
Total identifiable net assets		4,648
Goodwill		3,238
Total purchase consideration	$	7,886

The identified intangible asset of $5.0 million consists of customer relationships with an estimated useful life of seven years. The fair value of acquired receivables equals the gross contractual amounts receivable. We expect to collect all acquired receivables.

We recognized goodwill related to this transaction of $3.2 million, of which $2.9 million and $0.3 million were assigned to our product and professional services reporting segments, respectively. The goodwill recognized in the acquisition is attributable to the acquired assembled workforce and expected synergies, none of which qualify for recognition as a separate intangible asset. The total amount of goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The amount of revenues and earnings of the acquiree since the acquisition date are not material. Likewise, the impact to the revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date had been April 1, 2023, is not material.

NETWORK SOLUTIONS GROUP (“NSG”)

On April 30, 2023, our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc., acquired certain assets and liabilities of NSG, formerly a business unit of CCI Systems, Inc., a Michigan-based provider of networking services and solutions. This acquisition is helping to drive additional growth for us in the service provider end-markets with enhanced engineering, sales, and services delivery capabilities specific to the industry.

F-31

Our sum for consideration transferred is $48.6 million consisting of $59.6 million paid in cash at closing minus $11.0 million that was paid back to us during the quarter ended September 30, 2023, by the sellers based on adjustments to a determination of the total net assets delivered. Our allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below (in thousands):

	Acquisition Date Amount
Accounts receivable	$	20,419
Other assets		1,940
Identified intangible asset		29,960
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(24,758	)
Contract liabilities		(1,086	)
Total identifiable net assets		26,475
Goodwill		22,128
Total purchase consideration	$	48,603

The identified intangible asset of $30.0 million consists of customer relationships with an estimated useful life of seven years. The fair value of acquired receivables equals the gross contractual amounts receivable. We expect to collect all acquired receivables.

We recognized goodwill related to this transaction of $22.1 million, of which $19.7 million and $2.4 million were assigned to our product and professional services reporting segments, respectively. The goodwill recognized in the acquisition is attributable to the acquired assembled workforce and expected synergies, none of which qualify for recognition as a separate intangible asset. The total amount of goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The amount of revenues and earnings of the acquiree since the acquisition date are not material. Likewise, the impact to the revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date had been April 1, 2023, is not material.

FUTURE COM, LTD. (“FUTURE COM”)

On July 15, 2022, our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc., acquired certain assets and liabilities of Future Com, a Texas-based provider of cybersecurity solutions, cloud security and security consulting services throughout the US. Our acquisition provides access to enhanced engineering, sales, and services delivery capabilities in the South-Central region of the United States, as well as bolstering the skills and expertise surrounding ePlus’ growing cybersecurity practice.

Our sum for consideration transferred is $13.3 million consisting of $13.0 million paid in cash at closing plus an additional $0.3 million that was subsequently paid to the sellers based on adjustments to our determination of the total net assets delivered. Our allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below (in thousands):

	Acquisition Date Amount
Accounts receivable	$	4,033
Other assets		129
Identified intangible asset		8,360
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(8,714	)
Contract liabilities		(214	)
Total identifiable net assets		3,594
Goodwill		9,694
Total purchase consideration	$	13,288

The identified intangible asset of $8.4 million consists of customer relationships with an estimated useful life of seven years. The fair value of acquired receivables equals the gross contractual amounts receivable. We expect to collect all acquired receivables.

F-32

We recognized goodwill related to this transaction of $9.7 million, which was originally assigned to our technology segment. As a result of changes in our segments, we subsequently reassigned the goodwill to our product, professional services, and managed services segments. The goodwill recognized in the acquisition is attributable to the acquired assembled workforce and expected synergies, none of which qualify for recognition as a separate intangible asset. The total amount of goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The amount of revenues and earnings of the acquiree since the acquisition date are not material. Likewise, the impact to the revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date had been April 1, 2022, is not material.

17. SEGMENT REPORTING

We manage and report our operating results through four operating segments: product, professional services, managed services, and financing. Our product segment includes sales of IT products, third-party software, and third-party maintenance, software assurance, and other third-party services. Our professional services segment includes our advanced professional services, staff augmentation, project management services, cloud consulting services and security services. Our managed services segment includes our advanced managed services, service desk, storage-as-a-service, cloud hosted services, cloud managed services and managed security services. We refer to the product segment, professional services segment, and managed services segment collectively as our technology business. Our financing business segment consists of the financing of IT equipment, software, and related services to commercial enterprises, state and local governments, and government contractors.

We measure the performance of the segments within our technology business based on gross profit, while we measure our financing business segment based on operating income. We do not present asset information for our reportable segments as we do not provide asset information to our chief operating decision maker.

F-33

The following table provides reportable segment information (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023			2022
Net Sales
Product	$	1,883,809	$	1,750,802		$	1,492,411
Professional services		154,549		151,785			146,747
Managed services		137,528		112,658			93,878
Financing		49,416		52,473			87,983
Total		2,225,302		2,067,718			1,821,019
Gross Profit
Product		397,618		380,741			316,622
Professional services		68,194		61,594			63,384
Managed services		42,667		32,155			28,147
Financing		42,314		43,034			52,829
Total		550,793		517,524			460,982
Operating expenses
Technology business		375,919		334,380			299,153
Financing		16,617		16,982			14,513
Total		392,536		351,362			313,666
Operating income
Technology business		132,560		140,110			109,000
Financing		25,697		26,052			38,316
Total		158,257		166,162			147,316
Other income (expense), net		2,836		(3,188	)		(432	)
Earnings before tax	$	161,093	$	162,974		$	146,884
Depreciation and amortization
Technology business	$	20,951	$	13,598		$	14,535
Financing		74		111			111
Total	$	21,025	$	13,709		$	14,646
Interest and financing costs
Technology business	$	1,428	$	2,897		$	928
Financing		2,349		1,236			975
Total	$	3,777	$	4,133		$	1,903
Selected Financial Data - Statement of Cash Flow
Purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment:
Technology business	$	7,454	$	7,693		$	4,951
Financing		1,049		1,687			18,231
Total	$	8,503	$	9,380		$	23,182

The following tables provide a disaggregation of net sales by source and further disaggregate our revenue recognized from contracts with customers by timing and our position as principal or agent (in thousands):

	Year ended March 31, 2024
	Product		Professional Services		Managed Services		Financing		Total
Net Sales:
Contracts with customers	$	1,862,231	$	154,549	$	137,528	$	5,926	$	2,160,234
Financing and other		21,578		-		-		43,490		65,068
Total	$	1,883,809	$	154,549	$	137,528	$	49,416	$	2,225,302
Timing and position as principal or agent:
Transferred at a point in time as principal	$	1,687,639	$	-	$	-	$	5,926	$	1,693,565
Transferred at a point in time as agent		174,592		-		-		-		174,592
Transferred over time as principal		-		154,549		137,528		-		292,077
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,862,231	$	154,549	$	137,528	$	5,926	$	2,160,234

F-34

	Year ended March 31, 2023
	Product		Professional Services		Managed Services		Financing		Total
Net Sales:
Contracts with customers	$	1,728,125	$	151,785	$	112,658	$	9,304	$	2,001,872
Financing and other		22,677		-		-		43,169		65,846
Total	$	1,750,802	$	151,785	$	112,658	$	52,473	$	2,067,718
Timing and position as principal or agent:
Transferred at a point in time as principal	$	1,566,760	$	-	$	-	$	9,304	$	1,576,064
Transferred at a point in time as agent		161,365		-		-		-		161,365
Transferred over time as principal		-		151,785		112,658		-		264,443
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,728,125	$	151,785	$	112,658	$	9,304	$	2,001,872

	Year ended March 31, 2022
	Product		Professional Services		Managed Services		Financing		Total
Net Sales:
Contracts with customers	$	1,477,468	$	146,747	$	93,878	$	34,842	$	1,752,935
Financing and other		14,943		-		-		53,141		68,084
Total	$	1,492,411	$	146,747	$	93,878	$	87,983	$	1,821,019
Timing and position as principal or agent:
Transferred at a point in time as principal	$	1,342,769	$	-	$	-	$	34,842	$	1,377,611
Transferred at a point in time as agent		134,699		-		-		-		134,699
Transferred over time as principal		-		146,747		93,878		-		240,625
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,477,468	$	146,747	$	93,878	$	34,842	$	1,752,935

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS DISAGGREGATION OF REVENUE

The following table provides a disaggregation of our revenue from contracts with customers for our technology business by customer end market and by type (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Customer end market:
Telecom, media & entertainment	$	547,525		$	532,921		$	502,408
Technology		379,720			393,594			250,485
SLED		329,617			290,624			241,769
Healthcare		278,893			274,936			270,481
Financial services		243,630			156,257			155,160
All others		396,501			366,913			312,733
Net sales		2,175,886			2,015,245			1,733,036
Less: revenue from financing and other		(21,578	)		(22,677	)		(14,943	)
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	2,154,308		$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093
Type:
Product
Networking	$	1,005,679		$	803,678		$	611,488
Cloud		546,341			587,097			581,113
Security		193,956			214,459			158,927
Collaboration		65,714			57,472			57,244
Other		72,119			88,096			83,639
Total product		1,883,809			1,750,802			1,492,411
Professional services		154,549			151,785			146,747
Managed services		137,528			112,658			93,878
Net sales		2,175,886			2,015,245			1,733,036
Less: revenue from financing and other		(21,578	)		(22,677	)		(14,943	)
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	2,154,308		$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093

F-35

We do not disaggregate sales by customer end market beyond the technology business.

FINANCING BUSINESS SEGMENT DISAGGREGATION OF REVENUE

We analyze our revenues within our financing business segment based on the nature of the arrangement. Our financing revenue generally consists of portfolio income, transactional gains, and post-contract earnings including month-to-month rents and the sales of off-lease equipment. All our revenues from contracts with customers within our financing business segment are from the sales of off-lease equipment.

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The geographic information for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Net sales:
US	$	2,127,695	$	1,953,465	$	1,716,525
Non-US		97,607		114,253		104,494
Total	$	2,225,302	$	2,067,718	$	1,821,019

Our long-lived tangible assets include property and equipment-net, operating leases-net, and equipment that has been returned to us at the termination of the lease.

	March 31,
	2024		2023
Long-lived tangible assets:
US	$	16,258	$	16,313
Non-US		582		1,140
Total	$	16,840	$	17,453

Sales to Verizon Communications Inc. represented 19%, 22% and 24% of net sales for the years ended March 31, 2024, March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively, all of which related to our technology business segments.

F-36

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(Dollars in thousands)

	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Costs and Expenses			Deductions/ Write-Offs			Balance at End of Period
Allowance for sales returns: (1)
Year ended March 31, 2022	$	1,189	$	2,158		$	(2,101	)	$	1,246
Year ended March 31, 2023	$	1,246	$	3,991		$	(3,973	)	$	1,264
Year ended March 31, 2024	$	1,264	$	4,647		$	(4,296	)	$	1,615
Allowance for credit losses:
Year ended March 31, 2022	$	4,447	$	(102	)	$	(545	)	$	3,800
Year ended March 31, 2023	$	3,800	$	666		$	(112	)	$	4,354
Year ended March 31, 2024	$	4,354	$	1,204		$	(379	)	$	5,179
Valuation for deferred taxes:
Year ended March 31, 2022	$	0	$	250		$	0		$	250
Year ended March 31, 2023	$	250	$	(138	)	$	0		$	112
Year ended March 31, 2024	$	112	$	(42	)	$	0		$	70

(1) These amounts represent the gross profit effect of sales returns during the respective years. Expected merchandise returns after year-end for sales made before year-end were $10.1 million, $7.9 million, and $7.8 million as of March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

S-1

EX-10.25

Exhibit 10.25

ePlus inc.Restricted Stock Award Agreement

Award Recipient:	%%FIRST_NAME%-% %%MIDDLE_NAME%-%%%LAST_NAME%-%
Grant Number:	%%OPTION_NUMBER%-%
Date of Award:	%%OPTION_DATE%-%
Total Number of Shares:	%%TOTAL_SHARES_GRANTED%-%

1. Restricted Stock Award – Terms and Conditions.  This Agreement confirms the grant under and subject to the provisions of the ePlus inc. 2017 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the terms and conditions set forth herein (“Terms and Conditions”) to the above-named participant of the number of a Restricted Stock award of such number of shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company as set forth above. This Agreement merely evidences such grant, and does not constitute property of any nature or type or confer any additional rights. This grant is subject in all respects to the applicable terms of the Plan. A copy of the Plan (or related Prospectus delivered to you with this Agreement) may be obtained at no cost by contacting the HR Department at hr@eplus.com.

2. Restriction Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, the Restriction Period is the period beginning on the grant date and ending on the first anniversary of the grant for one-half of the shares of Restricted Stock and ending on the second anniversary of the issuance for the remaining one-half of the shares of Restricted Stock or, if earlier, upon termination of employment as the result of participant’s death or Disability or upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, provided participant is in employment with the Company on the date of the Change in Control (the “Restriction Period”).

3. Restrictions and Forfeiture. The Restricted Stock is granted to the participant subject to the prohibitions on transfer set forth in Section 6 below, which shall lapse, if at all, upon the expiration of the Restriction Period as described in Section 7 below.

4. Rights During Restriction Period. During the Restriction Period, the participant may exercise full voting rights with respect to all Restricted Stock subject to the award.  The Restricted Stock shall accrue dividends that will be credited in the form of cash or securities, as applicable, to the participant’s account, on the date the dividend is issued. At the end of the Restriction Period, all credited cash dividends or securities, as applicable, will be distributed to the participant. If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed as a result of a stock dividend, stock split or the like, without additional consideration to the Company, the Restricted Stock subject to this award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, upon the expiration of the Restriction Period, the participant may exercise voting rights and shall be entitled to receive dividends and other distributions with respect to the number of shares to which the participant is entitled pursuant hereto.

5. Release of Award. Provided the award has not previously been forfeited, as soon as reasonably practicable following the expiration of the Restriction Period and the satisfaction of the applicable tax withholding obligations, the Company shall at its option, cause the Restricted Stock to which the participant is entitled pursuant hereto (i) to be released without restriction on transfer by delivery to the custody of the participant of a stock certificate in the name of the participant or his or her designee, or (ii) to be credited without restriction on transfer to a book-entry account for the benefit of the participant or his or her designee maintained by the Company’s stock transfer agent or its designee.

6. Prohibition Against Transfer.  Until the expiration of the Restriction Period, the award and the Restricted Stock subject to the award and the rights granted under the Terms and Conditions and this Agreement are not transferable except to family members or trusts by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, provided that the award and the Restricted Stock may not be so transferred to family members or trusts except as permitted by applicable law or regulations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as aforesaid, until the expiration of the Restriction Period, the award and shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, exchanged, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of, shall not be assignable by operation of law, and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, charge, alienation or similar process. Any attempt to effect any of the foregoing shall be null and void and without effect.

Form updated:  September 13, 2011

(for awards to Non-Employee Directors granted on or after September 23, 2011)

7. Forfeiture; Termination of Employment.  Shares of Restricted Stock that are included in this award shall be forfeited by the participant upon the participant’s termination of employment prior to vesting for any reason other than death or Disability, as defined in the Plan. All shares of Restricted Stock will immediately vest upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, provided participant is in employment with the Company on the date of the Change in Control, or upon mandatory retirement as provided in the Plan.

8. Withholding.  Where required pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Company will satisfy any federal income tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock (or in connection with an election by the participant under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, 1986, as amended (the “Code”), with respect to the Restricted Stock, if applicable) by withholding shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be available for delivery upon the vesting of this award having a Fair Market Value, as defined in the Plan, on the date the shares of Restricted Stock first become taxable equal to the minimum statutory withholding obligation or such other withholding obligation as required by applicable law with respect to such taxable shares. In other cases, as a condition to the delivery of Shares or the lapse of restrictions related to this Restricted Stock Award, or in connection with any other event that gives rise to a tax withholding obligation, such as a cash distribution during the Restriction Period if a Section 83(b) election has not been made, the Company (i) may deduct or withhold from any payment or distribution to the Participant (whether or not pursuant to the Plan); (ii) will be entitled to require that the Participant remit cash to the Company (through payroll deduction or otherwise); or (iii) may enter into any other suitable arrangements to withhold, in each case, in an amount sufficient to satisfy such withholding obligation.

9. Miscellaneous.  These Terms and Conditions and other portions of this Agreement: (a) shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Company; (b) shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and any applicable laws of the United States; and (c) except as permitted under Sections 4(d) and 7 of the Plan, may not be amended without the written consent of both the Company and the participant. The Agreement shall not in any way interfere with or limit the right of the Company to terminate the participant’s employment or service with the Company at any time, and no contract or right of employment shall be implied by the Terms and Conditions and this Agreement of which they form a part. For the purposes of the Terms and Conditions and this Agreement, employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or a successor to the Company shall be considered employment by the Company. If the award is assumed or a new award is substituted therefore in any corporate reorganization (including, but not limited to, any transaction of the type referred to in Section 424(a) of the Code), employment by such assuming or substituting corporation or by a parent corporation or subsidiary thereof shall be considered for all purposes of the award to be employment by the Company.

10. Incorporation of Plan Provisions.  The Terms and Conditions and this Agreement are made pursuant to the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Plan.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Terms and Conditions and this Agreement, and the Plan, the terms of Plan shall govern.

11. Adjustment of Award.  In the event it is determined that the grant, vesting or Common Stock delivery or cash payment under an award of Restricted Stock was made based on incorrect financial results, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors will review such grant, vesting, delivery or payment.  If the amount of the grant, vesting, delivery or payment would have been lower had the level of achievement of applicable financial performance goals been calculated based on the correct financial results, the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, adjust (i.e., lower) the amount of such grant, vesting, delivery or payment so that it reflects the amount that would have applied based on the correct financial results and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, require the reimbursement by the participant of any amount delivered or paid to or received by the participant with respect to such award. Additionally, Common Stock deliveries or cash payments under this Agreement are subject to recovery by the Company to the extent required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

12. Parachute Payments.  In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by the participant under this Agreement or any other award under the Plan in connection with a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, (collectively, the “Change in Control Payments”) would (i) constitute (together with other payments or benefits contingent on a Change in Control) a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code or any successor provision and (ii) but for this section, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any successor provision (the “Excise Tax”), then the participant shall receive:

(A) the full amount of such Change in Control Payments, or

(B) such lesser amount of such Change in Control Payments, which would result in no portion of such Change in Control Payments being subject to the Excise Tax,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by the participant, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of payments or benefits contingent on the Change in Control (including without limitation the Change in Control Payments), notwithstanding that all or some portion of such Change in Control Payments may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.

Any determination required under this section shall be made in writing by an independent public accounting firm or other independent third party selected by the Company (the “Accountants”), whose costs shall be paid by the Company and whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the participant and the Company for all purposes.  For purposes of making the calculations required by this section, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  The Company and participant shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this section.  In the event the Accountants determine the Change in Control Payments are to be reduced under (B) above, such reduction shall first be made as to any such Common Stock payment or benefit under any Plan awards in reverse chronological order of the grant date, then any such cash payment or benefit under any Plan awards in reverse chronological order of the grant date.

EX-19

Exhibit 19

Insider Trading Policy

This policy (“Policy”) provides guidelines to directors, officers, and employees of ePlus inc. (which, together with its subsidiaries, is referred to in this Policy as the “Company”) with respect to transactions in the Company’s securities (or “stock”) and the confidentiality of corporate information.  Illegal insider trading violates Company policy and can result in civil and criminal consequences for ePlus and individuals.

Consequences for Noncompliance:

Company	Individual
•    Legal fees	•     Legal fees
•     Reputational harm	•     Reputational harm
•     Criminal prosecution/fines and civil penalties	•     Criminal prosecution/fines, civil penalties, and jail

1. Introduction

Federal and state securities laws prohibit the purchase or sale of a company’s stock by persons who are aware of material non-public information about that company (e.g., important information that is not generally known or available to the public) (“MNPI”). To comply with such federal and state securities laws, and to prevent even the appearance of improper insider trading or tipping, the Company has adopted this Policy for all of its directors, officers, and employees, their respective family members with whom they live or over whom they have control or influence over  investment decisions, and other persons granted access to the Company’s MNPI.

➢ What Is “insider trading”?

“Insider trading” occurs when a person uses MNPI obtained through involvement with a company to make decisions to purchase, sell, or otherwise trade the company’s stock, or to improperly provide MNPI to others outside the company.  Because gifts of stock do not involve a market transaction, such gifts of stock will not be considered trading that is subject to this Policy. However see Section 6.D.3. for information regarding gifts of stock.

Insider trading allegations may also include “tipping” MNPI, stock trading by the person “tipped,” and stock trading by those who misappropriate such MNPI.  Any director, officer, or employee who buys or sells stock on the basis of MNPI that he or she obtained about the Company, its customers, suppliers, or other companies with which the Company has relationships, or may be negotiating transactions, is engaging in insider trading.

➢ Who Are “insiders”?

“Insiders”, as defined in Section 3.C below for purposes of this Policy, include officers and directors of a company whose stock is publicly traded, including its subsidiaries, as well as its major shareholders and individuals, such as employees, who obtain the company’s MNPI.

➢ What Are Insiders’ Responsibilities?

In general, an insider must not trade in the stock of a company if that insider possesses MNPI about the company.  In addition, an insider who is aware of MNPI must not disclose (or provide a “tip” about) such information to family, friends, business or social (including social media) acquaintances, employees or independent contractors of third-party companies (unless such employees or independent contractors have a position within the third-party company giving them a right and need to know, such as the company’s accountants and legal advisors), and other third parties. An insider is responsible for ensuring that his or her immediate family members, and anyone else whose transactions are controlled or reasonably may be influenced by the insider, comply with insider trading laws. An insider may make trades in the market or discuss MNPI only after the MNPI has been made public by the Company.

2. Applicability of Policy

A. Persons Covered.

o All directors, officers, and employees of the Company;

o Family trusts, or similar entities controlled by or benefiting individuals subject to the Policy;

o Family members who reside with or are financially dependent on Insiders;

o Anyone else who lives in an Insider’s household; and

o Any family members or friends whose transactions in the Company’s stock are directed by, or reasonably may be subject to the influence or control of, an Insider are subject to this Policy.

An Insider is responsible for ensuring that the above individuals, trusts or entities related to an Insider, and any other transactions controlled or that reasonably may be influenced by the Insider (“Related Persons”) comply with this Policy.

B. Companies Covered.

o ePlus (including information relating to any of its subsidiaries);

o Other companies, such as the Company’s customers and vendor partners; or

o Companies with whom the Company is negotiating a major transaction, such as an acquisition.

Note that information that is not material to the Company may nevertheless be material to a covered company, such as a customer or vendor of the Company.

C. Transactions Covered. This Policy applies to any and all transactions in the Company’s stock, including its common stock and options to purchase common stock, and any other type of securities that the Company may issue, such as preferred stock, convertible debentures, warrants and exchange-traded options or other derivative securities.  In addition, this Policy applies to the purchase or sale of a put, call, straddle, option, or security futures product involving the Company’s stock.

D. This Policy will be provided to all new directors, officers, and employees at the start of their employment with the Company, and a current version of the Policy will be posted on the Company’s intranet page.  Each Section 16 Individual and Key Employee (as defined below) will periodically acknowledge and affirm compliance with this Policy. Further, all directors, officers, and employees will be required to periodically confirm receipt of and compliance with the Policy, on their own behalf and on behalf of Related Persons.

3. Section 16 Individuals and Key Employees

A. Section 16 Individuals. Company directors and officers who the Board has identified as being subject to the reporting provisions and trading restrictions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the underlying rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), are designated as “Section 16 Individuals”. The Compliance Officer will maintain a list of such Section 16 Individuals and amend such list from time to time as necessary to reflect the addition, resignation, or departure of Section 16 Individuals.

B. Key Employees. Due to their respective positions with the Company and access to MNPI, certain employees are designated as “Key Employees”. The Compliance Officer will maintain a list of Key Employees and amend such list from time to time as necessary to reflect the addition, resignation, or departure of Key Employees.

C. Insiders.  Section 16 Individuals, Key Employees, and individuals (including employees, consultants, advisors and Related Persons) who are from time to time in possession of MNPI are referred to in this Policy as “Insiders.”

4. Insider Trading Compliance Officer

The Company’s General Counsel is its Insider Trading Compliance Officer (the “Compliance Officer”). The Compliance Officer will review and either approve or decline all proposed transactions by Insiders in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 6.E below.

The Compliance Officer will also have the following duties:

o Administering this Policy, and monitoring and enforcing compliance with all Policy provisions and procedures.

o Responding to all inquiries relating to this Policy and its procedures.

o Designating and announcing special trading blackout periods during which Insiders may not trade in Company stock.

o Providing copies of this Policy and other appropriate materials (including periodic training) to all current and new directors, officers, and employees, and such other persons who the Compliance Officer determines have access to MNPI concerning the Company.

o Administering, monitoring, and enforcing compliance with all federal and state insider trading laws and regulations, including without limitation Exchange Act Sections 10(b), 16, 20A, and 21A, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) Rule 144; and, when requested by a Section 16 Individual, assisting in the preparation and filing of all required SEC reports relating to insider trading in Company stock, including without limitation Forms 3, 4, 5, and 144.

o Providing a reporting system with an effective whistleblower protection mechanism.

o Revising the Policy as necessary to reflect changes in federal or state insider trading laws and regulations.

o Maintaining as Company records originals or copies of all documents required by this Policy or the procedures set forth herein, and copies of all required SEC reports relating to insider trading received by the Compliance Officer, including without limitation Forms 3, 4, 5, and 144.

o Maintaining the accuracy of the list of Section 16 Individuals and Key Employees and updating them periodically as necessary to reflect additions to, or deletions from, each category of individuals.

In the event the Compliance Officer is unavailable (such as due to travel or PTO), the Associate General Counsel may act in her or his stead.  Additionally, the Chief Financial Officer, with the concurrence of the Compliance Officer or the Associate General Counsel, may temporarily designate one or more other individuals who may perform the Compliance Officer’s duties if the Compliance Officer is temporarily unable or unavailable to perform such duties.

5. Definition of Material Nonpublic Information (“MNPI”)

A. “Material” Information.  Information about the Company is “material” if it would be expected to affect the investment or voting decisions of the reasonable shareholder or investor, or if the disclosure of the information would be expected to significantly alter the total mix of the information in the marketplace about the Company. In simple terms, material information is any type of information which could reasonably be expected to affect the market price of Company stock or a person’s decision to buy, sell, or hold the Company’s stock.  Examples of types of Company information ordinarily considered material:

o Financial performance, especially quarterly and year-end earnings, and significant changes in financial performance or liquidity;

o Projections and strategic plans;

o Knowledge regarding a significant cybersecurity or privacy risk, breach, or other incident;

o Potential material mergers and acquisitions or the sale of assets or subsidiaries;

o New major contracts, orders, suppliers, customers, or finance sources, or the loss thereof;

o Major discoveries or significant changes or developments in products or product lines, research, or technologies;

o Significant changes or developments in supplies or inventory, including significant product defects, recalls, unavailability or product returns;

o Significant pricing changes;

o Stock splits, public or private securities/debt offerings, or changes in dividend policies or amounts;

o Significant changes in senior management, or members of the board of directors;

o Significant labor disputes or negotiations;

o Significant developments regarding government agency investigations; and

o Significant actual or threatened litigation, or the resolution of such litigation.

B. “Nonpublic” Information.  Material information is “nonpublic” if it is not generally known or available to the public. The fact that information has been disclosed to a few members of the public does not make it public for insider trading purposes. To be “public”, the information must have been disseminated in a manner designed to reach investors generally, and the investors must be given the opportunity to absorb the information.  Accordingly, such information generally will not become “public” until it has been widely disseminated to the public through filings with the SEC, and/or releases to major newswire services, national news services, and financial news services.  For the purposes of this Policy, information will be considered public, (i.e., no longer “nonpublic”), after the close of trading on the first full trading day following the Company’s widespread public release of the information.  For example, if the Company announces material information before trading begins on a Tuesday, the first time you can buy or sell Company stock is after the close of market on Tuesday.  However, if the Company announces material information after trading begins on that Tuesday, you could not buy or sell Company stock until after the close of market on the following day, i.e., Wednesday.

C. Consult the Compliance Officer for Guidance. Whether information is material can depend on several factors.  For example, whether a merger is “material” depends on the balance of the probability that the event will occur against the magnitude of the effect the event would have on the Company’s operations or stock price, should it occur.  Likewise, the determination of whether a cybersecurity event is material depends upon the underlying facts and ramifications of the incident, and may change over time as new information becomes available.

Any directors, officers or employees who are unsure whether the information that they possess is material or nonpublic must consult the Compliance Officer for guidance before disclosing such information (other than to persons who have permissible business reasons, as described herein) or trading in any Company stock or, alternatively, assume the information is MNPI.

6. Statement of Company Policy and Procedures

A. General Policy.  The Company prohibits illegal insider trading and tipping.

B. Prohibited Activities.

1. No Insider may trade in Company stock while possessing MNPI concerning the Company, or in the stock of any other publicly-traded company, such as a Company customer or vendor, while possessing MNPI relating to that company.  See below for exceptions relating to Rule 10b5-1 Plans.

2. Trading Blackouts.  An Insider may not trade in Company stock during any special trading blackout periods designated by the Compliance Officer, nor may any Insider inform anyone of the existence of the special trading blackout (except as necessary to effectuate compliance with the blackout).  See below for exceptions relating to Rule 10b5-1 Plans.

3. Engaging in Short-Swing Profits.  As a general matter, no Section 16 Individual may realize profits from most matching purchases and sales of Company securities during a six-month period regardless of intent and/or such trades occurring during open trading windows. If a Section 16 Individual profits from such short-swing matching transactions, such profits may have to be disgorged to the Company from the Section 16 Individual.  There are certain transactions exempt from short-swing profit liability, including transactions affecting all stockholders (e.g., receipt of dividends), purchases made through the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Program, or vesting of certain equity awards.

4. Trading by the Compliance Officer.  The Compliance Officer may not trade in Company stock unless the trade(s) have been approved by the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 6.E below.

5. Tipping and Trading Advice.  No Insider may give trading advice (“tipping”) of any kind about Company stock, or disclose MNPI concerning the Company to anyone (including family members, analysts, individual investors, and members of the investment community and news media), unless required as part of that person’s regular duties for the Company and authorized by the Compliance Officer. In any instance in which such information is improperly disclosed to third parties, the Company will take such steps as are necessary to preserve the confidentiality of the information, including as appropriate, requiring the third party to agree in writing to comply with the terms of this Policy and/or to sign a confidentiality agreement.  All inquiries from third parties regarding MNPI about the Company must be forwarded to the Compliance Officer or Chief Financial Officer.  The Company strongly discourages all directors, officers, and employees from giving trading advice concerning Company stock to third parties even when they do not possess MNPI about the Company.

6. Communications Via Internet or Social Media. Any written or verbal statement that would be prohibited under the law or under this Policy is equally prohibited if made on the Internet, through social media or other means.

7. Hedging, Pledging.

(a) Insiders. Insiders are prohibited from “hedging”, including using prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds, and similar transactions that establish downside price protection, including short sales, buying or selling put options, call options, or other derivatives of Company stock, and from pledging or short sales of Company stock.

(b) Non-Insiders. Officers and employees other than Insiders are strongly discouraged from buying or selling put options, call options, or other derivatives of Company stock, and from short sales of Company stock.

(c) Company Stock as Collateral or in Margin Account.  Since Company stock held in a margin account or pledged as collateral can be sold without consent in certain circumstances, a margin sale or foreclosure sale may occur at a time when the pledgor is aware of MNPI.  Consequently, no Insider may enter into such an arrangement without first obtaining pre-clearance from the Compliance Officer, as described in Section 6.E. below.

8. Other Companies.  No director, officer, or employee may (a) trade in the stock of any other public company while possessing MNPI concerning that company, (b) “tip” or disclose MNPI concerning any other public company to anyone, or (c) give trading advice of any kind to anyone concerning any other public company while possessing MNPI about that company.

C. Additional Rules Applicable to Section 16 Individuals and Key Employees.

1. Trading Windows.  After obtaining trading approval from the Compliance Officer in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 6.E., Section 16 Individuals and Key Employees may trade in Company stock only during the Company’s “trading window,” unless as otherwise excepted below.  The Company’s trading window:

o Begins at the close of trading after the first full trading day following the Company’s widespread public release of quarterly or year-end earnings, and

o Ends at the close of trading on the fifteenth day of the third month of each quarter.

 Opening Window Example:

If earnings are released:	The window opens:
After the market opens on Wednesday, August 7, and before the market opens on Thursday, August 8	After close of trading on Thursday, August 8

 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, at no time shall a trading window be established during the last week of any fiscal quarter.

2. No Trading During Trading Windows While in Possession of MNPI.  Even during a trading window, no Section 16 Individual or Key Employee possessing MNPI concerning the Company may trade in Company stock unless as excepted in Section 6.D, such as pursuant to a blind trust, an approved Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan, or through participation in the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan, subject to Section 6.E below.

3. Reporting Changes in Beneficial Ownership and Rule 144 Obligations. Section 16 Individuals are required to report every change in his or her beneficial ownership of Company securities to the SEC on a Form 4 within 2 business days after the trade occurs or in certain cases on Form 5 within 45 days after fiscal year end. A Form 4 must be filed even if, as a result of balancing transactions, there has been no net change in holdings (e.g., a vesting of restricted stock). Further, Rule 144 provides a safe harbor exemption to the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 for certain resales of Company common stock by Company control persons.  Section 16 Individuals are typically subject to Rule 144. If a Section 16 Individual is subject to Rule 144, he or she must instruct his or her broker who handles trades in Company common stock to follow the brokerage firm’s Rule 144 compliance procedures in connection with all trades.

D. Exceptions.

1. Withholding of Shares of Vesting Restricted Stock to Pay Taxes.  The withholding by the Company of vesting restricted stock to cover tax obligations due upon the vesting shall not constitute a trade for purposes of this Policy, and shall not constitute a violation of this Policy if effectuated by Insiders outside of a trading window, or while such Insider is in possession of MNPI.  This Policy does apply, however, to any market sales of vested restricted stock.

2. Blind Trusts and Pre-Arranged Trading Plans.

 Blind Trusts

Exchange Act Rule 10b5-1(c) provides an affirmative defense against insider trading liability under federal securities laws for a transaction done pursuant to “blind trusts” (generally, trusts or other arrangements in which investment control has been completely delegated to a third party, such as an institutional or professional trustee) or pursuant to a written plan, or a binding contract or instruction, entered into in good faith at a time when the insider was not aware of MNPI, even though the transaction in question may occur at a time when the person is aware of MNPI. The Company may, in appropriate circumstances, permit transactions pursuant to a blind trust, if the blind trust is approved by the Compliance Officer.

Rule 10b5-1 Plans

The Company may, in appropriate circumstances, permit transactions pursuant to a trading plan to take place during periods in which the individual entering into the transaction may have MNPI or outside a trading window, if the trading plan complies with Exchange Act Rule 10b5-1 and the requirements therein (a “10b5-1 Plan”). An individual may enter into a 10b5-1 Plan only after it has been approved by the Compliance Officer. Section 16 Individuals will have the adoption of his or her 10b5-1 Plans publicly disclosed in the Company’s SEC filings, including the date of adoption, duration and number of securities covered (though no pricing terms).

A 10b5-1 Plan may be approved by the Compliance Officer only if it meets the following requirements:

o The 10b5-1 Plan must contain representations by the individual entering into the 10b5-1 Plan that:

o He or she is not in possession of MNPI at the time the 10b5-1 Plan is entered into, and

o He or she is adopting the 10b5-1 Plan in good faith, and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act.

o For Section 16 Individuals, the 10b5-1 Plan must provide that trades begin no sooner than the later of:

o 90 days following the 10b5-1 Plan’s adoption or modification, or

o 2 business days following the Company’s filing of the Form 10-Q or Form 10-K for the fiscal quarter in which the 10b5-1 Plan is adopted or modified (e.g. disclosure of financial results in an earnings release is not sufficient), subject to a maximum cooling off period of 120 days.

o For all other Insiders (i.e., Insiders who are not Section 16 Individuals), the 10b5-1 Plan must provide that trades begin no sooner than 30 days after the 10b5-1 Plan’s adoption or modification.

o The 10b5-1 Plan is: (1) the only 10b5-1 Plan currently outstanding for such Insider and (2) if a single-trade 10b5-1 Plan, the only single-trade 10b5-1 Plan the Insider has effected in any 12-month period. An individual may have, and trade under, only one Rule 105b-1 Plan at a time, and further may trade under only one single-trade 10b5-1 Plan during any consecutive 12-month period. A “single-trade” 10b5-1 Plan is a 10b5-1 Plan designed to effect the purchase or sale of securities as a single transaction.

o The 10b5-1 Plan specifies the number or dollar value of Company stock to be purchased or sold, the price (which may be a fixed price, market price, or minimum/maximum price) at which the stock is to be traded, and the dates of the trades; provide a formula or algorithm for determining the timing, amount and price; or give a third party, such as a broker, the exclusive right to determine the timing, amount, and price.

The Company reserves the right to bar any transactions in Company stock, even those pursuant to arrangements previously approved, if the Compliance Officer determines that such a bar is in the best interests of the Company.

Entering into a 10b5-1 Plan requires a commitment regarding the amounts, prices and timing of purchases or sales of Company securities.  Accordingly, terminations and modifications of a 10b5-1 Plan may limit the availability of the defense, are strongly discouraged and are only permitted with the advance written approval of the Compliance Officer. Section 16 Individuals will have the termination of their Rule 10b5-1 plans publicly disclosed in the Company’s periodic reports.

3. Gifts and Charitable Donations.  Because a donation of Company stock as a gift or to a charity does not involve a market transaction, donations to charities shall not constitute a trade for purposes of this Policy, and shall not constitute a violation of this Policy if effectuated by Insiders outside of a trading window, or while such Insider is in possession of MNPI.  However, an insider should not make a gift of Company stock if (1) the Insider is in possession of MNPI and (2) the Insider has reason to believe the recipient may soon sell the stock. Donations to charities or other gifts must be pre-approved by the Compliance Officer.

4. Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The trading prohibitions and restrictions set forth in this Policy do not apply to purchases of the Company’s stock under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan (the “ESPP”) resulting from periodic contributions of money to the ESPP pursuant to the employees’ advance instructions. This Policy does, however, apply to any subsequent dispositions in the securities markets of the Company’s stock purchased pursuant to the ESPP.

5. Stock Option Plans. The trading prohibitions and restrictions of this Policy do not apply to the exercise of stock options.  The trading restrictions do apply, however, to any sale of the underlying stock or to a cashless exercise of the option through a broker, as this entails selling a portion of the underlying stock to cover the costs of exercise.

E. Pre-Approval of Transactions for Section 16 Individuals and Key Employees.

1. Pre-Approval of Transactions.  Unless a trade is made pursuant to a Blind Trust or 10b5-1 Plan that has been approved by the Compliance Officer, no Insider may trade in or donate/gift Company stock until:

(a) The person trading has notified the Compliance Officer in writing of the amount and nature of the proposed trade(s) or gift(s);

(b) The person trading has certified to the Compliance Officer in writing no earlier than two business days prior to the proposed trade(s) that (1) he or she is not in possession of MNPI concerning the Company (or in the case of gifts, that the Insider either is not in possession of MNPI, or if the insider is in possession of MNPI that the Insider does not have reason to believe the recipient intends to soon sell the security), and (2) the proposed trade(s) do not violate the trading restrictions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Rule 144 of the Securities Act;

(c) The Compliance Officer has pre-approved the transaction(s) in writing;

(d) If the Insider is advised that the Company securities may be traded or gifted, the Insider may buy, sell or gift the stock within two business days thereafter.  If for any reason the transaction is not completed within the two business days, clearance must be obtained again before the transaction is effected; and

(e) A request for pre-clearance of any arrangements to hold stock in a margin account or pledge them as collateral described in Section 6.B. above should be submitted to the Compliance Officer at least five full trading days prior to the proposed execution of documents evidencing the proposed transaction and must set forth a justification for the proposed transaction.

2. No Obligation to Approve Trades. The existence of the foregoing approval procedures does not in any way obligate the Compliance Officer to approve any trades or gifts requested by Section 16 Individuals or Key Employees. The Compliance Officer may reject any trading or gifting requests that, in his or her sole reasonable discretion, he or she believes are not in the best interests of the Company.

F. Priority of Statutory or Regulatory Trading Restrictions.  The trading prohibitions and restrictions set forth in this Policy will be superseded by any greater prohibitions or restrictions prescribed by federal or state securities laws and regulations, e.g., short-swing trading by Section 16 Individuals or restrictions on the sale of securities subject to Securities Act Rule 144. Any director, officer, or employee who is uncertain whether other prohibitions or restrictions apply should ask the Compliance Officer.

7. Potential Civil, Criminal, and Disciplinary Sanctions

If a particular securities transaction, or series of securities transactions, is a subject of inquiry by enforcement authorities, it will be viewed with the benefit of hindsight.  As a result, before engaging in any securities transaction, an Insider must give careful thought to whether any facts or circumstances exist that could later raise suspicions about the propriety of the proposed securities transaction.  Insiders are encouraged to consult with the Compliance Officer when contemplating buying or selling Company stock.

A. Possible Penalties for Individuals:

o Disgorgement of up to the greater of $1 million or three times the profit gained or loss avoided by the individual and his or her “tippees”

o A criminal penalty of up to $5 million

o A jail term of up to twenty years

o Company discipline, including termination

Insiders are responsible for complying with all federal and state securities laws imposed on them.  It is important to note that regardless of pre-clearance or compliance with this Policy, Insiders bear the ultimate responsibility for avoiding improper trading, and that compliance with this Policy does not reduce or relieve the obligations imposed on Insiders by applicable laws.  Furthermore, while compliance with this Policy is designed to reduce the risk that an insider trading violation will occur, it is not an assurance or guaranty that an insider trading violation will not be found to have occurred.

B. Reporting of Violations.

Any Insider who violates this Policy, or any federal or state laws governing insider trading or tipping, or knows of any such violation by any other Insider, should report this information to the Compliance Officer, or may report it through the Company’s “VoiceIt” or third-party hotline.

Upon learning of any such alleged violation, the Compliance Officer, in consultation with the Company’s legal counsel, will determine what actions the Company should take, such as making information public, or reporting the violation to the SEC or other appropriate governmental authority.

8. Inquiries

Please contact the Compliance Officer with any questions regarding Insider Trading, or to receive additional training.

EX-21

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of ePlus inc.

Technology

ePlus Technology, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Software, LLC, a Commonwealth of Virginia limited liability corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

ePlus Technology Netherlands B.V., a Netherlands private company with limited liability, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

ePlus Cloud Services, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

SLAIT Consulting, LLC, a Commonwealth of Virginia limited liability corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

IGXGlobal UK, Limited, an England and Wales Private limited Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

Onecloud Consulting Inc, a California corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

CloudUno Consulting India Private Limited, an Indian private limited company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Onecloud Consulting Inc.

Cloud Uno Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private limited company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Onecloud Consulting Inc.

ePlus EMEA, inc. Ltd., an Israel limited company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

ePlus Technology Canada, inc., registered in Canada, wholly owned by ePlus Technology, inc.

ePlus Technology Services, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

Financing

ePlus Group, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Financing Netherlands B.V., a Netherlands private company with limited liability, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Group, inc.

IGX Capital UK, Ltd., an England and Wales Private limited Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Group, inc.

ePlus Iceland, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Group, inc.

ePlus Government, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Capital, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Canada Company, registered in Canada, wholly owned by ePlus Capital, inc.

EX-23

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-220601, 333-261441, and 333-268147 on Forms S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-269626 on Form S-3 of our reports dated May 22, 2024, relating to the financial statements of ePlus inc., and the effectiveness of ePlus inc. internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ePlus inc. for the year ended March 31, 2024.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

May 22, 2024

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Mark P. Marron, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ePlus inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15 (f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 22, 2024

/s/ MARK P. MARRON

Mark P. Marron

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Elaine D. Marion, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ePlus inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15 (f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 22, 2024

/s/ ELAINE D. MARION

Elaine D. Marion

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 USC. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of ePlus inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2024, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Mark P. Marron, Chief Executive Officer and President, and Elaine D. Marion, Chief Financial Officer, each hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his or her knowledge:

a) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

b) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of ePlus inc.

Date: May 22, 2024

/s/ MARK P. MARRON

Mark P. Marron Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ ELAINE D. MARION

Elaine D. Marion Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to ePlus and will be retained by us and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. The foregoing certification is being furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and it is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

EX-97.1

Exhibit 97.1

ePlus inc.

Policy for Recoupment of Incentive Compensation

The Board of Directors of ePlus inc. (the “Company”) has adopted the following Policy for Recoupment of Incentive Compensation (the “Policy”) effective as of November 17, 2023.  The Policy mandates that, if the Company determines that an accounting restatement is required, each current and former executive officer of the Company shall repay or forfeit, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and as directed by the Board, the full recoverable amount of any incentive-based compensation received by the executive officer during the applicable look-back period.

For purposes of the Policy:

• an “accounting restatement” is the correction of an error in the Company’s previously issued financial statements that (a) is material to those previously issued financial statements or (b) is not material to those financial statements but would result in a material misstatement if the error were recognized in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period;

• “executive officer” means those officers who have been designated by the Company as executive officers for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

• “recoverable amount” means the amount of incentive-based compensation received by the executive officer or former executive officer during the look-back period that exceeds the amount of incentive-based compensation that otherwise would have been received had it been determined based on the accounting restatement, computed without regard to taxes paid;

• “look-back period” means the three completed fiscal years preceding the earlier of (1) the date the Board or a Board committee concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement; or (2) the date a court, regulator, or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare an accounting restatement; and

• “incentive-based compensation” means any compensation that is granted, earned, or vested (including, without limitation, any annual cash bonus, incentive plan awards, performance stock units, restricted stock awards, or other performance-based compensation), which compensation is based wholly or in part upon the attainment of any financial reporting measure, including financial measures contained in the Company’s financial statements (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s stock price or any total shareholder return measure), and any measure derived in whole or in part from such financial measures.  Incentive-based compensation will be deemed to have been “received” in the fiscal period during which the financial reporting measure specified in the incentive-based compensation award was attained, not when the payment, grant or vesting occurs.

This Policy only applies to incentive-based compensation received by a person after beginning service as an executive officer, and only if that person served as an executive officer at any time during the look-back period.

The recovery of any recoverable amount of incentive-based compensation shall be mandatory, except to the extent that one of the limited exemptions set forth in Exchange Act Rule 10D-1(b)(1)(iv) applies.

Each award agreement, or other document setting forth the terms and conditions of any incentive-based compensation granted to an executive officer after the date of the adoption of this Policy, shall include a provision incorporating the requirements of this policy. The remedy specified in this Policy shall not be exclusive and shall be in addition to every other right or remedy at law or in equity that may be available to the Company.

The Company will timely make all public disclosures of any recoveries made pursuant to the Policy in accordance with Item 402(w) of Exchange Act Regulation S-K and Nasdaq Rule 5008.

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	May 20, 2024	Sep. 30, 2023
Cover [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Annual Report	true
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2024
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--03-31
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2024
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Transition Report	false
Entity File Number	1-34167
Entity Registrant Name	ePlus inc.
Entity Central Index Key	0001022408
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	DE
Entity Tax Identification Number	54-1817218
Entity Address, Address Line One	13595 Dulles Technology Drive
Entity Address, City or Town	Herndon
Entity Address, State or Province	VA
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	20171-3413
City Area Code	703
Local Phone Number	984-8400
Title of 12(b) Security	Common Stock, $.01 par value
Trading Symbol	PLUS
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Small Business	false
Entity Emerging Growth Company	false
ICFR Auditor Attestation Flag	true
Document Financial Statement Error Correction [Flag]	false
Entity Shell Company	false
Entity Public Float			$ 1,674,712,613
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		26,951,935
Auditor Firm ID	34
Auditor Name	DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Auditor Location	McLean, Virginia

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 253,021	$ 103,093
Accounts receivable-trade, net	644,616	504,122
Accounts receivable-other, net	46,884	55,508
Inventories	139,690	243,286
Financing receivables-net, current	102,600	89,829
Deferred costs	59,449	44,191
Other current assets	27,269	55,101
Total current assets	1,273,529	1,095,130
Financing receivables and operating leases-net	79,435	84,417
Deferred tax asset	5,620	3,682
Property, equipment, and other assets-net	89,289	70,447
Goodwill	161,503	136,105
Other intangible assets-net	44,093	25,045
TOTAL ASSETS	1,653,469	1,414,826
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	315,676	220,159
Accounts payable-floor plan	105,104	134,615
Salaries and commissions payable	43,696	37,336
Deferred revenue	134,596	114,028
Other current liabilities	34,630	24,372
Total current liabilities	656,990	561,326
Deferred tax liability	0	715
Other liabilities	81,799	60,998
TOTAL LIABILITIES	751,690	632,561
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 10)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, $0.01 per share par value; 2,000 shares authorized; none outstanding	0	0
Common stock, $0.01 per share par value; 50,000 shares authorized; 26,952 outstanding at March 31, 2024 and 26,905 outstanding at March 31, 2023	274	272
Additional paid-in capital	180,058	167,303
Treasury stock, at cost, 447 shares at March 31, 2024 and 261 shares at March 31, 2023	(23,811)	(14,080)
Retained earnings	742,978	627,202
Accumulated other comprehensive income-foreign currency translation adjustment	2,280	1,568
Total Stockholders' Equity	901,779	782,265
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	1,653,469	1,414,826
Recourse [Member]
Current liabilities:
Notes payable-current	0	5,997
Non-recourse [Member]
Current liabilities:
Notes payable-current	23,288	24,819
Notes payable - long-term	$ 12,901	$ 9,522

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) - $ / shares shares in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	2,000	2,000
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	50,000	50,000
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	26,952	26,905
Treasury stock, shares (in shares)	447	261

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Net sales
Total	$ 2,225,302	$ 2,067,718	$ 1,821,019
Cost of sales
Total	1,674,509	1,550,194	1,360,037
Gross profit	550,793	517,524	460,982
Selling, general, and administrative	367,734	333,520	297,117
Depreciation and amortization	21,025	13,709	14,646
Interest and financing costs	3,777	4,133	1,903
Operating expenses	392,536	351,362	313,666
Operating income	158,257	166,162	147,316
Other income (expense), net	2,836	(3,188)	(432)
Earnings before tax	161,093	162,974	146,884
Provision for income taxes	45,317	43,618	41,284
Net earnings	$ 115,776	$ 119,356	$ 105,600
Net earnings per common share-basic (in dollars per share)	$ 4.35	$ 4.49	$ 3.96
Net earnings per common share-diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 4.33	$ 4.48	$ 3.93
Weighted average common shares outstanding-basic (in shares)	26,610	26,569	26,638
Weighted average common shares outstanding-diluted (in shares)	26,717	26,654	26,866
Product [Member]
Net sales
Total	$ 1,933,225	$ 1,803,275	$ 1,580,394
Cost of sales
Total	1,493,293	1,379,500	1,210,943
Services [Member]
Net sales
Total	292,077	264,443	240,625
Cost of sales
Total	$ 181,216	$ 170,694	$ 149,094

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME [Abstract]
NET EARNINGS	$ 115,776	$ 119,356	$ 105,600
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	712	1,692	(779)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	712	1,692	(779)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	$ 116,488	$ 121,048	$ 104,821

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings	$ 115,776	$ 119,356	$ 105,600
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	25,928	18,589	24,305
Provision for credit losses	1,204	666	(102)
Share-based compensation expense	9,731	7,825	7,114
Deferred taxes	(2,656)	2,083	(3,581)
Payments from lessees directly to lenders-operating leases	0	0	(32)
Gain on disposal of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment	(491)	(3,479)	(4,136)
Changes in:
Accounts receivable	(104,039)	(78,679)	(50,803)
Inventories	104,781	(88,097)	(85,453)
Financing receivables-net	(32,054)	(41,015)	8,832
Deferred costs and other assets	(4,982)	(73,980)	(10,560)
Accounts payable-trade	82,911	75,270	(25,187)
Salaries and commissions payable, deferred revenue, and other liabilities	52,340	46,036	13,432
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	248,449	(15,425)	(20,571)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment	721	3,742	21,923
Purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment	(8,503)	(9,380)	(23,182)
Cash used in acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(54,182)	(13,288)	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(61,964)	(18,926)	(1,259)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	297,305	193,051	114,105
Repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	(279,649)	(196,069)	(99,991)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	3,019	0	0
Repurchase of common stock	(9,853)	(7,224)	(13,608)
Net borrowings (repayments) on floor plan facility	(47,441)	(10,708)	46,670
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(36,619)	(20,950)	47,176
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	62	3,016	470
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	149,928	(52,285)	25,816
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	103,093	155,378	129,562
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	253,021	103,093	155,378
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	3,768	4,065	1,714
Cash paid for income taxes	41,526	51,984	47,143
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities	4,071	4,610	4,653
Schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property, equipment, and leased equipment	78	21	18
Purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment	(283)	(1,453)	(98)
Consideration for acquisitions	(2,307)	0	0
Borrowing of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	30,329	39,558	58,619
Repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	0	0	(32)
Debt derecognized due to sales of financial assets	(52,133)	(30,487)	(114,040)
Vesting of share-based compensation	9,477	9,897	8,481
Repurchase of common stock	0	(122)	0
New operating lease assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations	$ 4,883	$ 11,886	$ 2,653

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-In Capital [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member]	Total
Balance at Mar. 31, 2021	$ 145	$ 152,366	$ (75,372)	$ 484,616	$ 655	$ 562,410
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2021	27,006
Issuance of restricted stock awards	$ 1	0	0	0	0	1
Issuance of restricted stock awards (in shares)	163
Share-based compensation	$ 0	7,114	0	0	0	7,114
Share-based compensation (in shares)	0
Repurchase of common stock	$ 0	0	$ (13,608)	0	0	(13,608)
Repurchase of common stock (in shares)			(283)
Stock split effected in the form of a dividend	135	0	$ 0	(135)	0	0
Retirement of treasury stock	(11)	0	82,246	(82,235)	0	0
Net earnings	0	0	0	105,600	0	105,600
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	0	0	(779)	(779)
Balance at Mar. 31, 2022	$ 270	159,480	(6,734)	507,846	(124)	660,738
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2022	26,886
Issuance of restricted stock awards	$ 2	0	0	0	0	2
Issuance of restricted stock awards (in shares)	150
Share-based compensation	$ 0	7,823	0	0	0	7,823
Share-based compensation (in shares)	0
Repurchase of common stock	$ 0	0	$ (7,346)	0	0	(7,346)
Repurchase of common stock (in shares)			(131)
Net earnings	0	0	$ 0	119,356	0	119,356
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	0	0	1,692	1,692
Balance at Mar. 31, 2023	$ 272	167,303	(14,080)	627,202	1,568	$ 782,265
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2023	26,905					26,905
Issuance of restricted stock awards	$ 2	(2)	0	0	0	$ 0
Issuance of restricted stock awards (in shares)	162
Issuance of common stock	$ 0	3,019	0	0	0	3,019
Issuance of common stock (in shares)	71
Share-based compensation	$ 0	9,738	0	0	0	9,738
Share-based compensation (in shares)	0
Repurchase of common stock	$ 0	0	$ (9,731)	0	0	(9,731)
Repurchase of common stock (in shares)			(186)
Net earnings	0	0	$ 0	115,776	0	115,776
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	0	0	712	712
Balance at Mar. 31, 2024	$ 274	$ 180,058	$ (23,811)	$ 742,978	$ 2,280	$ 901,779
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2024	26,952					26,952

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS — Our company was founded in 1990 and is a Delaware corporation. ePlus inc. is sometimes referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as “we,” “our,” “us,” “ourselves,” or “ePlus.” ePlus inc. is a holding company that through its subsidiaries provides information technology (“IT”) solutions which enable organizations to optimize their IT environment and supply chain processes. We also provide consulting, professional, and managed services and complete lifecycle management services including flexible financing solutions. We focus on selling to medium and large enterprises and state and local government and educational institutions (“SLED”) in the United States (“US”) and select international markets including the United Kingdom (“UK”), the European Union (“EU”), India, Singapore, and Israel.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ePlus inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.

USE OF ESTIMATES — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the US requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Estimates are used when accounting for items and matters including, but not limited to, revenue recognition, residual asset values, vendor consideration, lease classification, goodwill and intangibles, allowance for credit losses, inventory obsolescence, and the recognition and measurement of income tax assets and other provisions and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We record an expense in the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to our current estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets. We estimate expected credit losses based on our internal rating of the customer’s credit quality, our historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We review our internal ratings for each customer at least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We write off financing receivables when we deem them to be uncollectable.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method, which requires that the total purchase price for the acquired entity be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. With limited exceptions, we measure most assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date. We apply Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”) Topic 606, Contracts with customers (“Codification Topic 606”), to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers. Our allocation process requires an analysis of intangible assets, such as customer relationships, trade names, acquired contractual rights and legal contingencies to identify and record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

We record any premium paid over the fair value of the acquired net assets as goodwill. Our initial purchase price allocations are subject to revision within the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition. We include the results of operations for the acquired company in our financial statements from the acquisition date.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of interest-bearing accounts and money market funds that consist of short-term US treasury securities. We consider all highly liquid investments, including those with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition, to be cash equivalents. As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, there were no restrictions on the withdrawal of funds from our money market funds.

CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK — Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, and financing receivables. Cash and cash equivalents may include short-term investments that are maintained principally with financial institutions in the US. Our accounts receivable-trade balance as of March 31, 2024, and 2023 included approximately 17% and 13%, respectively, concentration of invoices due from Verizon Communications Inc. The risk on our accounts receivable and financing receivables is reduced by having a broad customer base in a diverse range of industries and through the ongoing evaluation of collectability of our portfolio. The credit risk is further mitigated by transferring certain of our financing receivables to financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and, for our lease receivables, by owning the underlying asset. A substantial portion of our sales are products from Cisco Systems, which represented approximately 44%, 40%, and 39%, of our technology business segments net sales for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

DEFERRED COSTS — When a contract is within the scope of the scope of Codification Topic 606, we defer costs of fulfilling the contract when they generate or enhance resources that will be used by us in satisfying performance obligations in the future. Additionally, we capitalize costs that are incremental to obtaining the contracts, predominately sales commissions, and expense them in proportion to each completed contract performance obligation. Our long-term deferred costs are included in our consolidated balance sheets as part of property, equipment, and other assets—net.

DEFERRED REVENUE — We recognize deferred revenue when cash payments are received or due in advance of our performance.

EARNINGS PER SHARE — Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common stockholders by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, including restricted stock awards during each period.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT — We follow the guidance in Codification Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements (“Codification Topic 820”) which governs how to measure fair value for financial reporting. This topic defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This topic also establishes a fair value hierarchy that categorizes into three levels the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value:

● Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date.

● Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

● Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. The fair values are determined based on model-based techniques such as discounted cash flow models using inputs that we could not corroborate with market data.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS — For financial instruments such as cash, short-term investments, accounts receivables, accounts payable and other current liabilities, we consider the recorded value of the financial instruments to approximate the fair value due to their short maturities. On March 31, 2024, the carrying amounts of our notes receivable and non-recourse payables were $108.2 million and $36.2 million, respectively, and their fair values were $106.3 million and $36.1 million, respectively. On March 31, 2023, the carrying amounts of our notes receivable, recourse and non-recourse payables were $109.2 million, $6.0 million, and $34.3 million, respectively, and their fair values were $109.5 million, $6.0 million, and $34.5 million, respectively.

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES — Financing receivables and operating leases consist of the financing receivables from notes receivable and sales-type leases and the carrying value of assets that we are leasing to our customers on leases that are classified as operating leases. When we lease equipment under an operating lease, we recognize the underlying asset at cost and depreciate it on a straight-line bases over its estimated useful life. We estimate that the useful life for most IT equipment under lease is 4 years.

FOREIGN CURRENCY MATTERS — Our functional currency is the US dollar. Our international subsidiaries typically use their local currency as their functional currency. We translate the assets and liabilities of our international subsidiaries into US dollars at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date. We translate the revenues and expenses of our international subsidiaries into US dollars at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. We report the resulting foreign currency translation adjustment as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. We report all foreign currency transaction gains or losses in other income (expense), net on our consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, we recognized losses of $0.1 million, $5.4 million, $0.5 million, respectively, due to foreign currency transactions.

GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative goodwill impairment test is unnecessary.

If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. We may also elect the unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative goodwill impairment test.

In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. Conversely, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

IMPLEMENTATION COSTS OF A HOSTING ARRANGEMENT- We capitalize implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. We classify these capitalized costs in the same balance sheet line item as the amounts prepaid for the related hosting arrangement and we present the amortization of these capitalized costs in the same income statement line item as the service fees for the related hosting arrangement. Our long-term prepaids are included in our consolidated balance sheets as part of property, equipment, and other assets—net. We amortize the capitalized implementation costs over the term of the hosting arrangement.

INCOME TAXES — Deferred income taxes are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic 740 Income Taxes (“Codification Topic 740”). Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates currently in effect. Future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered to be more likely than not. We review our deferred tax assets at least annually and make necessary valuation adjustments.

In addition, we account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic 740. Specifically, the Topic prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on the related de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure, and transition of uncertain tax positions. In accordance with our accounting policy, we recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense.

INVENTORIES — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using a weighted average cost method. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Our determination of the net realizable value for inventories is based on the terms of underlying purchase commitments from our customers, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors.

LESSEE ACCOUNTING — We lease office space for periods up to six years and lease warehouse space for periods of up to 10 years, and we have some lease options that can be exercised to extend beyond those lease term limits. At the lease commencement date, we recognize operating lease liabilities based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments. In determining the present value of future minimum lease payments, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date. When the future minimum payments encompass non-lease components, we account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. We elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less. We recognize lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning on the commencement date.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. We recognize property and equipment obtained through a business combination at its fair market value as of the acquisition date. We compute depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to seven years. We typically depreciate internal use IT equipment over three years, perpetual software licenses over five years, furniture and fixtures over five years, and telecommunications equipment over seven years.

RESIDUAL ASSETS — Our estimate for the residual asset in a lease is the amount we expect to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term. In a sales-type lease, we recognize the unguaranteed residual asset, measured on a discounted basis, upon lease commencement. In our subsequent accounting for the lease, we increase the unguaranteed residual asset using the effective interest method. We evaluate residual values for impairment on a quarterly basis. We recognize impairments as incurred. We do not recognize upward adjustments due to changes in estimates of residual values.

REVENUE RECOGNITION — We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, ePlus professional and managed services, and hosting ePlus proprietary software. We recognize revenue from these sales under the guidance in Codification Topic 606.

The core principle of Codification Topic 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods and services equal to an amount it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods and services. We account for a contract under Codification Topic 606 when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are established, the contract has commercial substance, and collectability of consideration is probable.

Revenues are reported net of sales refunds, including an estimate of future returns based on an evaluation of historical sales returns, current economic conditions, volume, and other relevant factors.

Our contracts with customers may include multiple promises that are distinct performance obligations. For such arrangements, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone selling prices using expected cost-plus margin.

We recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service to a customer. A good or service is transferred when (or as) the customer obtains control of that good or service. Depending on the nature of each performance obligation, this may be at a point in time or over time, as further described below.

We typically invoice our customers for third-party products upon shipment, unless our customers lease the equipment through our financing segment, in which case the arrangement is accounted for as a lease in accordance with Codification Topic 842, Leases (“Codification Topic 842”). We typically invoice our customers for third-party software upon delivery and third-party services at the point of sale, unless our customers finance these products through our financing segment, in which case we record a financing receivable based on the terms of the arrangement.

Product revenue

Sales of third-party products

We are the principal in sales of third-party products. As such, we recognize sales on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. We recognize revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer.

In some instances, our customers may request that we bill them for a product but retain physical possession of the product until later delivery, commonly known as “bill-and-hold” arrangements. We have warehousing agreements with select customers wherein title to products ordered through the agreements transfers to our customer at the point we invoice the customer and after the product arrives at our warehouse. In these “bill-and-hold” arrangements, we recognize revenue when the customer has ordered the product through their warehousing agreement with us or signed a bill-and-hold agreement with us, the customer has legal title, the product is identified separately as belonging to the customer, and the product is ready for delivery to the customer.

We recognize sales of off-lease equipment within our financing segment when control passes to the customer, which is typically the date that title to the equipment is transferred per the sales agreement.

Sales of third-party software

We are typically the principal in sales of third-party software. Sales are recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. We recognize revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the software to the customer.

Sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services

We are the agent in sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services as the third-party controls the service until it is transferred to the customer. Similarly, we are the agent in sales of third-party software and accompanying third-party support when the third-party software benefits the customer only in conjunction with the accompanying support. In these sales, we consider the third-party software and support as inputs to a single performance obligation. In all these sales where we are the agent, we recognize sales on a net basis at the point that our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement.

Freight and sales tax

We present freight billed to our customers within sales and the related freight charged to us within cost of sales. We present sales tax collected from customers and remittances to governmental authorities on a net basis.

Financing revenue and other

We account for leases to customers in accordance with Codification Topic 842. We utilize a portfolio approach by grouping together many similar assets being leased to a single customer.

We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. We classify leases as sales-type leases if any one of five criteria are met, each of which indicate that the lease transfers control of the underlying asset to the lessee. We classify our other leases as operating leases.

For sales-type leases, upon lease commencement, we recognize the present value of the lease payments and the residual asset discounted using the rate implicit in the lease. When we are financing equipment provided by another dealer, we typically do not have any selling profit or loss arising from the lease. When we are the dealer of the equipment being leased, we typically recognize revenue in the amount of the lease receivable and cost of sales in the amount of the carrying value of the underlying asset minus the unguaranteed residual asset. After the commencement date, we recognize interest income as part of net sales using the effective interest method.

For operating leases, we recognize the underlying asset as an operating lease asset. We depreciate the asset on a straight-line basis to its estimated residual value over its estimated useful life. We recognize the lease payments over the lease term on a straight-line basis as part of net sales.

In all our leases, we recognize variable lease payments, primarily reimbursement for property taxes associated with the leased asset, as part of net sales in the period in which the changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur. We exclude from revenues and expenses any sales taxes reimbursed by the lessee.

We also finance third-party software and third-party services for our customers, which we classify as notes-receivable. We recognize interest income on our notes-receivable using the effective interest method.

We account for transfers of contractual payments due under financing receivables, under Codification Topic 860 Transfers and Servicing (“Codification Topic 860”). When a transfer meets all the requirements for sale accounting, we derecognize the financial asset and record a net gain or loss that is included in net sales.

Service revenue

Sales of ePlus professional, managed services, and staffing

ePlus professional services offerings include assessments, project management, staging, configuration, integration, and logistics. ePlus managed service offerings range from monitoring and notification to a fully outsourced network management or service desk solution. ePlus staffing delivers a full range of staffing solutions, including short-term, long-term, temporary-to-hire, and direct-hire IT professionals. In all these arrangements, we satisfy our performance obligation and recognize revenue over time.

In arrangements for ePlus professional services and staffing, we provide services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we recognize sales at agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. We typically measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to as the “cost-to-cost” method.

In arrangements for ePlus managed services, our arrangement is typically a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer (i.e., distinct days of service). We typically recognize sales from these services on a straight-line basis over the period services are provided.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION — We account for share-based compensation in accordance with Codification Topic 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation. We account for forfeitures when they occur.

We recognize compensation cost for awards of restricted stock with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

We recognize compensation cost for our employee stock purchase plan on a straight-line basis over the offering period, which is six months. We measure the award on the grant date at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS — We capitalize costs for the development of internal use software under the Codification Topic 350-40 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Subtopic Internal-Use Software. We did not have significant capitalized development costs for internal use software for either of the years ended March 31, 2024, or March 31, 2023. We had capitalized costs, net of amortization, of approximately $0.2 million and $1.0 million as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, respectively, that is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a component of other intangible assets-net.

TREASURY STOCK — We account for treasury stock under the cost method and include treasury stock as a component of stockholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors pursuant to volume incentive programs and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific milestones to achieve. Amounts due from vendors as of March 31, 2024, and 2023 were $28.1 million and $21.9 million, respectively, which were included within accounts receivable-other, net in the accompanying balance sheets.

We recognize rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs as a reduction of costs to purchase the vendor’s products based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to the underlying transactions that result in our progress toward earning the rebate provided the amounts are probable and can be reasonably estimated. When a rebate is not probable or not reasonably estimable, we recognized the rebate as the milestones are achieved or as cash is received.

We recognize rebates pursuant to shared marketing expense programs as a reduction of the related selling and administrative expenses in the period the program occurs when the consideration represents a reimbursement of specific, incremental, identifiable costs. We recognize consideration that exceeds the specific, incremental, identifiable costs as a reduction of costs to purchase the vendor’s products.

XML

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS [Abstract]

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

2. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS — In September 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2022-04, Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations. This update requires buyers in a supplier finance program to disclose certain qualitative and quantitative information about the program. It is intended to provide information about an entity’s use of supplier finance programs and their effect on the entity’s working capital, liquidity, and cash flows. This update was effective for us beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, except for a requirement to provide a roll forward of our obligations during the annual period, which is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2025. We adopted the standard during the first quarter of fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, except for the roll forward requirement, which will be adopted during the first quarter of fiscal year ending March 31, 2025. The adoption of the standard resulted in new disclosures only for amounts presented within Accounts payable – floor plan. For additional information on the new disclosures, see Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility.”

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS NOT YET ADOPTED — In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. This update expands annual and interim disclosure requirements for reportable segments, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. This update is effective for annual periods beginning in our fiscal year ending March 31, 2025 and interim periods beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2026. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this update will have on our financial statement disclosures.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. This update requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. This update is effective for annual periods beginning in our fiscal year ending March 31, 2026. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this update will have on our financial statement disclosures.

XML

REVENUES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

REVENUES [Abstract]

REVENUES

3. REVENUES

CONTRACT BALANCES

Accounts receivable – trade consists entirely of amounts due from contracts with customers. In addition, we had $44.6 million, $70.4 million, and $47.5 million of receivables from contracts with customers included within financing receivables as of March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The following table provides the balance of contract liabilities from contracts with customers (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Current (included in deferred revenue)	$	134,110	$	113,713	$	85,826
Non-current (included in other liabilities)	$	68,174	$	47,217	$	30,086

Revenue recognized from the beginning contract liability balance was $86.0 million and $70.3 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS

The following table includes revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations, primarily non-cancelable contracts for ePlus managed services, that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	82,522
2026		37,322
2027		20,290
2028		6,535
2029 and thereafter		3,094
Total remaining performance obligations	$	149,763

The table does not include the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts where we recognize revenue at the amount that we have the right to invoice for services performed.

XML

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES [Abstract]

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES

4. FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES

Our financing receivables and operating leases consist of our financing receivables from notes receivable and sales-type leases and the carrying value of our assets that we are leasing to our customers on leases that are classified as operating leases. We generally lease IT, communication, and medical equipment. Our lease terms generally range from 2 to 6 years, with most terms ranging between 3 to 4 years. Our leases often provide the lessee the option to purchase the underlying asset at the end of the lease term. Occasionally, our leases provide the lessee a bargain purchase option. We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. Additionally, we finance purchases of third-party software and third-party services for our customers, which we classify as notes receivable.

The following table provides the profit recognized for sales-type leases at their commencement date, including modifications that are recognized on a net basis, for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023
Net sales	$	21,578	$	22,677
Cost of sales		19,557		19,009
Gross profit	$	2,021	$	3,668

The following table provides interest income in aggregate on our sales-type leases and lease income on our operating leases for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023
Interest income on sales-type leases	$	6,769	$	3,943
Lease income on operating leases	$	10,886	$	17,421

FINANCING RECEIVABLES—NET

The following tables provide a disaggregation of our financing receivables—net (in thousands):

	Notes			Sales-Type Lease			Financing
March 31, 2024	Receivable			Receivables			Receivables
Gross receivables	$	114,713		$	75,658		$	190,371
Unguaranteed residual value (1)		-			9,078			9,078
Unearned income		(6,503	)		(12,036	)		(18,539	)
Allowance for credit losses (2)		(1,056	)		(1,435	)		(2,491	)
Total, net	$	107,154		$	71,265		$	178,419
Reported as:
Current	$	61,830		$	40,770		$	102,600
Long-term		45,324			30,495			75,819
Total, net	$	107,154		$	71,265		$	178,419

(1) Includes unguaranteed residual values of $3,718 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

(2) Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

	Notes			Sales-Type Lease			Financing
March 31, 2023	Receivable			Receivables			Receivables
Gross receivables	$	117,008		$	60,157		$	177,165
Unguaranteed residual value (1)		-			8,161			8,161
Unearned income		(5,950	)		(8,050	)		(14,000	)
Allowance for credit losses (2)		(801	)		(981	)		(1,782	)
Total, net	$	110,257		$	59,287		$	169,544
Reported as:
Current	$	65,738		$	24,091		$	89,829
Long-term		44,519			35,196			79,715
Total, net	$	110,257		$	59,287		$	169,544

(1) Includes unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

(2) Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

The following table provides the future scheduled minimum lease payments to be received from our sales-type leases as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	34,513
2026		22,600
2027		12,380
2028		4,901
2029		1,263
2030 and thereafter		1
Total	$	75,658

OPERATING LEASES—NET

Operating leases—net represents the carrying value of assets that we are leasing to our customers on leases that are classified as operating leases. The components of operating leases—net are as follows (in thousands):

	March 31, 2024			March 31,2023
Cost of equipment under operating leases	$	10,744		$	15,301
Accumulated depreciation		(7,128	)		(10,599	)
Operating leases—net (1)	$	3,616		$	4,702

(1) Amounts include estimated unguaranteed residual values of $1,346 thousand and $1,717 thousand as of March 31, 2024, and 2023 respectively.

The following table provides the future scheduled minimum lease rental payments to be received from our operating leases as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	1,984
2026		1,271
2027		222
Total	$	3,477

TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

We enter into arrangements to transfer the contractual payments due under financing receivables and operating lease agreements.

For transfers accounted for as a secured borrowing, the corresponding investments serve as collateral for non-recourse notes payable. As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, we had financing receivables of $45.8 million and $35.7 million, respectively, and operating leases of $2.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively which were collateral for non-recourse notes payable. See Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility.”

For transfers accounted for as sales, we derecognize the carrying value of the financial asset transferred plus any liability and recognize a net gain or loss on the sale, which are presented within net sales in the consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, we recognized net gains of $19.0 million, $16.1 million, and $18.2 million, respectively, and total proceeds from these sales were $762.6 million, $706.0 million, and $855.1 million, respectively.

When we retain servicing obligations in transfers accounted for as sales, we allocate a portion of the proceeds to deferred revenues, which is recognized as we perform the services. As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, we had deferred revenue of $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, for servicing obligations.

In a limited number of transfers accounted for as sales, we indemnified the assignee in the event that the lessee elects to early terminate the lease. As of March 31, 2024, our total potential liability that could result from these indemnities is immaterial.

XML

LESSEE ACCOUNTING

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

LESSEE ACCOUNTING [Abstract]

LESSEE ACCOUNTING

5. LESSEE ACCOUNTING

We lease office space for periods up to six years and lease warehouse space for periods of up to 10 years, and we have some lease options that can be exercised to extend beyond those lease term limits. We recognize our right-of-use assets as part of property, equipment, and other assets—net. As of March 31, 2024, and 2023, we had right-of-use assets of $15.4 million and $14.6 million, respectively.

We recognize the current and long-term portions of our lease liability as part of other current liabilities and other liabilities, respectively. As of March 31, 2024, and 2023, we had current lease liabilities of $4.2 million and $2.7 million, respectively, and long-term lease liabilities of $12.7 million and $12.0 million, respectively. We recognized rent expense of $5.8 million and $5.2 million as part of selling, general, and administrative expenses during the years ended March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, respectively.

Supplemental information about the remaining lease terms and discount rates applied as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, are as follows:

	Year Ended March 31,
Lease term and Discount Rate	2024			2023
Weighted average remaining lease term (months)		75			81
Weighted average discount rate		5.3	%		4.8	%

The following table provides our future lease payments under our operating leases as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	4,275
2026		3,750
2027		3,116
2028		1,721
2029		7,178
Total lease payments		20,040
Less: interest		(3,173	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	16,867

As of March 31, 2024, we were committed to two office leases that had not yet commenced with a total commitment of $1.4 million.

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

GOODWILL

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, respectively (in thousands):

	Technology					Professional		Managed
	Segment			Product		Services		Services		Total
Balance, March 31, 2022 (1)	$	126,543		$	-	$	-	$	-	$	126,543
Acquisitions		9,694			-		-		-		9,694
Foreign currency translations		(132	)		-		-		-		(132	)
Reporting unit change		(136,105	)		106,497		19,712		9,896		-
Balance, March 31, 2023 (1)	$	-		$	106,497	$	19,712	$	9,896	$	136,105
Acquisitions		-			22,586		2,780		-		25,366
Foreign currency translations		-			25		5		2		32
Balance, March 31, 2024 (1)	$	-		$	129,108	$	22,497	$	9,898	$	161,503

(1) Balance is net of $8,673 thousand in accumulated impairments that were recorded in segments that precede our current segment organization.

Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets that are individually identified and separately recognized in business combinations.

Our goodwill balance increased by $25.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2024, due to $22.1 and $3.2 million in goodwill additions from our acquisitions of Network Solutions Group (“NSG”) and Peak Resources, Inc. (“Peak”), respectively. Please refer to Note 16, “Business Combinations” for details of our acquisitions.

We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of the first day of our third fiscal quarter, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value.

In our annual test as of October 1, 2023, we performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill and concluded that, more likely than not, the fair value of our product, professional services, and managed services reporting units continued to exceed their carrying value. Our conclusions would not be impacted by a ten percent change in our estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit.

During the first quarter ended June 30, 2023, we separated our technology segment into three new segments: product, professional services, and managed services. We concluded that each segment was one reporting unit. At that time, we reassigned our goodwill to the reporting units affected using a relative fair value approach. We concluded that the fair value of each new reporting unit exceeded its carrying value. Our conclusions would not be impacted by a ten percent change in our estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit.

In our annual test as of October 1, 2022, we performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill and concluded that the fair value of our technology reporting unit exceeded its carrying value. Our conclusions would not be impacted by a ten percent change in our estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit.

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Our other intangible assets consist of the following as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

	March 31, 2024							March 31, 2023
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Purchased intangibles	$	120,480	$	(76,595	)	$	43,885	$	85,449	$	(61,376	)	$	24,073
Capitalized software development		10,516		(10,308	)		208		10,516		(9,544	)		972
Total	$	130,996	$	(86,903	)	$	44,093	$	95,965	$	(70,920	)	$	25,045

Purchased intangibles, consisting mainly of customer relationships, are generally amortized between 5 to 10 years. Capitalized software development is generally amortized over 5 years.

Total amortization expense for purchased intangibles was $15.2 million, $9.3 million, and $10.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The following table provides the future amortization expense for purchased intangibles as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	13,972
2026		10,936
2027		8,120
2028		5,646
2029		3,384
2030 and thereafter		1,827
Total	$	43,885

XML

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES [Abstract]

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

7. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following table provides the activity in our allowance for credit losses for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable			Lease Receivables			Total
Balance as of March 31, 2021	$	2,064		$	1,212		$	1,171		$	4,447
Provision for credit losses		482			(312	)		(272	)		(102	)
Write-offs and other		(135	)		(192	)		(218	)		(545	)
Balance as of March 31, 2022		2,411			708			681			3,800
Provision for credit losses		273			93			300			666
Write-offs and other		(112	)		-			-			(112	)
Balance as of March 31, 2023		2,572			801			981			4,354
Provision for credit losses		477			255			472			1,204
Write-offs and other		(362	)		-			(18	)		(379	)
Balance as of March 31, 2024	$	2,687		$	1,056		$	1,435		$	5,179

We evaluate our customers using an internally assigned credit quality rating “CQR”. The CQR categories of our financing receivables are:

• High CQR: This rating includes accounts with excellent to good business credit, asset quality and capacity to meet financial obligations. Loss rates in this category are generally less than 1%.

• Average CQR: This rating includes accounts with average credit risk that are more susceptible to loss in the event of adverse business or economic conditions. Loss rates in this category are in the range of 1% to 8%.

• Low CQR: This rating includes accounts that have marginal credit risk such that the customer’s ability to make repayment is impaired or may likely become impaired. The loss rates in this category in the normal course are greater than 8% and up to 100%.

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of our financing receivables by CQR and by credit origination year as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

	Amortized cost basis by origination year ending March 31,
	2024		2023		2022		2021		2020		2019 and prior		Total		Transfers (2)			Net credit exposure
Notes receivable:
High CQR	$	63,934	$	15,821	$	3,440	$	2,656	$	30	$	-	$	85,881	$	(25,683	)	$	60,198
Average CQR		18,715		3,260		302		52		-		-		22,329		(3,476	)		18,853
Total	$	82,649	$	19,081	$	3,742	$	2,708	$	30	$	-	$	108,210	$	(29,159	)	$	79,051
Lease receivables:
High CQR	$	22,123	$	9,457	$	1,341	$	1,151	$	100	$	7	$	34,179	$	(1,128	)	$	33,051
Average CQR		22,861		9,548		2,133		259		2		-		34,803		(5,436	)		29,367
Total	$	44,984	$	19,005	$	3,474	$	1,410	$	102	$	7	$	68,982	$	(6,564	)	$	62,418
Total amortized cost (1)	$	127,633	$	38,086	$	7,216	$	4,118	$	132	$	7	$	177,192	$	(35,723	)	$	141,469

(1) Unguaranteed residual values of $3,718 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

(2) Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis.

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of our financing receivables by CQR and by credit origination year as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

	Amortized cost basis by origination year ending March 31,
	2023		2022		2021		2020		2019		2018 and prior		Total		Transfers (2)			Net credit exposure
Notes receivable:
High CQR	$	72,155	$	11,378	$	11,267	$	370	$	30	$	-	$	95,200	$	(28,115	)	$	67,085
Average CQR		12,793		2,675		213		115		61		1		15,858		(1,432	)		14,426
Total	$	84,948	$	14,053	$	11,480	$	485	$	91	$	1	$	111,058	$	(29,547	)	$	81,511
Lease receivables:
High CQR	$	21,629	$	3,842	$	1,916	$	565	$	51	$	9	$	28,012	$	(1,437	)	$	26,575
Average CQR		23,796		3,430		770		35		3		-		28,034		(1,594	)		26,440
Total	$	45,425	$	7,272	$	2,686	$	600	$	54	$	9	$	56,046	$	(3,031	)	$	53,015
Total amortized cost (1)	$	130,373	$	21,325	$	14,166	$	1,085	$	145	$	10	$	167,104	$	(32,578	)	$	134,526

(1) Unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

(2) Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and receivables that are in the process of being transferred to third-party financial institutions.

The following table provides an aging analysis of our financing receivables as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		> 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Billed		Unbilled		Amortized Cost
Notes receivable	$	1,251	$	334	$	2,484	$	4,069	$	9,337	$	13,406	$	94,804	$	108,210
Lease receivables		1,174		284		2,213		3,671		4,691		8,362		60,620		68,982
Total	$	2,425	$	618	$	4,697	$	7,740	$	14,028	$	21,768	$	155,424	$	177,192

The following table provides an aging analysis of our financing receivables as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		> 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Billed		Unbilled		Amortized Cost
Notes receivable	$	1,020	$	862	$	473	$	2,355	$	7,703	$	10,058	$	101,000	$	111,058
Lease receivables		1,068		463		864		2,395		5,413		7,808		48,238		56,046
Total	$	2,088	$	1,325	$	1,337	$	4,750	$	13,116	$	17,866	$	149,238	$	167,104

Our financial assets on nonaccrual status were not significant as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023.

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET [Abstract]

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—NET

Property and equipment—net is a component of Property, equipment, and other assets—net. Our balance consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2024			March 31, 2023
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment	$	26,507		$	29,818
Leasehold improvements		11,776			10,398
Capitalized software		1,685			3,235
Vehicles		396			445
Total assets		40,364			43,896
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(27,429	)		(31,963	)
Property and equipment – net	$	12,935		$	11,933

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment, including amounts recognized in cost of sales, was $6.7 million, $5.5 million, and $5.4 million for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY [Abstract]

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY

9. NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY

CREDIT FACILITY

We finance the operations of our subsidiaries ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc., and SLAIT Consulting, LLC (collectively, the “Borrowers”) in our technology business through a credit facility with Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC (“WFCDF”). The WFCDF credit facility (the “WFCDF Credit Facility”) has a floor plan facility and a revolving credit facility.

On October 13, 2021, the Borrowers amended, restated, and replaced in entirety their then-existing credit agreements with WFCDF. On October 31, 2022, the Borrowers entered into the First Amendment to the credit agreement. Under this agreement and its amendment, the credit facility is provided by a syndicate of banks for which WFCDF acts as administrative agent and consists of a discretionary senior secured floor plan facility in favor of the Borrowers in the aggregate principal amount of up to $425.0 million, together with a sublimit for a revolving credit facility for up to $150.0 million.

On March 10, 2023, the Borrowers entered into a Second Amendment to the credit agreement which amended the Credit Agreement to increase the maximum aggregate amount of principal available under the floor plan facility from $425.0 million to $500.0 million and increase the maximum aggregate amount of principal available under the Revolving Facility from $150.0 million to $200.0 million.

Under the accounts payable floor plan facility, we had an outstanding balance of $105.1 million and $134.6 million as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, respectively. On our balance sheet, our liability under the accounts payable floor plan facility is presented as accounts payable – floor plan.

We use the floor plan to facilitate the purchase of inventory from designated suppliers. WFCDF pays our suppliers and provides us extended payment terms. We pay down the floor plan facility on three specified dates each month, generally 45-60 days from the invoice date. We do not incur any interest or other incremental expenses for the floor plan facility. We are not involved in establishing the terms or conditions of the arrangements between our suppliers and WFCDF.

Under the revolving credit facility, we had no balance outstanding as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023. On our balance sheet, our liability under the revolving credit facility is presented as part of recourse notes payable – current.

The fair value of the outstanding balances under the WFCDF Credit Facility were approximately equal to their carrying value as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023.

The amount of principal available is subject to a borrowing base determined by, among other things, the Borrowers’ accounts receivable and inventory, each pursuant to a formula and subject to certain reserves. Loans accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to Term SOFR Rate plus a Term SOFR Adjustment of 0.10% plus an Applicable Margin of 1.75%. Our weighted average interest rate on the accounts receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility was 7.07% during our year ended March 31, 2024, compared to 5.35% over the prior fiscal year.

Our borrowings under the WFCDF Credit Facility are secured by the assets of the Borrowers. Additionally, the WFCDF Credit Facility requires a guaranty of $10.5 million by ePlus inc.

Under the WFCDF Credit Facility, the Borrowers are restricted in their ability to pay dividends to ePlus inc. unless their available borrowing meets or met certain thresholds. As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, their available borrowing met the thresholds such that there were no restrictions on their ability to pay dividends.

The WFCDF Credit Facility has an initial one-year term, which automatically renews for successive one-year terms thereafter. However, either the Borrowers or WFCDF may terminate the WFCDF Credit Facility at any time by providing a written termination notice to the other party no less than 90 days prior to such termination.

The loss of the WFCDF Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our technology business and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.

RECOURSE NOTES PAYABLE

Recourse notes payable consist of borrowings that, in the event of default by the customer, the lender has recourse against us. As of March 31, 2023, we had $6.0 million arising from one installment payment arrangement within our technology business. Our payments under this installment agreement were due quarterly in amounts that were correlated to the payments due to us from a customer under a related notes receivable. We discounted our payments due under this installment agreement to calculate our payable balance using an interest rate of 3.50% as of March 31, 2023. As of March 31, 2024, we have fully paid our recourse notes payable.

NON-RECOURSE NOTES PAYABLE

Non-recourse notes payable consist of borrowings that, in the event of a default by the customer, the lender generally only has recourse against the customer, and the assets serving as collateral, but not against us. As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, we had $36.2 million and $34.3 million, respectively, of non-recourse borrowings that were collateralized by investments in notes and leases. Principal and interest payments are generally due periodically in amounts that are approximately equal to the total payments due from the customer under the leases or notes receivable that collateralize the notes payable. The weighted average interest rate for our non-recourse notes payable was 6.49% and 5.01%, as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, respectively.

Our non-recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2024, mature as follows:

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	23,288
2026		8,991
2027		3,093
2028		817
Total maturities	$	36,189

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are subject to various legal proceedings, as well as demands, claims and threatened litigation, that arise in the normal course of our business and have not been fully resolved. The ultimate outcome of any litigation or other legal dispute is uncertain. When a loss related to a legal proceeding or claim is probable and reasonably estimable, we accrue our best estimate for the ultimate resolution of the matter. If one or more legal matters are resolved against us in a reporting period for amounts above our expectations, our financial condition and operating results for that period may be adversely affected. As of March 31, 2024, we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that any material loss exceeding the amounts already recognized for these proceedings and matters, if any, has been incurred. Any outcome, whether favorable or unfavorable, may materially and adversely affect us due to legal costs and expenses, diversion of management attention and other factors. We expense legal costs in the period incurred. We cannot assure that additional contingencies of a legal nature or contingencies having legal aspects will not be asserted against us in the future, and these matters could relate to prior, current, or future transactions or events.

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

EARNINGS PER SHARE [Abstract]

EARNINGS PER SHARE

11. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings attributable to common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net earnings per share include the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, but not securities that are anti-dilutive.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to calculate basic and diluted net earnings per common share as disclosed in our consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands, except per share data):

	2024		2023		2022
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders – basic and diluted	$	115,776	$	119,356	$	105,600
Basic and diluted common shares outstanding:
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic		26,610		26,569		26,638
Effect of dilutive shares		107		85		228
Weighted average shares common outstanding – diluted		26,717		26,654		26,866
Earnings per common share – basic	$	4.35	$	4.49	$	3.96
Earnings per common share – diluted	$	4.33	$	4.48	$	3.93

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

12. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

SHARE REPURCHASE PLAN

On May 18, 2024, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,250,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2024. On March 22, 2023, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2023. On March 24, 2022, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2022. These plans authorized purchases to be made from time to time in the open market, or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to availability. Any repurchased shares will have the status of treasury shares and may be used, when needed, for general corporate purposes.

During the year ended March 31, 2024, we purchased 131,837 shares of our outstanding common stock at an average cost of $51.01 per share for a total purchase price of $6.7 million under the share repurchase plan; we also acquired 53,945 shares of common stock at a value of $3.0 million to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting of employees’ restricted stock awards.

During the year ended March 31, 2023, we purchased 72,973 shares of our outstanding common stock at an average cost of $55.69 per share for a total purchase price of $4.1 million under the share repurchase plan; we also acquired 58,080 shares of common stock at a value of $3.3 million to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting of employees’ restricted stock awards.

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION [Abstract]

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

13. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

SHARE-BASED PLANS

As of March 31, 2024, we had share-based awards outstanding under the following plans: (1) the 2017 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2017 Director LTIP”), (2) the 2012 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2012 Employee LTIP”), and (3) the 2021 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2021 Employee LTIP”).

These share-based plans define fair market value as the closing sales price of a share of common stock as quoted on any established stock exchange for such date or the most recent trading day preceding such date if there were no trades on such date.

2012 Employee LTIP and 2021 Employee LTIP

The 2021 Employee LTIP was approved by our stockholders on September 16, 2021, and became effective October 1, 2021. Under the 2021 Employee LTIP, 3,000,000 shares were authorized for grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, or other share-based awards to ePlus employees.

The 2021 Employee LTIP replaced the 2012 Employee LTIP that had previously been approved by our stockholders on September 13, 2012. Beginning September 16, 2021, we permanently ceased granting any additional shares under the 2012 Employee LTIP.

The purpose of these plans is to encourage our employees to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of ePlus, thus enhancing the value of ePlus for the benefit of its stockholders, and to enhance our ability to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals. These plans are administered by the Compensation Committee.

Shares issuable under these plans may consist of authorized but unissued shares or shares held in our treasury. Under these plans, the Compensation Committee will determine the time and method of exercise or vesting of the awards. Shares under these plans will not be used to compensate our outside directors, who may be compensated under the separate 2017 Director LTIP, as discussed below.

2017 Director LTIP

On September 12, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2017 Director LTIP that was adopted by the Board on July 24, 2017. Under the 2017 Director LTIP, 300,000 shares, retroactively adjusted for the stock split, were authorized for grant to non-employee directors. The purpose of the 2017 Director LTIP is to align the economic interests of the directors with the interests of stockholders by including equity as a component of pay and to attract, motivate and retain experienced and knowledgeable directors. Each director receives an annual grant of restricted stock having a grant-date fair value equal to the cash compensation earned by an outside director during our fiscal year ended immediately before the respective annual grant-date. These restricted shares are prohibited from being sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of. The shares vest half on the one-year anniversary and half on the second-year anniversary from the date of the grant. In addition, each director may also elect to receive stock in lieu of their cash compensation. Stock received in lieu of cash vests immediately.

RESTRICTED STOCK ACTIVITY

During the year ended March 31, 2024, we granted 13,656 restricted shares under the 2017 Director LTIP and 152,865 restricted shares under the 2021 Employee LTIP.

Cumulatively, as of March 31, 2024, we have granted a total of 114,936 restricted shares under the 2017 Director LTIP, 2,144,578 restricted shares under the 2012 Employee LTIP, and 291,508 restricted shares under the 2021 Employee LTIP.

The following table provides a summary of the non-vested restricted shares for the year ended March 31, 2024:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested April 1, 2023		314,860		$	49.57
Granted		166,521		$	56.50
Vested		(168,082	)	$	46.42
Forfeited		(4,888	)	$	54.71
Non-vested March 31, 2024		308,411		$	55.02

In each of the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, we used the closing stock price on the grant date or, if the grant date fell on a date the stock was not traded, the previous day’s closing stock price for the fair value of the award.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted shares granted during the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $56.50, $56.50, and $46.56, respectively.

The aggregated fair value of restricted shares that vested during the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $7.8 million, $7.1 million, and $7.1 million, respectively.

Upon each vesting period of the restricted stock awards to employees, participants are subject to minimum tax withholding obligations. The 2012 Employee LTIP, the 2021 Employee LTIP, and the 2017 Director LTIP allows us to withhold enough shares due to the participant to satisfy their minimum tax withholding obligations. For the year ended March 31, 2024, we withheld 53,945 shares of common stock at a value of $3.0 million, which was included in treasury stock. For the year ended March 31, 2023, we withheld 58,080 shares of common stock at a value of $3.3 million, which was included in treasury stock.

PERFORMANCE STOCK UNITS

On November 17, 2023, we granted 15,120 Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”) with a grant date fair value of $61.17 to our executive officers under our 2021 Employee LTIP. The PSUs will vest based on the achievement of certain performance goals at the end of a three-year performance period ending March 31, 2026. The PSUs represent the right to receive shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis. The total number of PSUs that vest range from 0% to 200% of the number of PSUs at the target level of achievement for one or more of the performance targets. No shares vested or were forfeited during the year ended March 31, 2024.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

On September 15, 2022, our stockholders approved the 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) through which eligible employees may purchase up to an aggregate of 2.50 million shares of our stock at 6-month intervals at a discount off the lesser of the closing market price on the first or the last trading day of each offering period. During the year ended March 31, 2024, we issued 70,715 shares at a weighted average price of $42.69 per share under the ESPP. As of March 31, 2024, there were 2.43 million shares remaining under the ESPP.

COMPENSATION EXPENSE

The following table provides a summary of our total share-based compensation expense, including for restricted stock awards, PSUs, ESPP, and the related income tax benefit for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Equity-based compensation expense	$	9,731		$	7,825		$	7,114
Income tax benefit	$	(2,735	)	$	(2,097	)	$	(1,999	)

We recognized the income tax benefit as a reduction to our provision for income taxes. As of March 31, 2024, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock was $10.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 27 months.

We also provide our employees with a contributory 401(k) profit sharing plan. We may make contributions, which are fully vested when they are made, to the plan. These contributions are not required. The decision whether to make contributions is entirely within our discretion. For the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, we recognized expense for employer contributions to the plan of $4.7 million, $4.2 million, and $3.4 million, respectively.

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

14. INCOME TAXES

We account for our tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic 740. Under the guidance, we evaluate uncertain tax positions based on the two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate each uncertain tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. For tax positions that are not likely of being sustained upon audit, the second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

As of March 31, 2024, and 2023, we do not have any unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income tax expense.

We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. The tax years ended March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022, and March 31, 2023, are subject to examination by federal and state taxing authorities.

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21.0% to the provision for income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Income tax expense computed at the US statutory federal rate	$	33,830		$	34,224		$	30,845
State income tax expense—net of federal benefit		9,624			8,754			8,937
Non-deductible executive compensation		1,718			1,708			1,749
Other		145			(1,068	)		(247	)
Provision for income taxes	$	45,317		$	43,618		$	41,284
Effective income tax rate		28.1	%		26.8	%		28.1	%

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Current:
Federal	$	34,232		$	30,928		$	32,309
State		12,371			10,110			11,681
Foreign		1,370			499			894
Total current expense		47,973			41,537			44,884
Deferred:
Federal		(2,419	)		1,301			(3,289	)
State		(188	)		970			(370	)
Foreign		(49	)		(190	)		59
Total deferred expense (benefit)		(2,656	)		2,081			(3,600	)
Provision for income taxes	$	45,317		$	43,618		$	41,284

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2024			2023
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued vacation	$	2,666		$	2,251
Deferred revenue		6,934			5,448
Allowance for credit losses		1,278			1,063
Restricted stock		738			654
Other deferred tax assets		1,737			1,697
Accrued bonus		2,641			2,323
Lease liabilities		4,503			3,939
Other credits and carryforwards		251			277
Gross deferred tax assets		20,748			17,652
Less: valuation allowance		(70	)		(112	)
Net deferred tax assets		20,678			17,540
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment		(2,724	)		(2,926	)
Operating leases		(3,889	)		(3,789	)
Prepaid expenses		(1,807	)		(1,729	)
Right-of-use assets		(4,113	)		(3,885	)
Tax deductible goodwill		(2,525	)		(2,244	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(15,058	)		(14,573	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	5,620		$	2,967

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. Based on this evaluation as of March 31, 2024, a valuation allowance of $0.1 million was recorded, to offset gross deferred tax assets primarily attributable to net operating losses at certain of the foreign subsidiaries and foreign tax credit carry forwards. We believe that it is more likely than not that we will realize the remaining gross deferred tax assets through generating taxable income or the reversal of existing temporary differences attributable to the gross deferred tax liabilities.

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

15. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We account for the fair values of our assets and liabilities utilizing a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The following table provides the fair value of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value as categorized within the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurement Using
	Recorded Amount		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
March 31, 2024
Assets:
Money market funds	$	179,709	$	179,709	$	-	$	-
March 31, 2023
Assets:
Money market funds	$	8,880	$	8,880	$	-	$	-

XML

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS [Abstract]

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

16. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

PEAK RESOURCES, INC. (“PEAK”)

On January 26, 2024, our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc., acquired certain assets and liabilities of PEAK. Based in Denver, CO, PEAK is an established provider of modern data center, networking, and security products and services. The acquisition will help drive additional growth with enhanced engineering, sales, and services delivery capabilities in the mountain west region.

Our sum for consideration transferred is $7.9 million consisting of $5.6 million paid in cash at closing plus an additional $2.3 million that was paid in April 2024 to the sellers based on adjustments to a determination of the total net assets delivered. Our allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below (in thousands):

	Acquisition Date Amount
Accounts receivable	$	8,569
Other assets		133
Identified intangible asset		5,030
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(9,084	)
Total identifiable net assets		4,648
Goodwill		3,238
Total purchase consideration	$	7,886

The identified intangible asset of $5.0 million consists of customer relationships with an estimated useful life of seven years. The fair value of acquired receivables equals the gross contractual amounts receivable. We expect to collect all acquired receivables.

We recognized goodwill related to this transaction of $3.2 million, of which $2.9 million and $0.3 million were assigned to our product and professional services reporting segments, respectively. The goodwill recognized in the acquisition is attributable to the acquired assembled workforce and expected synergies, none of which qualify for recognition as a separate intangible asset. The total amount of goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The amount of revenues and earnings of the acquiree since the acquisition date are not material. Likewise, the impact to the revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date had been April 1, 2023, is not material.

NETWORK SOLUTIONS GROUP (“NSG”)

On April 30, 2023, our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc., acquired certain assets and liabilities of NSG, formerly a business unit of CCI Systems, Inc., a Michigan-based provider of networking services and solutions. This acquisition is helping to drive additional growth for us in the service provider end-markets with enhanced engineering, sales, and services delivery capabilities specific to the industry.

Our sum for consideration transferred is $48.6 million consisting of $59.6 million paid in cash at closing minus $11.0 million that was paid back to us during the quarter ended September 30, 2023, by the sellers based on adjustments to a determination of the total net assets delivered. Our allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below (in thousands):

	Acquisition Date Amount
Accounts receivable	$	20,419
Other assets		1,940
Identified intangible asset		29,960
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(24,758	)
Contract liabilities		(1,086	)
Total identifiable net assets		26,475
Goodwill		22,128
Total purchase consideration	$	48,603

The identified intangible asset of $30.0 million consists of customer relationships with an estimated useful life of seven years. The fair value of acquired receivables equals the gross contractual amounts receivable. We expect to collect all acquired receivables.

We recognized goodwill related to this transaction of $22.1 million, of which $19.7 million and $2.4 million were assigned to our product and professional services reporting segments, respectively. The goodwill recognized in the acquisition is attributable to the acquired assembled workforce and expected synergies, none of which qualify for recognition as a separate intangible asset. The total amount of goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The amount of revenues and earnings of the acquiree since the acquisition date are not material. Likewise, the impact to the revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date had been April 1, 2023, is not material.

FUTURE COM, LTD. (“FUTURE COM”)

On July 15, 2022, our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc., acquired certain assets and liabilities of Future Com, a Texas-based provider of cybersecurity solutions, cloud security and security consulting services throughout the US. Our acquisition provides access to enhanced engineering, sales, and services delivery capabilities in the South-Central region of the United States, as well as bolstering the skills and expertise surrounding ePlus’ growing cybersecurity practice.

Our sum for consideration transferred is $13.3 million consisting of $13.0 million paid in cash at closing plus an additional $0.3 million that was subsequently paid to the sellers based on adjustments to our determination of the total net assets delivered. Our allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below (in thousands):

	Acquisition Date Amount
Accounts receivable	$	4,033
Other assets		129
Identified intangible asset		8,360
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(8,714	)
Contract liabilities		(214	)
Total identifiable net assets		3,594
Goodwill		9,694
Total purchase consideration	$	13,288

The identified intangible asset of $8.4 million consists of customer relationships with an estimated useful life of seven years. The fair value of acquired receivables equals the gross contractual amounts receivable. We expect to collect all acquired receivables.

We recognized goodwill related to this transaction of $9.7 million, which was originally assigned to our technology segment. As a result of changes in our segments, we subsequently reassigned the goodwill to our product, professional services, and managed services segments. The goodwill recognized in the acquisition is attributable to the acquired assembled workforce and expected synergies, none of which qualify for recognition as a separate intangible asset. The total amount of goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The amount of revenues and earnings of the acquiree since the acquisition date are not material. Likewise, the impact to the revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date had been April 1, 2022, is not material.

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]

SEGMENT REPORTING

17. SEGMENT REPORTING

We manage and report our operating results through four operating segments: product, professional services, managed services, and financing. Our product segment includes sales of IT products, third-party software, and third-party maintenance, software assurance, and other third-party services. Our professional services segment includes our advanced professional services, staff augmentation, project management services, cloud consulting services and security services. Our managed services segment includes our advanced managed services, service desk, storage-as-a-service, cloud hosted services, cloud managed services and managed security services. We refer to the product segment, professional services segment, and managed services segment collectively as our technology business. Our financing business segment consists of the financing of IT equipment, software, and related services to commercial enterprises, state and local governments, and government contractors.

We measure the performance of the segments within our technology business based on gross profit, while we measure our financing business segment based on operating income. We do not present asset information for our reportable segments as we do not provide asset information to our chief operating decision maker.

The following table provides reportable segment information (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023			2022
Net Sales
Product	$	1,883,809	$	1,750,802		$	1,492,411
Professional services		154,549		151,785			146,747
Managed services		137,528		112,658			93,878
Financing		49,416		52,473			87,983
Total		2,225,302		2,067,718			1,821,019
Gross Profit
Product		397,618		380,741			316,622
Professional services		68,194		61,594			63,384
Managed services		42,667		32,155			28,147
Financing		42,314		43,034			52,829
Total		550,793		517,524			460,982
Operating expenses
Technology business		375,919		334,380			299,153
Financing		16,617		16,982			14,513
Total		392,536		351,362			313,666
Operating income
Technology business		132,560		140,110			109,000
Financing		25,697		26,052			38,316
Total		158,257		166,162			147,316
Other income (expense), net		2,836		(3,188	)		(432	)
Earnings before tax	$	161,093	$	162,974		$	146,884
Depreciation and amortization
Technology business	$	20,951	$	13,598		$	14,535
Financing		74		111			111
Total	$	21,025	$	13,709		$	14,646
Interest and financing costs
Technology business	$	1,428	$	2,897		$	928
Financing		2,349		1,236			975
Total	$	3,777	$	4,133		$	1,903
Selected Financial Data - Statement of Cash Flow
Purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment:
Technology business	$	7,454	$	7,693		$	4,951
Financing		1,049		1,687			18,231
Total	$	8,503	$	9,380		$	23,182

The following tables provide a disaggregation of net sales by source and further disaggregate our revenue recognized from contracts with customers by timing and our position as principal or agent (in thousands):

	Year ended March 31, 2024
	Product		Professional Services		Managed Services		Financing		Total
Net Sales:
Contracts with customers	$	1,862,231	$	154,549	$	137,528	$	5,926	$	2,160,234
Financing and other		21,578		-		-		43,490		65,068
Total	$	1,883,809	$	154,549	$	137,528	$	49,416	$	2,225,302
Timing and position as principal or agent:
Transferred at a point in time as principal	$	1,687,639	$	-	$	-	$	5,926	$	1,693,565
Transferred at a point in time as agent		174,592		-		-		-		174,592
Transferred over time as principal		-		154,549		137,528		-		292,077
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,862,231	$	154,549	$	137,528	$	5,926	$	2,160,234

	Year ended March 31, 2023
	Product		Professional Services		Managed Services		Financing		Total
Net Sales:
Contracts with customers	$	1,728,125	$	151,785	$	112,658	$	9,304	$	2,001,872
Financing and other		22,677		-		-		43,169		65,846
Total	$	1,750,802	$	151,785	$	112,658	$	52,473	$	2,067,718
Timing and position as principal or agent:
Transferred at a point in time as principal	$	1,566,760	$	-	$	-	$	9,304	$	1,576,064
Transferred at a point in time as agent		161,365		-		-		-		161,365
Transferred over time as principal		-		151,785		112,658		-		264,443
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,728,125	$	151,785	$	112,658	$	9,304	$	2,001,872

	Year ended March 31, 2022
	Product		Professional Services		Managed Services		Financing		Total
Net Sales:
Contracts with customers	$	1,477,468	$	146,747	$	93,878	$	34,842	$	1,752,935
Financing and other		14,943		-		-		53,141		68,084
Total	$	1,492,411	$	146,747	$	93,878	$	87,983	$	1,821,019
Timing and position as principal or agent:
Transferred at a point in time as principal	$	1,342,769	$	-	$	-	$	34,842	$	1,377,611
Transferred at a point in time as agent		134,699		-		-		-		134,699
Transferred over time as principal		-		146,747		93,878		-		240,625
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,477,468	$	146,747	$	93,878	$	34,842	$	1,752,935

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS DISAGGREGATION OF REVENUE

The following table provides a disaggregation of our revenue from contracts with customers for our technology business by customer end market and by type (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Customer end market:
Telecom, media & entertainment	$	547,525		$	532,921		$	502,408
Technology		379,720			393,594			250,485
SLED		329,617			290,624			241,769
Healthcare		278,893			274,936			270,481
Financial services		243,630			156,257			155,160
All others		396,501			366,913			312,733
Net sales		2,175,886			2,015,245			1,733,036
Less: revenue from financing and other		(21,578	)		(22,677	)		(14,943	)
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	2,154,308		$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093
Type:
Product
Networking	$	1,005,679		$	803,678		$	611,488
Cloud		546,341			587,097			581,113
Security		193,956			214,459			158,927
Collaboration		65,714			57,472			57,244
Other		72,119			88,096			83,639
Total product		1,883,809			1,750,802			1,492,411
Professional services		154,549			151,785			146,747
Managed services		137,528			112,658			93,878
Net sales		2,175,886			2,015,245			1,733,036
Less: revenue from financing and other		(21,578	)		(22,677	)		(14,943	)
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	2,154,308		$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093

We do not disaggregate sales by customer end market beyond the technology business.

FINANCING BUSINESS SEGMENT DISAGGREGATION OF REVENUE

We analyze our revenues within our financing business segment based on the nature of the arrangement. Our financing revenue generally consists of portfolio income, transactional gains, and post-contract earnings including month-to-month rents and the sales of off-lease equipment. All our revenues from contracts with customers within our financing business segment are from the sales of off-lease equipment.

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The geographic information for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Net sales:
US	$	2,127,695	$	1,953,465	$	1,716,525
Non-US		97,607		114,253		104,494
Total	$	2,225,302	$	2,067,718	$	1,821,019

Our long-lived tangible assets include property and equipment-net, operating leases-net, and equipment that has been returned to us at the termination of the lease.

	March 31,
	2024		2023
Long-lived tangible assets:
US	$	16,258	$	16,313
Non-US		582		1,140
Total	$	16,840	$	17,453

Sales to Verizon Communications Inc. represented 19%, 22% and 24% of net sales for the years ended March 31, 2024, March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively, all of which related to our technology business segments.

XML

Insider Trading Arrangements	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024
Insider Trading Arrangements [Line Items]
Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted	false
Non-Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted	false
Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Terminated	false
Non-Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Terminated	false

XML

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(Dollars in thousands)

	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Costs and Expenses			Deductions/ Write-Offs			Balance at End of Period
Allowance for sales returns: (1)
Year ended March 31, 2022	$	1,189	$	2,158		$	(2,101	)	$	1,246
Year ended March 31, 2023	$	1,246	$	3,991		$	(3,973	)	$	1,264
Year ended March 31, 2024	$	1,264	$	4,647		$	(4,296	)	$	1,615
Allowance for credit losses:
Year ended March 31, 2022	$	4,447	$	(102	)	$	(545	)	$	3,800
Year ended March 31, 2023	$	3,800	$	666		$	(112	)	$	4,354
Year ended March 31, 2024	$	4,354	$	1,204		$	(379	)	$	5,179
Valuation for deferred taxes:
Year ended March 31, 2022	$	0	$	250		$	0		$	250
Year ended March 31, 2023	$	250	$	(138	)	$	0		$	112
Year ended March 31, 2024	$	112	$	(42	)	$	0		$	70

(1) These amounts represent the gross profit effect of sales returns during the respective years. Expected merchandise returns after year-end for sales made before year-end were $10.1 million, $7.9 million, and $7.8 million as of March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

BASIS OF PRESENTATION — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ePlus inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.

USE OF ESTIMATES

USE OF ESTIMATES — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the US requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Estimates are used when accounting for items and matters including, but not limited to, revenue recognition, residual asset values, vendor consideration, lease classification, goodwill and intangibles, allowance for credit losses, inventory obsolescence, and the recognition and measurement of income tax assets and other provisions and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We record an expense in the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to our current estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets. We estimate expected credit losses based on our internal rating of the customer’s credit quality, our historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We review our internal ratings for each customer at least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We write off financing receivables when we deem them to be uncollectable.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method, which requires that the total purchase price for the acquired entity be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. With limited exceptions, we measure most assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date. We apply Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”) Topic 606, Contracts with customers (“Codification Topic 606”), to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers. Our allocation process requires an analysis of intangible assets, such as customer relationships, trade names, acquired contractual rights and legal contingencies to identify and record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

We record any premium paid over the fair value of the acquired net assets as goodwill. Our initial purchase price allocations are subject to revision within the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition. We include the results of operations for the acquired company in our financial statements from the acquisition date.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of interest-bearing accounts and money market funds that consist of short-term US treasury securities. We consider all highly liquid investments, including those with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition, to be cash equivalents. As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, there were no restrictions on the withdrawal of funds from our money market funds.

CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK

CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK — Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, and financing receivables. Cash and cash equivalents may include short-term investments that are maintained principally with financial institutions in the US. Our accounts receivable-trade balance as of March 31, 2024, and 2023 included approximately 17% and 13%, respectively, concentration of invoices due from Verizon Communications Inc. The risk on our accounts receivable and financing receivables is reduced by having a broad customer base in a diverse range of industries and through the ongoing evaluation of collectability of our portfolio. The credit risk is further mitigated by transferring certain of our financing receivables to financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and, for our lease receivables, by owning the underlying asset. A substantial portion of our sales are products from Cisco Systems, which represented approximately 44%, 40%, and 39%, of our technology business segments net sales for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

DEFERRED COSTS

DEFERRED COSTS — When a contract is within the scope of the scope of Codification Topic 606, we defer costs of fulfilling the contract when they generate or enhance resources that will be used by us in satisfying performance obligations in the future. Additionally, we capitalize costs that are incremental to obtaining the contracts, predominately sales commissions, and expense them in proportion to each completed contract performance obligation. Our long-term deferred costs are included in our consolidated balance sheets as part of property, equipment, and other assets—net.

DEFERRED REVENUE

DEFERRED REVENUE — We recognize deferred revenue when cash payments are received or due in advance of our performance.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

EARNINGS PER SHARE — Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common stockholders by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, including restricted stock awards during each period.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT — We follow the guidance in Codification Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements (“Codification Topic 820”) which governs how to measure fair value for financial reporting. This topic defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This topic also establishes a fair value hierarchy that categorizes into three levels the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value:

● Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date.

● Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

● Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. The fair values are determined based on model-based techniques such as discounted cash flow models using inputs that we could not corroborate with market data.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS — For financial instruments such as cash, short-term investments, accounts receivables, accounts payable and other current liabilities, we consider the recorded value of the financial instruments to approximate the fair value due to their short maturities. On March 31, 2024, the carrying amounts of our notes receivable and non-recourse payables were $108.2 million and $36.2 million, respectively, and their fair values were $106.3 million and $36.1 million, respectively. On March 31, 2023, the carrying amounts of our notes receivable, recourse and non-recourse payables were $109.2 million, $6.0 million, and $34.3 million, respectively, and their fair values were $109.5 million, $6.0 million, and $34.5 million, respectively.

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES — Financing receivables and operating leases consist of the financing receivables from notes receivable and sales-type leases and the carrying value of assets that we are leasing to our customers on leases that are classified as operating leases. When we lease equipment under an operating lease, we recognize the underlying asset at cost and depreciate it on a straight-line bases over its estimated useful life. We estimate that the useful life for most IT equipment under lease is 4 years.

FOREIGN CURRENCY MATTERS

FOREIGN CURRENCY MATTERS — Our functional currency is the US dollar. Our international subsidiaries typically use their local currency as their functional currency. We translate the assets and liabilities of our international subsidiaries into US dollars at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date. We translate the revenues and expenses of our international subsidiaries into US dollars at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. We report the resulting foreign currency translation adjustment as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. We report all foreign currency transaction gains or losses in other income (expense), net on our consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, we recognized losses of $0.1 million, $5.4 million, $0.5 million, respectively, due to foreign currency transactions.

GOODWILL

GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative goodwill impairment test is unnecessary.

If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. We may also elect the unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative goodwill impairment test.

In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. Conversely, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

IMPLEMENTATION COSTS OF A HOSTING ARRANGEMENT

IMPLEMENTATION COSTS OF A HOSTING ARRANGEMENT- We capitalize implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. We classify these capitalized costs in the same balance sheet line item as the amounts prepaid for the related hosting arrangement and we present the amortization of these capitalized costs in the same income statement line item as the service fees for the related hosting arrangement. Our long-term prepaids are included in our consolidated balance sheets as part of property, equipment, and other assets—net. We amortize the capitalized implementation costs over the term of the hosting arrangement.

INCOME TAXES

INCOME TAXES — Deferred income taxes are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic 740 Income Taxes (“Codification Topic 740”). Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates currently in effect. Future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered to be more likely than not. We review our deferred tax assets at least annually and make necessary valuation adjustments.

In addition, we account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic 740. Specifically, the Topic prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on the related de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure, and transition of uncertain tax positions. In accordance with our accounting policy, we recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense.

INVENTORIES

INVENTORIES — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using a weighted average cost method. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Our determination of the net realizable value for inventories is based on the terms of underlying purchase commitments from our customers, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors.

LESSEE ACCOUNTING

LESSEE ACCOUNTING — We lease office space for periods up to six years and lease warehouse space for periods of up to 10 years, and we have some lease options that can be exercised to extend beyond those lease term limits. At the lease commencement date, we recognize operating lease liabilities based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments. In determining the present value of future minimum lease payments, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date. When the future minimum payments encompass non-lease components, we account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. We elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less. We recognize lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning on the commencement date.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. We recognize property and equipment obtained through a business combination at its fair market value as of the acquisition date. We compute depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to seven years. We typically depreciate internal use IT equipment over three years, perpetual software licenses over five years, furniture and fixtures over five years, and telecommunications equipment over seven years.

RESIDUAL ASSETS

RESIDUAL ASSETS — Our estimate for the residual asset in a lease is the amount we expect to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term. In a sales-type lease, we recognize the unguaranteed residual asset, measured on a discounted basis, upon lease commencement. In our subsequent accounting for the lease, we increase the unguaranteed residual asset using the effective interest method. We evaluate residual values for impairment on a quarterly basis. We recognize impairments as incurred. We do not recognize upward adjustments due to changes in estimates of residual values.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

REVENUE RECOGNITION — We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, ePlus professional and managed services, and hosting ePlus proprietary software. We recognize revenue from these sales under the guidance in Codification Topic 606.

The core principle of Codification Topic 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods and services equal to an amount it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods and services. We account for a contract under Codification Topic 606 when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are established, the contract has commercial substance, and collectability of consideration is probable.

Revenues are reported net of sales refunds, including an estimate of future returns based on an evaluation of historical sales returns, current economic conditions, volume, and other relevant factors.

Our contracts with customers may include multiple promises that are distinct performance obligations. For such arrangements, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone selling prices using expected cost-plus margin.

We recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service to a customer. A good or service is transferred when (or as) the customer obtains control of that good or service. Depending on the nature of each performance obligation, this may be at a point in time or over time, as further described below.

We typically invoice our customers for third-party products upon shipment, unless our customers lease the equipment through our financing segment, in which case the arrangement is accounted for as a lease in accordance with Codification Topic 842, Leases (“Codification Topic 842”). We typically invoice our customers for third-party software upon delivery and third-party services at the point of sale, unless our customers finance these products through our financing segment, in which case we record a financing receivable based on the terms of the arrangement.

Product revenue

Sales of third-party products

We are the principal in sales of third-party products. As such, we recognize sales on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. We recognize revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer.

In some instances, our customers may request that we bill them for a product but retain physical possession of the product until later delivery, commonly known as “bill-and-hold” arrangements. We have warehousing agreements with select customers wherein title to products ordered through the agreements transfers to our customer at the point we invoice the customer and after the product arrives at our warehouse. In these “bill-and-hold” arrangements, we recognize revenue when the customer has ordered the product through their warehousing agreement with us or signed a bill-and-hold agreement with us, the customer has legal title, the product is identified separately as belonging to the customer, and the product is ready for delivery to the customer.

We recognize sales of off-lease equipment within our financing segment when control passes to the customer, which is typically the date that title to the equipment is transferred per the sales agreement.

Sales of third-party software

We are typically the principal in sales of third-party software. Sales are recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. We recognize revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the software to the customer.

Sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services

We are the agent in sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services as the third-party controls the service until it is transferred to the customer. Similarly, we are the agent in sales of third-party software and accompanying third-party support when the third-party software benefits the customer only in conjunction with the accompanying support. In these sales, we consider the third-party software and support as inputs to a single performance obligation. In all these sales where we are the agent, we recognize sales on a net basis at the point that our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement.

Freight and sales tax

We present freight billed to our customers within sales and the related freight charged to us within cost of sales. We present sales tax collected from customers and remittances to governmental authorities on a net basis.

Financing revenue and other

We account for leases to customers in accordance with Codification Topic 842. We utilize a portfolio approach by grouping together many similar assets being leased to a single customer.

We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. We classify leases as sales-type leases if any one of five criteria are met, each of which indicate that the lease transfers control of the underlying asset to the lessee. We classify our other leases as operating leases.

For sales-type leases, upon lease commencement, we recognize the present value of the lease payments and the residual asset discounted using the rate implicit in the lease. When we are financing equipment provided by another dealer, we typically do not have any selling profit or loss arising from the lease. When we are the dealer of the equipment being leased, we typically recognize revenue in the amount of the lease receivable and cost of sales in the amount of the carrying value of the underlying asset minus the unguaranteed residual asset. After the commencement date, we recognize interest income as part of net sales using the effective interest method.

For operating leases, we recognize the underlying asset as an operating lease asset. We depreciate the asset on a straight-line basis to its estimated residual value over its estimated useful life. We recognize the lease payments over the lease term on a straight-line basis as part of net sales.

In all our leases, we recognize variable lease payments, primarily reimbursement for property taxes associated with the leased asset, as part of net sales in the period in which the changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur. We exclude from revenues and expenses any sales taxes reimbursed by the lessee.

We also finance third-party software and third-party services for our customers, which we classify as notes-receivable. We recognize interest income on our notes-receivable using the effective interest method.

We account for transfers of contractual payments due under financing receivables, under Codification Topic 860 Transfers and Servicing (“Codification Topic 860”). When a transfer meets all the requirements for sale accounting, we derecognize the financial asset and record a net gain or loss that is included in net sales.

Service revenue

Sales of ePlus professional, managed services, and staffing

ePlus professional services offerings include assessments, project management, staging, configuration, integration, and logistics. ePlus managed service offerings range from monitoring and notification to a fully outsourced network management or service desk solution. ePlus staffing delivers a full range of staffing solutions, including short-term, long-term, temporary-to-hire, and direct-hire IT professionals. In all these arrangements, we satisfy our performance obligation and recognize revenue over time.

In arrangements for ePlus professional services and staffing, we provide services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we recognize sales at agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. We typically measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to as the “cost-to-cost” method.

In arrangements for ePlus managed services, our arrangement is typically a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer (i.e., distinct days of service). We typically recognize sales from these services on a straight-line basis over the period services are provided.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION — We account for share-based compensation in accordance with Codification Topic 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation. We account for forfeitures when they occur.

We recognize compensation cost for awards of restricted stock with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

We recognize compensation cost for our employee stock purchase plan on a straight-line basis over the offering period, which is six months. We measure the award on the grant date at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS — We capitalize costs for the development of internal use software under the Codification Topic 350-40 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Subtopic Internal-Use Software. We did not have significant capitalized development costs for internal use software for either of the years ended March 31, 2024, or March 31, 2023. We had capitalized costs, net of amortization, of approximately $0.2 million and $1.0 million as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, respectively, that is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a component of other intangible assets-net.

TREASURY STOCK

TREASURY STOCK — We account for treasury stock under the cost method and include treasury stock as a component of stockholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

VENDOR CONSIDERATION

VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors pursuant to volume incentive programs and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific milestones to achieve. Amounts due from vendors as of March 31, 2024, and 2023 were $28.1 million and $21.9 million, respectively, which were included within accounts receivable-other, net in the accompanying balance sheets.

We recognize rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs as a reduction of costs to purchase the vendor’s products based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to the underlying transactions that result in our progress toward earning the rebate provided the amounts are probable and can be reasonably estimated. When a rebate is not probable or not reasonably estimable, we recognized the rebate as the milestones are achieved or as cash is received.

We recognize rebates pursuant to shared marketing expense programs as a reduction of the related selling and administrative expenses in the period the program occurs when the consideration represents a reimbursement of specific, incremental, identifiable costs. We recognize consideration that exceeds the specific, incremental, identifiable costs as a reduction of costs to purchase the vendor’s products.

XML

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS [Abstract]

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS — In September 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2022-04, Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations. This update requires buyers in a supplier finance program to disclose certain qualitative and quantitative information about the program. It is intended to provide information about an entity’s use of supplier finance programs and their effect on the entity’s working capital, liquidity, and cash flows. This update was effective for us beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, except for a requirement to provide a roll forward of our obligations during the annual period, which is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2025. We adopted the standard during the first quarter of fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, except for the roll forward requirement, which will be adopted during the first quarter of fiscal year ending March 31, 2025. The adoption of the standard resulted in new disclosures only for amounts presented within Accounts payable – floor plan. For additional information on the new disclosures, see Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility.”

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS NOT YET ADOPTED — In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. This update expands annual and interim disclosure requirements for reportable segments, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. This update is effective for annual periods beginning in our fiscal year ending March 31, 2025 and interim periods beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2026. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this update will have on our financial statement disclosures.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. This update requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. This update is effective for annual periods beginning in our fiscal year ending March 31, 2026. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this update will have on our financial statement disclosures.

XML

REVENUES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

REVENUES [Abstract]

Balance of Receivables, Contract Assets, and Contract Liabilities

The following table provides the balance of contract liabilities from contracts with customers (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Current (included in deferred revenue)	$	134,110	$	113,713	$	85,826
Non-current (included in other liabilities)	$	68,174	$	47,217	$	30,086

Remaining Performance Obligations

The following table includes revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations, primarily non-cancelable contracts for ePlus managed services, that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	82,522
2026		37,322
2027		20,290
2028		6,535
2029 and thereafter		3,094
Total remaining performance obligations	$	149,763

XML

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES [Abstract]

Sales-type Leases

The following table provides the profit recognized for sales-type leases at their commencement date, including modifications that are recognized on a net basis, for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023
Net sales	$	21,578	$	22,677
Cost of sales		19,557		19,009
Gross profit	$	2,021	$	3,668

The following table provides interest income in aggregate on our sales-type leases and lease income on our operating leases for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023
Interest income on sales-type leases	$	6,769	$	3,943
Lease income on operating leases	$	10,886	$	17,421

Notes Receivable Net and Investments in Leases

The following tables provide a disaggregation of our financing receivables—net (in thousands):

	Notes			Sales-Type Lease			Financing
March 31, 2024	Receivable			Receivables			Receivables
Gross receivables	$	114,713		$	75,658		$	190,371
Unguaranteed residual value (1)		-			9,078			9,078
Unearned income		(6,503	)		(12,036	)		(18,539	)
Allowance for credit losses (2)		(1,056	)		(1,435	)		(2,491	)
Total, net	$	107,154		$	71,265		$	178,419
Reported as:
Current	$	61,830		$	40,770		$	102,600
Long-term		45,324			30,495			75,819
Total, net	$	107,154		$	71,265		$	178,419

(1) Includes unguaranteed residual values of $3,718 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

(2) Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

	Notes			Sales-Type Lease			Financing
March 31, 2023	Receivable			Receivables			Receivables
Gross receivables	$	117,008		$	60,157		$	177,165
Unguaranteed residual value (1)		-			8,161			8,161
Unearned income		(5,950	)		(8,050	)		(14,000	)
Allowance for credit losses (2)		(801	)		(981	)		(1,782	)
Total, net	$	110,257		$	59,287		$	169,544
Reported as:
Current	$	65,738		$	24,091		$	89,829
Long-term		44,519			35,196			79,715
Total, net	$	110,257		$	59,287		$	169,544

(1) Includes unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

(2) Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

Future Scheduled Minimum Lease Payments

The following table provides the future scheduled minimum lease payments to be received from our sales-type leases as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	34,513
2026		22,600
2027		12,380
2028		4,901
2029		1,263
2030 and thereafter		1
Total	$	75,658

Operating Lease - Net

The components of operating leases—net are as follows (in thousands):

	March 31, 2024			March 31,2023
Cost of equipment under operating leases	$	10,744		$	15,301
Accumulated depreciation		(7,128	)		(10,599	)
Operating leases—net (1)	$	3,616		$	4,702

(1) Amounts include estimated unguaranteed residual values of $1,346 thousand and $1,717 thousand as of March 31, 2024, and 2023 respectively.

Future Minimum Rental Payments for Operating Leases

The following table provides the future scheduled minimum lease rental payments to be received from our operating leases as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	1,984
2026		1,271
2027		222
Total	$	3,477

XML

LESSEE ACCOUNTING (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

LESSEE ACCOUNTING [Abstract]

Supplemental Information of Remaining Lease Terms and Discount Rates

Supplemental information about the remaining lease terms and discount rates applied as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, are as follows:

	Year Ended March 31,
Lease term and Discount Rate	2024			2023
Weighted average remaining lease term (months)		75			81
Weighted average discount rate		5.3	%		4.8	%

Future Lease Payments Under Operating Leases

The following table provides our future lease payments under our operating leases as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	4,275
2026		3,750
2027		3,116
2028		1,721
2029		7,178
Total lease payments		20,040
Less: interest		(3,173	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	16,867

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]

Changes in Goodwill

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, respectively (in thousands):

	Technology					Professional		Managed
	Segment			Product		Services		Services		Total
Balance, March 31, 2022 (1)	$	126,543		$	-	$	-	$	-	$	126,543
Acquisitions		9,694			-		-		-		9,694
Foreign currency translations		(132	)		-		-		-		(132	)
Reporting unit change		(136,105	)		106,497		19,712		9,896		-
Balance, March 31, 2023 (1)	$	-		$	106,497	$	19,712	$	9,896	$	136,105
Acquisitions		-			22,586		2,780		-		25,366
Foreign currency translations		-			25		5		2		32
Balance, March 31, 2024 (1)	$	-		$	129,108	$	22,497	$	9,898	$	161,503

(1) Balance is net of $8,673 thousand in accumulated impairments that were recorded in segments that precede our current segment organization.

Other Intangible Assets

Our other intangible assets consist of the following as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

	March 31, 2024							March 31, 2023
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Purchased intangibles	$	120,480	$	(76,595	)	$	43,885	$	85,449	$	(61,376	)	$	24,073
Capitalized software development		10,516		(10,308	)		208		10,516		(9,544	)		972
Total	$	130,996	$	(86,903	)	$	44,093	$	95,965	$	(70,920	)	$	25,045

Future Amortization Expense for Purchased Intangibles

The following table provides the future amortization expense for purchased intangibles as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	13,972
2026		10,936
2027		8,120
2028		5,646
2029		3,384
2030 and thereafter		1,827
Total	$	43,885

XML

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES [Abstract]

Activity in Reserves for Credit Losses

The following table provides the activity in our allowance for credit losses for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable			Lease Receivables			Total
Balance as of March 31, 2021	$	2,064		$	1,212		$	1,171		$	4,447
Provision for credit losses		482			(312	)		(272	)		(102	)
Write-offs and other		(135	)		(192	)		(218	)		(545	)
Balance as of March 31, 2022		2,411			708			681			3,800
Provision for credit losses		273			93			300			666
Write-offs and other		(112	)		-			-			(112	)
Balance as of March 31, 2023		2,572			801			981			4,354
Provision for credit losses		477			255			472			1,204
Write-offs and other		(362	)		-			(18	)		(379	)
Balance as of March 31, 2024	$	2,687		$	1,056		$	1,435		$	5,179

Amortized Cost Basis of Financing Receivables by Credit Quality Rating and Credit Origination Year

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of our financing receivables by CQR and by credit origination year as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

	Amortized cost basis by origination year ending March 31,
	2024		2023		2022		2021		2020		2019 and prior		Total		Transfers (2)			Net credit exposure
Notes receivable:
High CQR	$	63,934	$	15,821	$	3,440	$	2,656	$	30	$	-	$	85,881	$	(25,683	)	$	60,198
Average CQR		18,715		3,260		302		52		-		-		22,329		(3,476	)		18,853
Total	$	82,649	$	19,081	$	3,742	$	2,708	$	30	$	-	$	108,210	$	(29,159	)	$	79,051
Lease receivables:
High CQR	$	22,123	$	9,457	$	1,341	$	1,151	$	100	$	7	$	34,179	$	(1,128	)	$	33,051
Average CQR		22,861		9,548		2,133		259		2		-		34,803		(5,436	)		29,367
Total	$	44,984	$	19,005	$	3,474	$	1,410	$	102	$	7	$	68,982	$	(6,564	)	$	62,418
Total amortized cost (1)	$	127,633	$	38,086	$	7,216	$	4,118	$	132	$	7	$	177,192	$	(35,723	)	$	141,469

(1) Unguaranteed residual values of $3,718 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

(2) Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis.

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of our financing receivables by CQR and by credit origination year as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

	Amortized cost basis by origination year ending March 31,
	2023		2022		2021		2020		2019		2018 and prior		Total		Transfers (2)			Net credit exposure
Notes receivable:
High CQR	$	72,155	$	11,378	$	11,267	$	370	$	30	$	-	$	95,200	$	(28,115	)	$	67,085
Average CQR		12,793		2,675		213		115		61		1		15,858		(1,432	)		14,426
Total	$	84,948	$	14,053	$	11,480	$	485	$	91	$	1	$	111,058	$	(29,547	)	$	81,511
Lease receivables:
High CQR	$	21,629	$	3,842	$	1,916	$	565	$	51	$	9	$	28,012	$	(1,437	)	$	26,575
Average CQR		23,796		3,430		770		35		3		-		28,034		(1,594	)		26,440
Total	$	45,425	$	7,272	$	2,686	$	600	$	54	$	9	$	56,046	$	(3,031	)	$	53,015
Total amortized cost (1)	$	130,373	$	21,325	$	14,166	$	1,085	$	145	$	10	$	167,104	$	(32,578	)	$	134,526

(1) Unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

(2) Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and receivables that are in the process of being transferred to third-party financial institutions.

Aging Analysis of Financing Receivables

The following table provides an aging analysis of our financing receivables as of March 31, 2024 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		> 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Billed		Unbilled		Amortized Cost
Notes receivable	$	1,251	$	334	$	2,484	$	4,069	$	9,337	$	13,406	$	94,804	$	108,210
Lease receivables		1,174		284		2,213		3,671		4,691		8,362		60,620		68,982
Total	$	2,425	$	618	$	4,697	$	7,740	$	14,028	$	21,768	$	155,424	$	177,192

The following table provides an aging analysis of our financing receivables as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		> 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Billed		Unbilled		Amortized Cost
Notes receivable	$	1,020	$	862	$	473	$	2,355	$	7,703	$	10,058	$	101,000	$	111,058
Lease receivables		1,068		463		864		2,395		5,413		7,808		48,238		56,046
Total	$	2,088	$	1,325	$	1,337	$	4,750	$	13,116	$	17,866	$	149,238	$	167,104

Our financial assets on nonaccrual status were not significant as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023.

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET [Abstract]

Property and Equipment-Net

Property and equipment—net is a component of Property, equipment, and other assets—net. Our balance consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2024			March 31, 2023
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment	$	26,507		$	29,818
Leasehold improvements		11,776			10,398
Capitalized software		1,685			3,235
Vehicles		396			445
Total assets		40,364			43,896
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(27,429	)		(31,963	)
Property and equipment – net	$	12,935		$	11,933

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY [Abstract]

Non-recourse Notes Payable

Our non-recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2024, mature as follows:

Year ending March 31, 2025	$	23,288
2026		8,991
2027		3,093
2028		817
Total maturities	$	36,189

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

EARNINGS PER SHARE [Abstract]

Reconciliation of Numerators and Denominators Used to Calculate Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to calculate basic and diluted net earnings per common share as disclosed in our consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands, except per share data):

	2024		2023		2022
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders – basic and diluted	$	115,776	$	119,356	$	105,600
Basic and diluted common shares outstanding:
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic		26,610		26,569		26,638
Effect of dilutive shares		107		85		228
Weighted average shares common outstanding – diluted		26,717		26,654		26,866
Earnings per common share – basic	$	4.35	$	4.49	$	3.96
Earnings per common share – diluted	$	4.33	$	4.48	$	3.93

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION [Abstract]

Summary of Non-Vested Restricted Shares

The following table provides a summary of the non-vested restricted shares for the year ended March 31, 2024:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested April 1, 2023		314,860		$	49.57
Granted		166,521		$	56.50
Vested		(168,082	)	$	46.42
Forfeited		(4,888	)	$	54.71
Non-vested March 31, 2024		308,411		$	55.02

Summary of Share-Based Compensation Expenses

The following table provides a summary of our total share-based compensation expense, including for restricted stock awards, PSUs, ESPP, and the related income tax benefit for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Equity-based compensation expense	$	9,731		$	7,825		$	7,114
Income tax benefit	$	(2,735	)	$	(2,097	)	$	(1,999	)

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

Reconciliation of Income Taxes to Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21.0% to the provision for income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Income tax expense computed at the US statutory federal rate	$	33,830		$	34,224		$	30,845
State income tax expense—net of federal benefit		9,624			8,754			8,937
Non-deductible executive compensation		1,718			1,708			1,749
Other		145			(1,068	)		(247	)
Provision for income taxes	$	45,317		$	43,618		$	41,284
Effective income tax rate		28.1	%		26.8	%		28.1	%

Components of Provision for Income Taxes

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Current:
Federal	$	34,232		$	30,928		$	32,309
State		12,371			10,110			11,681
Foreign		1,370			499			894
Total current expense		47,973			41,537			44,884
Deferred:
Federal		(2,419	)		1,301			(3,289	)
State		(188	)		970			(370	)
Foreign		(49	)		(190	)		59
Total deferred expense (benefit)		(2,656	)		2,081			(3,600	)
Provision for income taxes	$	45,317		$	43,618		$	41,284

Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2024			2023
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued vacation	$	2,666		$	2,251
Deferred revenue		6,934			5,448
Allowance for credit losses		1,278			1,063
Restricted stock		738			654
Other deferred tax assets		1,737			1,697
Accrued bonus		2,641			2,323
Lease liabilities		4,503			3,939
Other credits and carryforwards		251			277
Gross deferred tax assets		20,748			17,652
Less: valuation allowance		(70	)		(112	)
Net deferred tax assets		20,678			17,540
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment		(2,724	)		(2,926	)
Operating leases		(3,889	)		(3,789	)
Prepaid expenses		(1,807	)		(1,729	)
Right-of-use assets		(4,113	)		(3,885	)
Tax deductible goodwill		(2,525	)		(2,244	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(15,058	)		(14,573	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	5,620		$	2,967

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS [Abstract]

Fair Value Hierarchy of Financial Instruments

The following table provides the fair value of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value as categorized within the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurement Using
	Recorded Amount		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
March 31, 2024
Assets:
Money market funds	$	179,709	$	179,709	$	-	$	-
March 31, 2023
Assets:
Money market funds	$	8,880	$	8,880	$	-	$	-

XML

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Peak Resource, Inc. [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

Our allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below (in thousands):

	Acquisition Date Amount
Accounts receivable	$	8,569
Other assets		133
Identified intangible asset		5,030
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(9,084	)
Total identifiable net assets		4,648
Goodwill		3,238
Total purchase consideration	$	7,886

Network Solutions Group [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

Our allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below (in thousands):

	Acquisition Date Amount
Accounts receivable	$	20,419
Other assets		1,940
Identified intangible asset		29,960
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(24,758	)
Contract liabilities		(1,086	)
Total identifiable net assets		26,475
Goodwill		22,128
Total purchase consideration	$	48,603

Future Com [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

Our allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below (in thousands):

	Acquisition Date Amount
Accounts receivable	$	4,033
Other assets		129
Identified intangible asset		8,360
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(8,714	)
Contract liabilities		(214	)
Total identifiable net assets		3,594
Goodwill		9,694
Total purchase consideration	$	13,288

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]

Segment Reporting Information, by Reportable Segment

The following table provides reportable segment information (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023			2022
Net Sales
Product	$	1,883,809	$	1,750,802		$	1,492,411
Professional services		154,549		151,785			146,747
Managed services		137,528		112,658			93,878
Financing		49,416		52,473			87,983
Total		2,225,302		2,067,718			1,821,019
Gross Profit
Product		397,618		380,741			316,622
Professional services		68,194		61,594			63,384
Managed services		42,667		32,155			28,147
Financing		42,314		43,034			52,829
Total		550,793		517,524			460,982
Operating expenses
Technology business		375,919		334,380			299,153
Financing		16,617		16,982			14,513
Total		392,536		351,362			313,666
Operating income
Technology business		132,560		140,110			109,000
Financing		25,697		26,052			38,316
Total		158,257		166,162			147,316
Other income (expense), net		2,836		(3,188	)		(432	)
Earnings before tax	$	161,093	$	162,974		$	146,884
Depreciation and amortization
Technology business	$	20,951	$	13,598		$	14,535
Financing		74		111			111
Total	$	21,025	$	13,709		$	14,646
Interest and financing costs
Technology business	$	1,428	$	2,897		$	928
Financing		2,349		1,236			975
Total	$	3,777	$	4,133		$	1,903
Selected Financial Data - Statement of Cash Flow
Purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment:
Technology business	$	7,454	$	7,693		$	4,951
Financing		1,049		1,687			18,231
Total	$	8,503	$	9,380		$	23,182

Disaggregation of Net Sales and Revenue Recognized from Contracts with Customers

The following tables provide a disaggregation of net sales by source and further disaggregate our revenue recognized from contracts with customers by timing and our position as principal or agent (in thousands):

	Year ended March 31, 2024
	Product		Professional Services		Managed Services		Financing		Total
Net Sales:
Contracts with customers	$	1,862,231	$	154,549	$	137,528	$	5,926	$	2,160,234
Financing and other		21,578		-		-		43,490		65,068
Total	$	1,883,809	$	154,549	$	137,528	$	49,416	$	2,225,302
Timing and position as principal or agent:
Transferred at a point in time as principal	$	1,687,639	$	-	$	-	$	5,926	$	1,693,565
Transferred at a point in time as agent		174,592		-		-		-		174,592
Transferred over time as principal		-		154,549		137,528		-		292,077
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,862,231	$	154,549	$	137,528	$	5,926	$	2,160,234

	Year ended March 31, 2023
	Product		Professional Services		Managed Services		Financing		Total
Net Sales:
Contracts with customers	$	1,728,125	$	151,785	$	112,658	$	9,304	$	2,001,872
Financing and other		22,677		-		-		43,169		65,846
Total	$	1,750,802	$	151,785	$	112,658	$	52,473	$	2,067,718
Timing and position as principal or agent:
Transferred at a point in time as principal	$	1,566,760	$	-	$	-	$	9,304	$	1,576,064
Transferred at a point in time as agent		161,365		-		-		-		161,365
Transferred over time as principal		-		151,785		112,658		-		264,443
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,728,125	$	151,785	$	112,658	$	9,304	$	2,001,872

	Year ended March 31, 2022
	Product		Professional Services		Managed Services		Financing		Total
Net Sales:
Contracts with customers	$	1,477,468	$	146,747	$	93,878	$	34,842	$	1,752,935
Financing and other		14,943		-		-		53,141		68,084
Total	$	1,492,411	$	146,747	$	93,878	$	87,983	$	1,821,019
Timing and position as principal or agent:
Transferred at a point in time as principal	$	1,342,769	$	-	$	-	$	34,842	$	1,377,611
Transferred at a point in time as agent		134,699		-		-		-		134,699
Transferred over time as principal		-		146,747		93,878		-		240,625
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,477,468	$	146,747	$	93,878	$	34,842	$	1,752,935

Technology Segment Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table provides a disaggregation of our revenue from contracts with customers for our technology business by customer end market and by type (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024			2023			2022
Customer end market:
Telecom, media & entertainment	$	547,525		$	532,921		$	502,408
Technology		379,720			393,594			250,485
SLED		329,617			290,624			241,769
Healthcare		278,893			274,936			270,481
Financial services		243,630			156,257			155,160
All others		396,501			366,913			312,733
Net sales		2,175,886			2,015,245			1,733,036
Less: revenue from financing and other		(21,578	)		(22,677	)		(14,943	)
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	2,154,308		$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093
Type:
Product
Networking	$	1,005,679		$	803,678		$	611,488
Cloud		546,341			587,097			581,113
Security		193,956			214,459			158,927
Collaboration		65,714			57,472			57,244
Other		72,119			88,096			83,639
Total product		1,883,809			1,750,802			1,492,411
Professional services		154,549			151,785			146,747
Managed services		137,528			112,658			93,878
Net sales		2,175,886			2,015,245			1,733,036
Less: revenue from financing and other		(21,578	)		(22,677	)		(14,943	)
Total revenue from contracts with customers	$	2,154,308		$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093

Geographical Information

The geographic information for the years ended March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2024		2023		2022
Net sales:
US	$	2,127,695	$	1,953,465	$	1,716,525
Non-US		97,607		114,253		104,494
Total	$	2,225,302	$	2,067,718	$	1,821,019

Our long-lived tangible assets include property and equipment-net, operating leases-net, and equipment that has been returned to us at the termination of the lease.

	March 31,
	2024		2023
Long-lived tangible assets:
US	$	16,258	$	16,313
Non-US		582		1,140
Total	$	16,840	$	17,453

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Cash and Cash Equivalents, Concentrations of Risk, Financial Instruments, Financing Receivables and Operating Leases (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS [Abstract]
Amounts held in trust for third party recipients	$ 0.0	$ 0.0
Minimum [Member]
FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES [Abstract]
Estimated useful life	3 years
Maximum [Member]
FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES [Abstract]
Estimated useful life	7 years
Information Technology Equipment [Member]
FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES [Abstract]
Estimated useful life	4 years
Carrying Amount [Member]
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS [Abstract]
Notes receivable	$ 108.2	109.2
Carrying Amount [Member] | Recourse [Member]
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS [Abstract]
Notes payable		6.0
Carrying Amount [Member] | Non-recourse [Member]
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS [Abstract]
Notes payable	36.2	34.3
Fair Value [Member]
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS [Abstract]
Notes receivable	106.3	109.5
Fair Value [Member] | Recourse [Member]
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS [Abstract]
Notes payable		6.0
Fair Value [Member] | Non-recourse [Member]
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS [Abstract]
Notes payable	$ 36.1	$ 34.5
Accounts Receivable-Trade [Member] | Customer Concentration Risk [Member] | Verizon Communications Inc. [Member] | Technology Segment [Member]
Concentrations of Risk [Abstract]
Percentage of concentration risk	17.00%	13.00%
Net Sales [Member] | Customer Concentration Risk [Member] | Verizon Communications Inc. [Member] | Technology Segment [Member]
Concentrations of Risk [Abstract]
Percentage of concentration risk	19.00%	22.00%	24.00%
Net Sales [Member] | Product Concentration Risk [Member] | Cisco Systems [Member] | Technology Segment [Member]
Concentrations of Risk [Abstract]
Percentage of concentration risk	44.00%	40.00%	39.00%

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Foreign Currency Matters, Lessee Accounting, Property and Equipment (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
FOREIGN CURRENCY MATTERS [Abstract]
Foreign currency translation loss	$ (0.1)	$ (5.4)	$ (0.5)
Minimum [Member]
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	3 years
Maximum [Member]
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	7 years
Office Building [Member] | Maximum [Member]
LESSEE ACCOUNTING [Abstract]
Operating lease term of contract	6 years
Warehouse [Member] | Maximum [Member]
LESSEE ACCOUNTING [Abstract]
Operating lease term of contract	10 years
Internal Use IT Equipment [Member]
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	3 years
Software Licenses [Member]
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	5 years
Furniture, Fixtures [Member]
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	5 years
Telecommunications Equipment [Member]
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	7 years

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Share-based Compensation, Software Development Costs, Vendor Consideration (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE FOR INTERNAL USE [Abstract]
Intangible assets	$ 44,093	$ 25,045
VENDOR CONSIDERATION [Abstract]
Amount due from vendors	28,100	21,900
Software Capitalized for Internal [Member]
CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE FOR INTERNAL USE [Abstract]
Intangible assets	0	0
Other assets	$ 200	$ 1,000
Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]
SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION [Abstract]
Offering period	6 months

XML

REVENUES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Contract with Customer, Asset and Liability [Abstract]
Accounts receivable - trade	$ 44,600	$ 70,400	$ 47,500
Current (included in deferred revenue)	134,110	113,713	85,826
Non-current (included in other liabilities)	68,174	47,217	$ 30,086
Revenue recognized from the beginning contract liability	86,000	$ 70,300
Revenue, Performance Obligation Satisfied over Time [Abstract]
Remaining performance obligation	149,763
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2025-04-01
Revenue, Performance Obligation Satisfied over Time [Abstract]
Remaining performance obligation	$ 82,522
Expected timing of satisfaction, period	1 year
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2026-04-01
Revenue, Performance Obligation Satisfied over Time [Abstract]
Remaining performance obligation	$ 37,322
Expected timing of satisfaction, period	1 year
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2027-04-01
Revenue, Performance Obligation Satisfied over Time [Abstract]
Remaining performance obligation	$ 20,290
Expected timing of satisfaction, period	1 year
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2028-04-01
Revenue, Performance Obligation Satisfied over Time [Abstract]
Remaining performance obligation	$ 6,535
Expected timing of satisfaction, period
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2029-04-01
Revenue, Performance Obligation Satisfied over Time [Abstract]
Remaining performance obligation	$ 3,094
Expected timing of satisfaction, period

XML

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Mar. 31, 2024		Mar. 31, 2023		Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Profit Recognized for Sales-type Leases [Abstract]
Net sales		$ 21,578		$ 22,677
Cost of sales		19,557		19,009
Gross profit		2,021		3,668
Interest Income on Sales-type Leases [Abstract]
Interest income on sales-type leases		6,769		3,943
Lease income on operating leases		10,886		17,421
Financing Receivables, Net [Abstract]
Unguaranteed residual value		3,718		4,222
Allowance for credit losses		(5,179)		(4,354)		$ (3,800)	$ (4,447)
Reported as [Abstract]
Current		102,600		89,829
Unguaranteed residual value for sales-type leases		3,718		4,222
Future scheduled minimum lease payments [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2025		34,513
2026		22,600
2027		12,380
2028		4,901
2029		1,263
2030 and thereafter		1
Total		75,658
Investment in Operating Lease Equipment - Net [Abstract]
Cost of equipment under operating leases		10,744		15,301
Accumulated depreciation		(7,128)		(10,599)
Operating leases - net	[1]	3,616		4,702
Unguaranteed residual value of operating lease equipment net		1,346		1,717
Future scheduled minimum lease rental payments [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2025		1,984
2026		1,271
2027		222
Total		3,477
Transfers of Financial Assets [Abstract]
Operating leases		15,400		14,600
Gain on sale of financing receivables		19,000		16,100		18,200
Proceeds from sale of financing receivables		762,600		706,000		855,100
Deferred revenue for servicing obligation		400		500
Notes Payable [Member] | Asset Pledged as Collateral [Member] | Nonrecourse [Member]
Transfers of Financial Assets [Abstract]
Finance receivables		45,800		35,700
Operating leases		2,800		2,500
Notes Receivable [Member]
Financing Receivables, Net [Abstract]
Gross receivables		114,713		117,008
Unguaranteed residual value		0	[2]	0	[3]
Unearned income		(6,503)		(5,950)
Allowance for credit losses		(1,056)	[4]	(801)	[4]	(708)	(1,212)
Total, net		107,154		110,257
Reported as [Abstract]
Current		61,830		65,738
Long-term		45,324		44,519
Total, net		107,154		110,257
Lease Receivables [Member]
Financing Receivables, Net [Abstract]
Gross receivables		75,658		60,157
Unguaranteed residual value		9,078	[2]	8,161	[3]
Unearned income		(12,036)		(8,050)
Allowance for credit losses		(1,435)	[4]	(981)	[4]	$ (681)	$ (1,171)
Total, net		71,265		59,287
Reported as [Abstract]
Current		40,770		24,091
Long-term		30,495		35,196
Total, net		71,265		59,287
Financing Receivables [Member]
Financing Receivables, Net [Abstract]
Gross receivables		190,371		177,165
Unguaranteed residual value		9,078	[2]	8,161	[3]
Unearned income		(18,539)		(14,000)
Allowance for credit losses	[4]	(2,491)		(1,782)
Total, net		178,419		169,544
Reported as [Abstract]
Current		102,600		89,829
Long-term		75,819		79,715
Total, net		$ 178,419		$ 169,544
Minimum [Member]
Financing Receivable and Operating Leases [Abstract]
Financing receivables and operating leases term		2 years
Financing receivables and operating leases, term range		3 years
Maximum [Member]
Financing Receivable and Operating Leases [Abstract]
Financing receivables and operating leases term		6 years
Financing receivables and operating leases, term range		4 years

[1] Amounts include estimated unguaranteed residual values of $1,346 thousand and $1,717 thousand as of March 31, 2024, and 2023 respectively.

[2] Includes unguaranteed residual values of $3,718 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

[3] Includes unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

[4] Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

XML

LESSEE ACCOUNTING (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($) Lease	Mar. 31, 2023 USD ($)
Lessee, Operating Lease [Abstract]
Right-of-use assets	$ 15,400	$ 14,600
Operating Lease, Right-of-Use Asset, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible Enumeration]	Property, equipment, and other assets-net	Property, equipment, and other assets-net
Current lease liabilities	$ 4,200	$ 2,700
Operating Lease, Liability, Current, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible Enumeration]	Other current liabilities	Other current liabilities
Long-term lease liabilities	$ 12,700	$ 12,000
Operating Lease, Liability, Noncurrent, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible Enumeration]	Other liabilities	Other liabilities
Rent expense	$ 5,800	$ 5,200
Operating Lease Not yet Commenced [Abstract]
Number of leases committed | Lease	2
Amount of leases committed	$ 1,400
Lease Term and Discount Rate [Abstract]
Weighted average remaining lease term (months)	75 months	81 months
Weighted average discount rate	5.30%	4.80%
Future Lease Payments under Operating Leases [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2025	$ 4,275
2026	3,750
2027	3,116
2028	1,721
2029	7,178
Total lease payments	20,040
Less: interest	(3,173)
Present value of lease liabilities	$ 16,867
Operating Lease, Liability, Current, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible List]	Other Liabilities, Current	Other Liabilities, Current
Operating Lease, Liability, Noncurrent, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible List]	Other Liabilities, Noncurrent	Other Liabilities, Noncurrent
Office Building [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Lessee, Operating Lease [Abstract]
Operating lease term	6 years
Warehouse [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Lessee, Operating Lease [Abstract]
Operating lease term	10 years

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, Goodwill (Details) $ in Thousands		3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
		Jun. 30, 2023 USD ($) Unit	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2023 USD ($)
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill	[1]	$ 136,105	$ 136,105	$ 126,543
Acquisitions			25,366	9,694
Foreign currency translations			32	(132)
Reporting unit change				0
Goodwill	[1]		161,503	136,105
Accumulated impairment			8,673
Increase in goodwill			$ 25,400
Number of reporting units | Unit		1
Percentage change in the fair value		10.00%	10.00%
NSG [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Increase in goodwill			$ 22,100
Peak [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Increase in goodwill			3,200
Technology Segment [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill	[1]	$ 0	0	126,543
Acquisitions			0	9,694
Foreign currency translations			0	(132)
Reporting unit change				(136,105)
Goodwill	[1]		0	0
Number of new segments created | Unit		3
Product [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill	[1]	$ 106,497	106,497	0
Acquisitions			22,586	0
Foreign currency translations			25	0
Reporting unit change				106,497
Goodwill	[1]		129,108	106,497
Professional Services [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill	[1]	19,712	19,712	0
Acquisitions			2,780	0
Foreign currency translations			5	0
Reporting unit change				19,712
Goodwill	[1]		22,497	19,712
Managed Services [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill	[1]	$ 9,896	9,896	0
Acquisitions			0	0
Foreign currency translations			2	0
Reporting unit change				9,896
Goodwill	[1]		$ 9,898	$ 9,896

[1] Balance is net of $8,673 thousand in accumulated impairments that were recorded in segments that precede our current segment organization.

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, Other Intangible Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	$ 130,996	$ 95,965
Accumulated amortization	(86,903)	(70,920)
Net carrying amount	44,093	25,045
Future amortization expense [Abstract]
Net carrying amount	44,093	25,045
Purchased Intangibles [Member]
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	120,480	85,449
Accumulated amortization	(76,595)	(61,376)
Net carrying amount	43,885	24,073
Total amortization expense	15,200	9,300	$ 10,100
Future amortization expense [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2025	13,972
2026	10,936
2027	8,120
2028	5,646
2029	3,384
2030 and thereafter	1,827
Net carrying amount	$ 43,885	24,073
Purchased Intangibles [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Estimated useful life	5 years
Purchased Intangibles [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Estimated useful life	10 years
Capitalized Software Development [Member]
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	$ 10,516	10,516
Accumulated amortization	(10,308)	(9,544)
Net carrying amount	208	972
Future amortization expense [Abstract]
Net carrying amount	$ 208	$ 972
Capitalized Software Development [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Estimated useful life	5 years

XML

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES, Activity (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024		Mar. 31, 2023		Mar. 31, 2022
Activity in reserves for credit losses [Roll Forward]
Balance	$ 4,354		$ 3,800		$ 4,447
Provision for credit losses	1,204		666		(102)
Write-offs and other	(379)		(112)		(545)
Balance	5,179		4,354		3,800
Accounts Receivable [Member]
Activity in reserves for credit losses [Roll Forward]
Balance	2,572		2,411		2,064
Provision for credit losses	477		273		482
Write-offs and other	(362)		(112)		(135)
Balance	2,687		2,572		2,411
Notes Receivable [Member]
Activity in reserves for credit losses [Roll Forward]
Balance	801	[1]	708		1,212
Provision for credit losses	255		93		(312)
Write-offs and other	0		0		(192)
Balance	1,056	[1]	801	[1]	708
Lease Receivables [Member]
Activity in reserves for credit losses [Roll Forward]
Balance	981	[1]	681		1,171
Provision for credit losses	472		300		(272)
Write-offs and other	(18)		0		(218)
Balance	$ 1,435	[1]	$ 981	[1]	$ 681

[1] Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

XML

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES, Amortized Cost Basis (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024		Mar. 31, 2023
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2024/2023	$ 127,633	[1]	$ 130,373	[2]
2023/2022	38,086	[1]	21,325	[2]
2022/2021	7,216	[1]	14,166	[2]
2021/2020	4,118	[1]	1,085	[2]
2020/2019	132	[1]	145	[2]
2019/2018	7	[1]	10	[2]
Total	177,192	[1]	167,104	[2]
Non-recourse debt	(35,723)	[1],[3]	(32,578)	[2],[4]
Net credit exposure	141,469	[1]	134,526	[2]
Unguaranteed residual value	$ 3,718		4,222
Minimum [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
Loss rate on credit quality rating	8.00%
Maximum [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
Loss rate on credit quality rating	100.00%
Notes Receivable [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2024/2023	$ 82,649		84,948
2023/2022	19,081		14,053
2022/2021	3,742		11,480
2021/2020	2,708		485
2020/2019	30		91
2019/2018	0		1
Total	108,210		111,058
Non-recourse debt	(29,159)	[3]	(29,547)	[4]
Net credit exposure	79,051		81,511
Unguaranteed residual value	0	[5]	0	[6]
Lease Receivables [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2024/2023	44,984		45,425
2023/2022	19,005		7,272
2022/2021	3,474		2,686
2021/2020	1,410		600
2020/2019	102		54
2019/2018	7		9
Total	68,982		56,046
Non-recourse debt	(6,564)	[3]	(3,031)	[4]
Net credit exposure	62,418		53,015
Unguaranteed residual value	$ 9,078	[5]	8,161	[6]
High CQR [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
Loss rate on credit quality rating	1.00%
High CQR [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2024/2023	$ 63,934		72,155
2023/2022	15,821		11,378
2022/2021	3,440		11,267
2021/2020	2,656		370
2020/2019	30		30
2019/2018	0		0
Total	85,881		95,200
Non-recourse debt	(25,683)	[3]	(28,115)	[4]
Net credit exposure	60,198		67,085
High CQR [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2024/2023	22,123		21,629
2023/2022	9,457		3,842
2022/2021	1,341		1,916
2021/2020	1,151		565
2020/2019	100		51
2019/2018	7		9
Total	34,179		28,012
Non-recourse debt	(1,128)	[3]	(1,437)	[4]
Net credit exposure	$ 33,051		26,575
Average CQR [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
Loss rate on credit quality rating	1.00%
Average CQR [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
Loss rate on credit quality rating	8.00%
Average CQR [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2024/2023	$ 18,715		12,793
2023/2022	3,260		2,675
2022/2021	302		213
2021/2020	52		115
2020/2019	0		61
2019/2018	0		1
Total	22,329		15,858
Non-recourse debt	(3,476)	[3]	(1,432)	[4]
Net credit exposure	18,853		14,426
Average CQR [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2024/2023	22,861		23,796
2023/2022	9,548		3,430
2022/2021	2,133		770
2021/2020	259		35
2020/2019	2		3
2019/2018	0		0
Total	34,803		28,034
Non-recourse debt	(5,436)	[3]	(1,594)	[4]
Net credit exposure	$ 29,367		$ 26,440

[1] Unguaranteed residual values of $3,718 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

[2] Unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

[3] Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis.

[4] Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and receivables that are in the process of being transferred to third-party financial institutions.

[5] Includes unguaranteed residual values of $3,718 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

[6] Includes unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

XML

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES, Aging Analysis (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2024		Mar. 31, 2023
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Billed	$ 21,768		$ 17,866
Unbilled	155,424		149,238
Total	177,192	[1]	167,104	[2]
Notes Receivable [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Billed	13,406		10,058
Unbilled	94,804		101,000
Total	108,210		111,058
Lease Receivables [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Billed	8,362		7,808
Unbilled	60,620		48,238
Total	68,982		56,046
Past Due [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	7,740		4,750
Past Due [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	4,069		2,355
Past Due [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	3,671		2,395
31 to 60 Days Past Due [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	2,425		2,088
31 to 60 Days Past Due [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	1,251		1,020
31 to 60 Days Past Due [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	1,174		1,068
61 to 90 Days Past Due [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	618		1,325
61 to 90 Days Past Due [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	334		862
61 to 90 Days Past Due [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	284		463
> 90 Days Past Due [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	4,697		1,337
> 90 Days Past Due [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	2,484		473
> 90 Days Past Due [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	2,213		864
Current [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	14,028		13,116
Current [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	9,337		7,703
Current [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	$ 4,691		$ 5,413

[1] Unguaranteed residual values of $3,718 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

[2] Unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Property and equipment - net [Abstract]
Total assets	$ 40,364	$ 43,896
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(27,429)	(31,963)
Property and equipment - net	12,935	11,933
Depreciation expense on property and equipment	6,700	5,500	$ 5,400
Furniture, Fixtures, and Equipment [Member]
Property and equipment - net [Abstract]
Total assets	26,507	29,818
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property and equipment - net [Abstract]
Total assets	11,776	10,398
Capitalized Software [Member]
Property and equipment - net [Abstract]
Total assets	1,685	3,235
Vehicles [Member]
Property and equipment - net [Abstract]
Total assets	$ 396	$ 445

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($) Dates	Mar. 31, 2023 USD ($)	Mar. 10, 2023 USD ($)	Oct. 13, 2021 USD ($)
Non-recourse [Member]
Debt Maturity [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2025	$ 23,288
2026	8,991
2027	3,093
2028	817
Long-term debt	$ 36,189
Notes Payable [Member] | Recourse [Member]
Notes Payable [Abstract]
Weighted average interest rate of notes		3.50%
Notes Payable [Member] | Non-recourse [Member]
Notes Payable [Abstract]
Weighted average interest rate of notes	6.49%	5.01%
Debt Maturity [Abstract]
Long-term debt	$ 36,200	$ 34,300
Note Payable One Installment Arrangement [Member] | Notes Payable [Member] | Recourse [Member]
Debt Maturity [Abstract]
Long-term debt		6,000
Floor Plan Facility [Member] | WFCDF Credit Facility [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Credit Facility [Abstract]
Debt instrument, term	45 days
Floor Plan Facility [Member] | WFCDF Credit Facility [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Credit Facility [Abstract]
Debt instrument, term	60 days
WFCDF [Member] | WFCDF Credit Facility [Member]
Credit Facility [Abstract]
Debt instrument, term	1 year
Guarantor obligations for credit facility, maximum	$ 10,500
Renewal term	1 year
Period of notice required to terminate credit facility at year end	90 days
WFCDF [Member] | WFCDF Credit Facility [Member] | SOFR [Member]
Credit Facility [Abstract]
Debt instrument, interest rate adjustment	0.10%
Basis spread on reference rate	1.75%
WFCDF [Member] | Floor Plan Facility [Member] | WFCDF Credit Facility [Member]
Credit Facility [Abstract]
Maximum borrowing capacity under credit facility			$ 500,000	$ 425,000
Amount outstanding under credit facility	$ 105,100	134,600
Number of specified payment dates | Dates	3
WFCDF [Member] | Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | WFCDF Credit Facility [Member]
Credit Facility [Abstract]
Maximum borrowing capacity under credit facility			$ 200,000	$ 150,000
Amount outstanding under credit facility	$ 0	$ 0
WFCDF [Member] | Account Receivable Component [Member] | WFCDF Credit Facility [Member]
Notes Payable [Abstract]
Weighted average interest rate of notes	7.07%	5.35%

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Reconciliation of Numerators and Denominators Used to Calculate Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share [Abstract]
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders - basic and diluted	$ 115,776	$ 119,356	$ 105,600
Basic and diluted common shares outstanding [Abstract]
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic (in shares)	26,610	26,569	26,638
Effect of dilutive shares (in shares)	107	85	228
Weighted average shares common outstanding - diluted (in shares)	26,717	26,654	26,866
Earnings per common share - basic (in dollars per share)	$ 4.35	$ 4.49	$ 3.96
Earnings per common share - diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 4.33	$ 4.48	$ 3.93

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	May 18, 2024	Mar. 22, 2023	Mar. 24, 2022
Share Repurchase Plan [Abstract]
Authorized number of shares under stock repurchase program (in shares)				1,000,000	1,000,000
Common stock repurchased during the period (in shares)	131,837	72,973
Average cost of share repurchased (in dollars per share)	$ 51.01	$ 55.69
Common stock repurchased during the period	$ 6.7	$ 4.1
Shares repurchased to satisfy tax withholding obligation (in shares)	53,945	58,080
Value of shares repurchased to satisfy tax withholding obligation	$ 3.0	$ 3.3
Subsequent Event [Member]
Share Repurchase Plan [Abstract]
Authorized number of shares under stock repurchase program (in shares)			1,250,000

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, Director and Employee LTIP (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 shares
2021 Employee LTIP [Member]
Share-Based Plans [Abstract]
Number of shares authorized (in shares)	3,000,000
2017 Director LTIP [Member]
Share-Based Plans [Abstract]
Number of shares authorized (in shares)	300,000
2017 Director LTIP [Member] | Tranche One [Member]
Share-Based Plans [Abstract]
Shares vesting period	1 year
Shares vesting percentage	50.00%
2017 Director LTIP [Member] | Tranche Two [Member]
Share-Based Plans [Abstract]
Shares vesting period	2 years
Shares vesting percentage	50.00%

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, Stock Option and Restricted Stock Activity (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Additional Disclosures [Abstract]
Vested share-based awards withheld to satisfy income tax obligations (in shares)	53,945	58,080
Vested share-based awards withheld to satisfy income tax obligations	$ 3.0	$ 3.3
Restricted Stock [Member]
Number of Shares [Roll Forward]
Nonvested at beginning of period (in shares)	314,860
Granted (in shares)	166,521
Vested (in shares)	(168,082)
Forfeited (in shares)	(4,888)
Nonvested at end of period (in shares)	308,411	314,860
Weighted Average Grant-date Fair Value [Roll Forward]
Nonvested at beginning of period (in dollars per share)	$ 49.57
Granted (in dollars per share)	56.5	$ 56.5	$ 46.56
Vested (in dollars per share)	46.42
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	54.71
Nonvested at end of period (in dollars per share)	$ 55.02	$ 49.57
Aggregated fair value of restricted shares	$ 7.8	$ 7.1	$ 7.1
Additional Disclosures [Abstract]
Vested share-based awards withheld to satisfy income tax obligations (in shares)	53,945	58,080
Vested share-based awards withheld to satisfy income tax obligations	$ 3.0	$ 3.3
2017 Director LTIP [Member] | Restricted Stock [Member]
Number of Shares [Roll Forward]
Granted (in shares)	13,656
Granted to date (in shares)	114,936
2012 Employee LTIP [Member] | Restricted Stock [Member]
Number of Shares [Roll Forward]
Granted to date (in shares)	2,144,578
2021 Employee LTIP [Member] | Restricted Stock [Member]
Number of Shares [Roll Forward]
Granted (in shares)	152,865
Granted to date (in shares)	291,508

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, Performance Stock Units (Details) - Performance Stock Units [Member]		12 Months Ended
	Nov. 17, 2023 $ / shares shares	Mar. 31, 2024 shares
Performance Stock Units ("PSUs") [Abstract]
Performance period		3 years
Conversion ratio		1
Vested (in shares)		0
Forfeited (in shares)		0
2021 Employee LTIP [Member]
Performance Stock Units ("PSUs") [Abstract]
Granted (in shares)	15,120
Grant date fair value (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 61.17
Minimum [Member]
Performance Stock Units ("PSUs") [Abstract]
Awards vesting target percentage		0.00%
Maximum [Member]
Performance Stock Units ("PSUs") [Abstract]
Awards vesting target percentage		200.00%

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Details) - 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 $ / shares shares
Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Abstract]
Aggregate number of shares that can be issued to participants (in shares)	2,500,000
Offering period	6 months
Number of shares issued under the plan (in shares)	70,715
Share issue price (in dollars per shares) | $ / shares	$ 42.69
Number of shares remaining under the plan (in shares)	2,430,000

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, Compensation Expense (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Compensation Expense [Abstract]
Equity-based compensation expense	$ 9,731	$ 7,825	$ 7,114
Income tax benefit	(2,735)	(2,097)	(1,999)
401 (k) Profit Sharing Plan [Abstract]
Contribution to profit sharing plan	4,700	$ 4,200	$ 3,400
Restricted Stock [Member]
Compensation Expense [Abstract]
Unrecognized compensation expense	$ 10,400
Unrecognized compensation expense, period for recognition	27 months

XML

INCOME TAXES, Reconciliation of Income taxes Computed at the Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate to Provision for Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
INCOME TAXES [Abstract]
Unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions	$ 0	$ 0
Statutory federal income tax rate	21.00%	21.00%	21.00%
Reconciliation of income taxes to the statutory rate [Abstract]
Income tax expense computed at the US statutory federal rate	$ 33,830	$ 34,224	$ 30,845
State income tax expense - net of federal benefit	9,624	8,754	8,937
Non-deductible executive compensation	1,718	1,708	1,749
Other	145	(1,068)	(247)
Provision for income taxes	$ 45,317	$ 43,618	$ 41,284
Effective income tax rate	28.10%	26.80%	28.10%

XML

INCOME TAXES, Components of the Provision for Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Current [Abstract]
Federal	$ 34,232	$ 30,928	$ 32,309
State	12,371	10,110	11,681
Foreign	1,370	499	894
Total current expense	47,973	41,537	44,884
Deferred [Abstract]
Federal	(2,419)	1,301	(3,289)
State	(188)	970	(370)
Foreign	(49)	(190)	59
Total deferred expense (benefit)	(2,656)	2,081	(3,600)
Provision for income taxes	$ 45,317	$ 43,618	$ 41,284

XML

INCOME TAXES, Deferred Tax Assets and Deferred Tax Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Deferred tax assets [Abstract]
Accrued vacation	$ 2,666	$ 2,251
Deferred revenue	6,934	5,448
Allowance for credit losses	1,278	1,063
Restricted stock	738	654
Other deferred tax assets	1,737	1,697
Accrued bonus	2,641	2,323
Lease liabilities	4,503	3,939
Other credits and carryforwards	251	277
Gross deferred tax assets	20,748	17,652
Less: valuation allowance	(70)	(112)
Net deferred tax assets	20,678	17,540
Deferred tax liabilities [Abstract]
Property and equipment	(2,724)	(2,926)
Operating leases	(3,889)	(3,789)
Prepaid expenses	(1,807)	(1,729)
Right-of-use assets	(4,113)	(3,885)
Tax deductible goodwill	(2,525)	(2,244)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(15,058)	(14,573)
Net deferred tax asset	$ 5,620	$ 2,967

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Assets [Abstract]
Money market funds	$ 179,709	$ 8,880
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Money market funds	179,709	8,880
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Money market funds	0	0
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Money market funds	$ 0	$ 0

XML

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS, PEAK RESOURCES, INC. (PEAK) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		1 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2024	Apr. 30, 2024	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Goodwill			$ 161,503	$ 136,105
Peak Resource, Inc. [Member]
Business Combination [Abstract]
Cash portion of the acquisition	$ 5,600
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Accounts receivable	8,569
Other assets	133
Identified intangible asset	5,030
Accounts payable and other liabilities	(9,084)
Total identifiable net assets	4,648
Goodwill	3,238
Total purchase consideration	7,886
Peak Resource, Inc. [Member] | Product [Member]
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Goodwill	2,900
Peak Resource, Inc. [Member] | Professional Services [Member]
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Goodwill	$ 300
Peak Resource, Inc. [Member] | Customer Relationships [Member]
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Estimated useful lives			7 years
Peak Resource, Inc. [Member] | Subsequent Event [Member]
Business Combination [Abstract]
Cash portion of the acquisition		$ 2,300

XML

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS, NETWORK SOLUTIONS GROUP (NSG) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		3 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2023	Sep. 30, 2023	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Goodwill			$ 161,503	$ 136,105
Network Solutions Group [Member]
Business Combination [Abstract]
Cash portion of the acquisition	$ 59,600
Cash received		$ 11,000
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Accounts receivable	20,419
Other assets	1,940
Identified intangible asset	29,960
Accounts payable and other liabilities	(24,758)
Contract liabilities	(1,086)
Total identifiable net assets	26,475
Goodwill	22,128
Total purchase consideration	48,603
Network Solutions Group [Member] | Product [Member]
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Goodwill	19,700
Network Solutions Group [Member] | Professional Services [Member]
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Goodwill	$ 2,400
Network Solutions Group [Member] | Customer Relationships [Member]
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Estimated useful lives			7 years

XML

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS, FUTURE COM, LTD. (FUTURE COM) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jul. 15, 2022	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Goodwill		$ 161,503	$ 136,105
Future Com [Member]
Business Combination [Abstract]
Cash portion of the acquisition	$ 13,000
Consideration payable	300
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Accounts receivable	4,033
Other assets	129
Identified intangible asset	8,360
Accounts payable and other liabilities	(8,714)
Contract liabilities	(214)
Total identifiable net assets	3,594
Goodwill	9,694
Total purchase consideration	$ 13,288
Future Com [Member] | Customer Relationships [Member]
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Estimated useful lives		7 years

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING, Reportable Segment Information (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($) Segment	Mar. 31, 2023 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2022 USD ($)
SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]
Number of business segment | Segment	4
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 2,225,302	$ 2,067,718	$ 1,821,019
Gross profit	550,793	517,524	460,982
Operating expenses	392,536	351,362	313,666
Operating income	158,257	166,162	147,316
Other income (expense), net	2,836	(3,188)	(432)
Earnings before tax	161,093	162,974	146,884
Depreciation and amortization	21,025	13,709	14,646
Interest and financing costs	3,777	4,133	1,903
Selected Financial Data - Statement of Cash Flow [Abstract]
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	8,503	9,380	23,182
Technology Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	2,175,886	2,015,245	1,733,036
Product Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	1,883,809	1,750,802	1,492,411
Professional Services Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	154,549	151,785	146,747
Managed Services Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	137,528	112,658	93,878
Financing Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	49,416	52,473	87,983
Operating Segments [Member] | Technology Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Operating expenses	375,919	334,380	299,153
Operating income	132,560	140,110	109,000
Depreciation and amortization	20,951	13,598	14,535
Interest and financing costs	1,428	2,897	928
Selected Financial Data - Statement of Cash Flow [Abstract]
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	7,454	7,693	4,951
Operating Segments [Member] | Product Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	1,883,809	1,750,802	1,492,411
Gross profit	397,618	380,741	316,622
Operating Segments [Member] | Professional Services Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	154,549	151,785	146,747
Gross profit	68,194	61,594	63,384
Operating Segments [Member] | Managed Services Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	137,528	112,658	93,878
Gross profit	42,667	32,155	28,147
Operating Segments [Member] | Financing Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	49,416	52,473	87,983
Gross profit	42,314	43,034	52,829
Operating expenses	16,617	16,982	14,513
Operating income	25,697	26,052	38,316
Depreciation and amortization	74	111	111
Interest and financing costs	2,349	1,236	975
Selected Financial Data - Statement of Cash Flow [Abstract]
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	$ 1,049	$ 1,687	$ 18,231

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING, Disaggregation of Net Sales and Revenue Recognized from Contracts with Customers (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	$ 2,160,234	$ 2,001,872	$ 1,752,935
Financing and other	65,068	65,846	68,084
Net sales	2,225,302	2,067,718	1,821,019
Transferred at Point in Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Directly to Consumer [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	1,693,565	1,576,064	1,377,611
Transferred at Point in Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Through Intermediary [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	174,592	161,365	134,699
Transferred over Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Directly to Consumer [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	292,077	264,443	240,625
Technology Segment [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	2,154,308	1,992,568	1,718,093
Financing and other	21,578	22,677	14,943
Net sales	2,175,886	2,015,245	1,733,036
Product Segment [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	1,862,231	1,728,125	1,477,468
Financing and other	21,578	22,677	14,943
Net sales	1,883,809	1,750,802	1,492,411
Product Segment [Member] | Transferred at Point in Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Directly to Consumer [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	1,687,639	1,566,760	1,342,769
Product Segment [Member] | Transferred at Point in Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Through Intermediary [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	174,592	161,365	134,699
Product Segment [Member] | Transferred over Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Directly to Consumer [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	0	0	0
Professional Services Segment [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	154,549	151,785	146,747
Financing and other	0	0	0
Net sales	154,549	151,785	146,747
Professional Services Segment [Member] | Transferred at Point in Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Directly to Consumer [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	0	0	0
Professional Services Segment [Member] | Transferred at Point in Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Through Intermediary [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	0	0	0
Professional Services Segment [Member] | Transferred over Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Directly to Consumer [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	154,549	151,785	146,747
Managed Services Segment [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	137,528	112,658	93,878
Financing and other	0	0	0
Net sales	137,528	112,658	93,878
Managed Services Segment [Member] | Transferred at Point in Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Directly to Consumer [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	0	0	0
Managed Services Segment [Member] | Transferred at Point in Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Through Intermediary [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	0	0	0
Managed Services Segment [Member] | Transferred over Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Directly to Consumer [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	137,528	112,658	93,878
Financing Segment [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	5,926	9,304	34,842
Financing and other	43,490	43,169	53,141
Net sales	49,416	52,473	87,983
Financing Segment [Member] | Transferred at Point in Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Directly to Consumer [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	5,926	9,304	34,842
Financing Segment [Member] | Transferred at Point in Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Through Intermediary [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	0	0	0
Financing Segment [Member] | Transferred over Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Directly to Consumer [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING, Technology Business Disaggregation of Revenue (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 2,225,302	$ 2,067,718	$ 1,821,019
Less: Revenue from financing and other	(65,068)	(65,846)	(68,084)
Revenue from contracts with customers	2,160,234	2,001,872	1,752,935
Product [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	1,933,225	1,803,275	1,580,394
Technology Segment [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	2,175,886	2,015,245	1,733,036
Less: Revenue from financing and other	(21,578)	(22,677)	(14,943)
Revenue from contracts with customers	2,154,308	1,992,568	1,718,093
Technology Segment [Member] | Networking [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	1,005,679	803,678	611,488
Technology Segment [Member] | Cloud [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	546,341	587,097	581,113
Technology Segment [Member] | Security [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	193,956	214,459	158,927
Technology Segment [Member] | Collaboration [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	65,714	57,472	57,244
Technology Segment [Member] | Other [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	72,119	88,096	83,639
Technology Segment [Member] | Telecom, Media & Entertainment [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	547,525	532,921	502,408
Technology Segment [Member] | Technology [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	379,720	393,594	250,485
Technology Segment [Member] | SLED [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	329,617	290,624	241,769
Technology Segment [Member] | Health Care [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	278,893	274,936	270,481
Technology Segment [Member] | Financial Services [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	243,630	156,257	155,160
Technology Segment [Member] | All Others [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	396,501	366,913	312,733
Product Segment [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	1,883,809	1,750,802	1,492,411
Less: Revenue from financing and other	(21,578)	(22,677)	(14,943)
Revenue from contracts with customers	1,862,231	1,728,125	1,477,468
Professional Services Segment [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	154,549	151,785	146,747
Less: Revenue from financing and other	0	0	0
Revenue from contracts with customers	154,549	151,785	146,747
Managed Services Segment [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	137,528	112,658	93,878
Less: Revenue from financing and other	0	0	0
Revenue from contracts with customers	$ 137,528	$ 112,658	$ 93,878

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING, Geographic Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 2,225,302	$ 2,067,718	$ 1,821,019
Long-lived Tangible Assets [Abstract]
Long-lived tangible assets	16,840	17,453
U.S. [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	2,127,695	1,953,465	1,716,525
Long-lived Tangible Assets [Abstract]
Long-lived tangible assets	16,258	16,313
Non U.S [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	97,607	114,253	$ 104,494
Long-lived Tangible Assets [Abstract]
Long-lived tangible assets	$ 582	$ 1,140

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING, Concentration Risk (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Revenue [Member] | Customer Concentration Risk [Member] | Verizon Communications Inc. [Member] | Technology Segment [Member]
Concentration of Risk [Abstract]
Percentage of concentration risk	19.00%	22.00%	24.00%

XML

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Expected merchandise returns		$ 10,100	$ 7,900	$ 7,800
Allowance for Sales Returns [Member]
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Balance at Beginning of Period	[1]	1,264	1,246	1,189
Charged to Costs and Expenses	[1]	4,647	3,991	2,158
Deductions/Write-Offs	[1]	(4,296)	(3,973)	(2,101)
Balance at End of Period	[1]	1,615	1,264	1,246
Allowance for Credit Losses [Member]
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Balance at Beginning of Period		4,354	3,800	4,447
Charged to Costs and Expenses		1,204	666	(102)
Deductions/Write-Offs		(379)	(112)	(545)
Balance at End of Period		5,179	4,354	3,800
Valuation for Deferred Taxes [Member]
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Balance at Beginning of Period		112	250	0
Charged to Costs and Expenses		(42)	(138)	250
Deductions/Write-Offs		0	0	0
Balance at End of Period		$ 70	$ 112	$ 250

[1] These amounts represent the gross profit effect of sales returns during the respective years. Expected merchandise returns after year-end for sales made before year-end were $10.1 million, $7.9 million, and $7.8 million as of March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.